-
Researched and reviewed by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistBBB Rating of Nolah Sleep, LLC (not accredited): A+
Green Nights, Quick Insights: Nolah Natural’s Mattress Magic
Our Review and Analysis
Launched in 2016 from its Colorado hub in Greenwood Village, Nolah Sleep, LLC, has danced onto the mattress scene with a flair for green ingenuity, weaving eco-conscious materials into every bed while funneling profits to protect wildlife—a mission as bold as their designs.
Owned by Brooklyn Bedding, Nolah now assembles all of their mattresses in a 650,000 square-foot factory in Arizona. Since inception, Nolah has received 11 Mattress Awards, from Best Latex Mattress to Best Mattresses in a Box. Their Nolah Natural Mattress rises as a star performer in the bed-in-a-box market, stacking organic cotton, wool, sprightly Talalay latex, and recycled steel coils into an 11-inch canvas of comfort and conscience, all sealed with generous trial and warranty promises.
This review is your backstage pass for those too swamped to dig through the mattress maze, condensing the essentials into one vibrant spotlight. With a feel that’s neither too soft nor too stiff, it beckons to side and back sleepers, eco-warriors, and couples craving a cool, lively rest—though it might not hit the right note for all. From its earthy roots to real-world raves, here’s the full scoop to see if this bed deserves your spotlight.
Nolah Natural Mattress Rating
-
1. Certified Organic Materials - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
2. Comfort & Support - 8/10
8/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
4. Edge Support - 7/10
7/10
-
5. Cooling & Breathability - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
6. Eco-Friendliness & Off-Gassing - 9/10
9/10
-
7. Motion Transfer & Motion-Isolation - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
8. Warranty - 8/10
8/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 7/10
7/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 7.5/10
7.5/10
7.9/10Summary
Performance Score
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Organic Cotton, Organic Natural Latex, Individually wrapped steel coilsTrial Period
120 nightsShipping
FreeFirmness
6.5/10Warranty
Limited LifetimePrice Range
$1,900-$3,400PERFOMANCE SCORE
How Did the Nolah Natural Mattress Perform? ?
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
7.9/101. Are the materials truly certified organic? (Score: 8.5/10)
The Nolah Natural earns high marks for its use of GOTS-certified organic cotton and wool, as well as GOLS-certified Talalay latex, which are verified for sustainability and purity. Customers and experts alike praise the absence of synthetic foams or harmful chemicals, aligning with its eco-friendly promise. The recycled steel coils further bolster its green credentials, though some reviewers wish for clearer sourcing details on this component.
A few note that while the certifications are robust, not every element (like adhesives) is explicitly organic, keeping it just shy of a perfect score. Overall, it’s a standout for those prioritizing certified natural materials.
2. How is the overall comfort and support? (Score: 8/10)
Reviewers frequently describe the mattress as plush yet supportive, with its medium to medium-firm feel (~6/10 firmness) striking a balance that suits many sleepers, though some propose that it may feel more like a 7 on the scale. The Talalay latex layers contour gently to relieve pressure points, while the coils provide solid spinal alignment, earning widespread approval.
Side and back sleepers often call it a dream for comfort, but heavier individuals or strict stomach sleepers sometimes find it too soft for adequate support. Expert tests reinforce its quality, though it doesn’t cater perfectly to every body type. This versatility lands it a strong, but not flawless, rating.
3. Sleep Position Compatibility (Score: 7.5/10)
Side sleepers rave about the cushioning latex that cradles shoulders and hips, while back sleepers appreciate the lumbar support from the zoned coils. Combination sleepers enjoy the responsive bounce, making position changes effortless during the night.
However, stomach sleepers—particularly those over 200 pounds—report that the mattress can feel too soft, allowing hips to sink and misalign the spine. Reviews suggest it’s highly adaptable for most, but its medium firmness doesn’t fully satisfy all preferences, especially for those needing a firmer or softer surface. It’s a strong performer across positions, with a slight limitation for some.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 7/10)
The HDMax™ Tri-Zone™ coils offer decent edge reinforcement, outperforming all-foam mattresses and allowing users to sleep or sit near the perimeter without major collapse. Customers note it’s sufficient for getting in and out of bed, but some feel a noticeable dip when sitting heavily on the edge. Compared to premium hybrids with reinforced perimeters, it falls short of exceptional stability, as reported in reviews like Mattress Clarity’s.
This could be due in part to the fact that Nolah Natural is compressed and rolled into a box for delivery, which can affect structure and aspects like edge support. Couples who maximize bed space find it adequate but not outstanding. This middling performance reflects a practical, if not top-tier, edge support experience.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 8.5/10)
The mattress performs well at temperature regulation, thanks to breathable organic cotton, punctured Talalay latex, and an airy coil system that promotes airflow. Hot sleepers consistently praise its ability to stay cool, with NapLab awarding it a near-perfect rating for cooling in lab tests. Customers rarely report night sweats, a common complaint with foam-heavy beds, making it a favorite in warmer climates. The wool layer also wicks moisture effectively, enhancing the overall sleep environment. It’s a top performer in this category, with only minor quibbles from exceptionally heat-sensitive users.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 9/10)
With organic certifications and natural materials like latex, cotton, and wool, the mattress earns high eco-friendly praise from green-minded buyers. Most users report no off-gassing—unboxing reveals little to no odor, a stark contrast to synthetic mattresses. The use of recycled steel coils adds to its sustainability profile, though some customers wish the shipping packaging (plastic wrap) were more biodegradable. Reviews occasionally mention a faint natural latex scent, but it dissipates quickly and isn’t chemical-based. It’s a near-perfect choice for eco-conscious sleepers with minimal environmental drawbacks.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 7.5/10)
The individually wrapped coils do an admirable job of minimizing motion transfer, a plus for couples with restless partners. Customers note that movements like rolling over or getting up are less disruptive compared to traditional innersprings, aligning with expert tests showing solid isolation. Sensitive sleepers occasionally feel slight vibrations, particularly near the edges, but it’s rarely a dealbreaker.
Compared to all-foam beds, it’s not the absolute best at isolation, but it exceeds many hybrids. It’s a great pick for amorously active couples who will appreciate the traditional bounce provided by the coil layer, as confirmed by NapLab who gave it a “Best For Sex” award. This makes it a reliable pick for shared beds with a few minor caveats.
8. Warranty (Score: 8/10)
The limited lifetime warranty is a standout feature, offering free replacements in years 1-2 and prorated coverage thereafter (50% cost after year 10, 60% after 25 years), which gives buyers peace of mind about long-term durability. Customers value this protection against defects like sagging over 1.5 inches, seeing it as a sign of Nolah’s confidence in the mattress’s quality.
However, the $99 shipping fees for repairs or replacements after year 2 annoy some, especially since competitors often cover these costs. Additionally, the strict definition of “defects” excludes cosmetic issues like loose threads or minor cover wear, which can frustrate users expecting broader coverage. Despite these drawbacks, it’s a robust warranty that enhances the mattress’s value, earning it a strong rating.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 7/10)
Nolah provides a 120-night sleep trial, giving buyers ample time to test the mattress at home, which is longer than the industry standard of 100 nights but shorter than the 365 offered by some competitors. Users appreciate the flexibility to ensure it’s the right fit, especially given its medium-firm feel.
However, the $99 return fee (deducted from the refund) draws consistent criticism, particularly when competitors offer free returns. This cost can deter some from returning, even if unsatisfied, lowering its appeal slightly. It’s a decent trial period, but the fee and overall length keep it from being top-tier.
10. Customer service & trusted ratings (Score: 7.5/10)
Nolah Sleep holds an A+ BBB rating (despite not being accredited), reflecting good business practices and responsiveness to the five complaints filed in three years. Customer reviews on platforms like Amazon and Google average around 4.5/5, with praise for comfort and eco-friendliness tempered by occasional gripes about delivery delays or return hassles.
Expert reviews are strong—NapLab places it in the top 4% of mattresses tested, and sites like Sleepopolis award it high marks. Some dissatisfaction with firmness expectations or customer service response times pulls it back from a higher score. Overall, it’s well-regarded with room for minor improvement.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Nolah Natural Organic Mattress Materials
The Nolah Natural is an 11” tall mattress, designed with a combination of eco-friendly materials to provide comfort, support, and breathability. Each mattress is assembled and shipped from Nolah’s Arizona based factory. This is a bed-in-a-box, so you’ll need to give it a few hours after setting it up to decompress.
Let’s take a look at the materials and role of each layer:
Top Cover: Organic Cotton
Made from organic cotton, which is grown without synthetic pesticides, insecticides, or GMOs, this breathable and soft cover serves as the outermost layer, providing a plush, comfortable sleep surface. It wicks moisture away from the body, helping to regulate temperature, and adds a durable, eco-friendly protective layer to the mattress.
Fire Barrier Layer: Organic Wool
A thin layer of GOTS (Global Organic Textile Standard) certified organic wool acts as a natural fire retardant, meeting federal flammability standards without the use of harmful chemicals or fiberglass. It also enhances breathability, wicks moisture, and contributes to temperature regulation, keeping the sleeper cool and comfortable.
Comfort Layer: Organic Talalay Latex (2 inches)
2 inches of hole-punctured, GOLS (Global Organic Latex Standard) certified organic Talalay latex provides responsive cushioning and pressure relief. The Talalay latex gently contours to the body’s curves, redistributing weight to alleviate tension around sensitive joints like the shoulders and hips. Its punctured design increases airflow for a cooler sleep experience, and its natural bounce ensures quick responsiveness to movement.
Transition Layer: Organic Talalay Latex (1 inch)
1 inch of organic Talalay latex acts as a transition between the softer comfort layer and the firmer support core below. It adds extra cushioning while maintaining responsiveness and durability, helping to ease the sleeper into the supportive coil system. It also contributes to the mattress’s overall breathability.
Support Core: HDMax™ Tri-Zone™ Coils (8 inches)
8 inches of individually-wrapped, recycled steel coils divided into three zones provides the primary support structure of the mattress. The Tri-Zone™ design offers targeted support—firmer in the lumbar region for spinal alignment and slightly softer under the shoulders and legs for pressure relief. The coils enhance durability, promote airflow for cooling, and reduce motion transfer, making it suitable for couples. The use of recycled steel adds an eco-friendly element.
Base Layer: Organic Cotton and Wool Foundation
A thin layer combining organic cotton and wool stabilizes the mattress, supporting the coils above and increasing overall durability. It reinforces the structure while maintaining the mattress’s natural, hypoallergenic properties and adding a final touch of breathability.
PROS & CONS
Based on user reviews, here’s a list of the pros and cons of the Nolah Natural Mattress:
PROS:
Exceptional Comfort and Pressure Relief
Many customers praise the mattress for its plush yet supportive feel, with the Talalay latex layers providing excellent pressure relief for shoulders, hips, and other sensitive areas, especially for side and back sleepers.Cool Sleeping Experience
Hot sleepers frequently highlight the mattress’s breathability, crediting the organic cotton, wool, latex, and coil system for keeping them cool throughout the night, with minimal heat retention compared to foam beds.Eco-Friendly Materials
Buyers appreciate the use of certified organic cotton, wool, and latex, along with recycled steel coils, noting the lack of off-gassing and the mattress’s appeal as a sustainable, hypoallergenic option.Responsive and Supportive
Users often mention the mattress’s bounce and responsiveness, making it easy to move around, while the zoned coil system offers targeted support that helps maintain spinal alignment for a wide range of sleepers.CONS:
Insufficient Firmness for Some Stomach Sleepers
Several stomach sleepers, particularly those over 200 pounds, report that the medium to medium-firm feel (around 6/10) is too soft, causing their hips to sink and leading to lower back discomfort. Others have the opposite complaint, that the bed is too firm.Edge Support Could Be Better
Customers frequently note that while the edge support is decent for a hybrid, it weakens under heavy pressure (e.g., sitting on the side), making it less ideal for those who use the full bed surface or need help getting up. This could be a structural issue due to the rolled-and-compressed boxed delivery.Return Fee Frustration
The $99 return fee during the 120-night trial period is a common complaint, with some customers feeling it’s unfair compared to competitors offering free returns, especially if the mattress doesn’t meet expectations.Occasional Delivery or Quality Issues
A handful of reviews mention delays in shipping or minor defects upon arrival (e.g., small tears in the cover or uneven stitching), with mixed experiences regarding customer service resolution speed.FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
The Nolah Natural Mattress emerges as a clever contender in the ever-expanding organic sleep market, deftly weaving organic cotton, wool, Talalay latex, and zoned coils into a package that’s hard to fault. It delivers a cool, responsive embrace that side and back sleepers adore, with eco-friendly credentials and a supportive core that promise years of restful nights—all at a price that undercuts many latex rivals. Customer praise for its comfort and minimal off-gassing, paired with Nolah’s wildlife-supporting ethos, paints a picture of a mattress that’s as virtuous as it is practical.
Yet, one can’t help but squint at the hype: can it truly satisfy every sleeper—stomach snoozers included—without a hitch, or is the $99 return fee a quiet hint that not all will find their perfect match? It’s a standout choice that feels almost too polished to be flawless, leaving you to wonder if the dream is as seamless as it seems.
Not every body type is compatible with Nolah’s 11” profile, and not everyone will love the firmness level some say is firmer than advertised, even after a year or two of ownership. And with so many awards and praise from huge companies that tend to receive financial compensation for said praise, is the Nolah Natural naturally amazing, or is the hype inflated?
Customer Insights
The Nolah Natural Mattress earns enthusiastic applause from customers who revel in its standout qualities, painting it as a near-ideal sleep solution for specific needs. Side and back sleepers, especially those under 230 pounds, laud its plush latex and supportive zoned coils, which deliver a cool, pressure-relieving embrace that rivals stuffier foam beds.
Eco-conscious buyers cheer the organic cotton, wool, and latex—certified and odor-free—while couples note the impressive motion isolation that keeps restless nights at bay. Early durability reports glow with optimism, suggesting this mattress could be a long-term companion, especially with its lifetime warranty in tow.
Yet, the feedback isn’t a unanimous love letter, as average experiences reveal a more tempered reality. Many find the medium firmness comfortable but not transformative, with some adjusting to its lively bounce or wrestling its hefty frame into place during setup. Cooling wins praise, though it’s not a miracle for the hottest nights, and the price—$1,364 for a Queen after discounts—feels fair but not a steal, particularly with a $99 return fee shadowing the trial.
The harshest critics, though less common, highlight flaws: stomach sleepers lament sinking hips, edge-sitters find the perimeter weak, and delivery hiccups or slow service frustrate some. That return fee amplifies discontent for the unsatisfied. It’s a strong choice for eco-minded hot sleepers and couples, but its limits keep it shy of flawless. Dissatisfied customers emphasize just how dissatisfied they are by insisting that the Nolah Natural Mattress is the “worst bed ever,” a note to be taken into consideration but not something that should necessarily halt the interested buyer.
The Final Verdict: 3.8/5
Eco Warriors: Approach With Cautious Optimism
The Nolah Natural Mattress struts onto the bed-in-a-box scene with a compelling pitch: organic materials, cool sleep, and a supportive hug that side and back sleepers can’t stop praising. Its blend of Talalay latex, zoned coils, and eco-friendly fabrics delivers a responsive, breathable bed that feels like a smart splurge for the green-minded and restless-partnered alike. Early signs point to lasting quality, bolstered by a warranty that whispers confidence.
Still, it’s not a universal crowd-pleaser—stomach sleepers might grumble about sinking hips, and edge-sitters could find the perimeter a tad wobbly. The price, even discounted, asks for a calculated leap, and that return fee looms as a quiet nudge to commit. It’s a solid performer, but you’ll want to weigh your sleep style against its quirks.
In the end, this mattress lands as a savvy pick for a specific crew: those craving cool, natural comfort with a conscience. It’s got plenty to offer, yet a hint of skepticism lingers—can it truly deliver for everyone, or is it a niche gem dressed as a do-all? Approach with eyes open, and it might just earn its spot in your bedroom.
Researched and Reviewed by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38” x 74” $1,499 Twin XL 38" x 80" $1,699 Full 53" x 75" $1,899 Queen 60" x 80" $2,099 King 76" x 80" $2,499 Split King 2x38" x 80" $3,398 California King 72" x 84" $2,499 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Nolah Sleep Mattress Warranty
The Nolah Natural Mattress comes with a limited lifetime warranty from Nolah Technologies, designed to protect the original purchaser against manufacturing defects. Here’s a summary of its terms:
- Years 1-2: If the mattress is deemed defective, Nolah will replace it with a new one at no cost to the buyer, covering all expenses.
- Years 3-10: For defects, Nolah will repair or re-cover the mattress, with the buyer responsible only for transportation costs of $99 each way (totaling $198 round-trip).
- Years 11-25: If a defect occurs, the original owner pays a prorated replacement fee of 50% of the original purchase price for a new mattress, plus any applicable shipping costs.
- After 25 Years: The warranty continues, but the replacement cost increases to 60% of the original price, still covering defects in materials or workmanship.
- Conditions: The warranty applies only to the original purchaser and is void if the mattress is misused (e.g., physical damage, improper foundation, commercial use), or if it’s an “almost perfect” discounted model. Defects include impressions over 1.5 inches deep, but cosmetic issues like wrinkles or loose threads are excluded. The mattress cover is warranted for only one year.
Value Offer
Regarding value, the Nolah Natural offers strong value for its price point, typically ranging from $974 (Twin) to $1,364 (Queen) after a standard 35% discount (MSRP $1,499-$2,099). Many discounts can be found through reviews, particularly reviews populating YouTube. This positions it in the upper-mid range, competitive for an organic latex hybrid mattress.
Compared to the average latex hybrid (around $1,559 for a Queen), the Nolah Natural is 15% cheaper, offering above-average performance at a below-average price. While not the cheapest option, its blend of sustainability, comfort, and support justifies the investment for eco-conscious buyers seeking a versatile, medium-firm mattress.
Check out our Top 5 Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Disclosure
Our review process blends actual customer feedback, comprehensive research and analysis, and insights from expert sources to create well-informed, unbiased recommendations. We independently assess each product, but to support our efforts, we participate in affiliate partnerships that allow us to continue providing valuable sleep guidance. These partnerships help us fulfill our mission to guide people toward better sleep solutions. For a complete overview, see our review process here and full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
At Sleep Examiner, we’re passionate about natural ways to reduce stress, relax the body, breathe better, and improve sleep quality. Our commitment to providing well-rounded, unbiased perspectives ensures that every recommendation is thoroughly researched, helping you discover the practices, products, and tools that can lead to a restful, pain-free night’s sleep. We’ve recently updated our 5 best mattresses for back pain and joint relief, ensuring you have the best options for enhanced comfort and support.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Organic Mattresses
use discount code:
SLEEPEXAMINER10 -
1. Certified Organic Materials - 8.5/10
-
Researched and reviewed by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistHelix Mattress Consumer Affairs Rating: 3.9/5
A Sturdy Competitor in the Organic Market
Our Review & Analysis
The eco-friendly mattress market has expanded exponentially in recent years. Consumers are catching on to the downside of cheap chemicals and materials used by companies more interested in money than health. With so many options to suddenly choose from, the decision might feel overwhelming. Enter the Birch Natural Mattress, a standout offering from Birch Living, a brand launched in 2019 by Helix Sleep, one of the most recognized names in the online mattress industry.
After merging with Brooklyn Bedding in 2021, Birch has solidified its reputation for crafting sustainable, organic mattresses in its Arizona-based facility, blending natural materials with innovative design. The Birch Natural Mattress, in particular, has garnered attention for its use of organic cotton, wool, and latex, promising a sleep experience that’s as good for the planet as it is for your body.
In this review, we’ve explored every angle—drawing on extensive research, hands-on testing, and a deep dive into its construction and performance—to bring you a comprehensive guide. Whether you’re an eco-conscious shopper, a hot sleeper, or simply someone looking for lasting comfort, our goal is to make your decision effortless by providing all the insights you need to determine if this mattress is your perfect match.
Birch Natural Mattress Rating
-
1. Certified Organic Materials - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
2. Comfort & Support - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 8/10
8/10
-
4. Edge Support - 8/10
8/10
-
5. Cooling & Breathability - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
6. Eco-Friendliness & Off-Gassing - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
7. Motion Transfer & Motion-Isolation - 6/10
6/10
-
8. Warranty - 9/10
9/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 6.5/10
6.5/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 8/10
8/10
7.9/10Summary
Performance Score
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Natural GOLS-Certified latex, pocketed steel coils, organic cotton, hygroscopic natural woolTrial Period
100 nightsShipping
Free, return fees applyFirmness
Medium-Firm, 7/10Warranty
Limited Lifetime (25 years)Price Range
$1,500-$2,200PERFOMANCE SCORE
How Did The Birch Natural Mattress Perform?
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
7.9/101. Are the materials truly certified organic? (Score: 8.5/10)
The Birch Natural Mattress is frequently celebrated for its commitment to high-quality, sustainable materials. It features GOTS-certified organic cotton for its cover, organic wool as a natural fire barrier, and GOLS-certified natural latex derived from rubber trees. These components are free from synthetic chemicals and meet strict environmental standards, earning it a Greenguard Gold certification for low emissions. Many users appreciate the transparency of Birch’s sourcing, which aligns with eco-conscious values. While it stands out in the organic mattress space, some note that brands like Avocado layer on additional certifications or include organic elements in every layer, highlighting Birch’s approach as robust yet not exhaustive in the realm of organic purity.
2. How is the overall comfort and support? (Score: 7.5/10)
The Birch Natural Mattress is a crowd pleaser, though the experience may depend on personal preference. Its medium-firm feel—often described as a tad firmer than expected—comes from a blend of responsive natural latex and individually wrapped steel coils. This combination delivers a bouncy yet supportive sleep surface that relieves pressure on key areas like hips and shoulders. Back sleepers and those who enjoy a lively feel tend to rave about it, though some side sleepers, especially lighter ones, mention a desire for more cushioning, and heavier individuals occasionally report that the support doesn’t fully meet their needs over time.
3. Sleep Position Compatibility: (Score: 8/10)
Versatility across sleeping positions is a frequent topic in reviews, with the Birch earning praise for accommodating a range of preferences. Back and stomach sleepers, particularly those above average weight, often highlight how the latex and coil system keeps their spine aligned without sinking too deeply. Combination sleepers also enjoy the ease of switching positions thanks to the mattress’s responsive nature. However, lighter side sleepers sometimes find the firmness lacks the plush contouring they crave, while heavier folks occasionally note it doesn’t hug the body as much as softer options might. It’s a strong all-rounder that shines brightest for certain builds and sleep styles.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 8/10)
One of Birch’s most lauded features is its exceptional edge support, a detail that comes up repeatedly in user and expert feedback. The mattress uses reinforced pocketed coils around its perimeter, creating a sturdy boundary that holds up well when sitting or sleeping near the edge. Couples who share the bed appreciate the full usable surface, and those with mobility challenges find it easier to get in and out. Testers often note how it outperforms many all-foam competitors in this area, with minimal compression even under sustained pressure. While long-term users occasionally mention a slight softening over months or years, it remains a standout trait that enhances its practicality.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 8.5/10)
Hot sleepers frequently turn to the Birch Natural Mattress for its impressive temperature regulation, a benefit rooted in its thoughtful design. The organic cotton cover wicks moisture, the wool layer promotes airflow, and the ventilated latex works with pocketed coils to dissipate heat effectively. Many users report waking up without the sweaty discomfort common in synthetic foam beds, making it a go-to for warm climates or those prone to night sweats. That said, a small subset of reviewers—often in exceptionally humid areas or using thick bedding—mention that it can retain a touch of warmth, suggesting it’s highly effective but not immune to extreme conditions.
6. Eco-Friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 8.5/10)
Sustainability is a cornerstone of Birch’s appeal, with its natural materials and eco-friendly manufacturing process earning consistent praise. The absence of polyurethane foams or fiberglass, paired with responsibly sourced latex, wool, and cotton, resonates with environmentally minded buyers. Off-gassing is another area where it excels—most users detect only a mild, earthy wool scent upon unboxing that fades within hours, a stark contrast to the chemical odors of traditional mattresses. While it’s not fully biodegradable due to its steel coils, its low-impact production and minimal emissions make it a favorite among green shoppers looking for a practical yet planet-friendly option.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 6/10)
When it comes to minimizing motion transfer, the Birch Natural Mattress shows its limitations, a point often raised by couples. The lively latex and springy coils that give it bounce also allow movement to ripple across the surface, meaning a restless partner’s tossing and turning can be felt more than on a memory foam bed. Light sleepers or those sensitive to disturbances sometimes find this disrupts their rest, though others say it’s manageable if both sleepers are relatively still. So while it may make an enjoyable environment for intimacy, if you and/or your bed partner are easily disturbed by movement, this might not be the mattress for you. It’s a trade-off for the mattress’s responsiveness, making it less ideal for those prioritizing isolation over other benefits.
8. Warranty (Score: 9/10)
Birch offers a 25-year limited warranty that stands out as a generous commitment to durability, a detail that reassures buyers about its longevity. The first 10 years include full repair or replacement for manufacturing defects, transitioning to prorated coverage afterward. Users often cite this as a sign of confidence in the product’s construction, especially the coils and latex meant to last decades. However, some point out that claims require a proper foundation and can involve hoops like shipping costs or specific documentation, which adds a layer of complexity. It’s a strong policy that bolsters trust, with minor nuances to navigate.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 6.5/10)
The 100-night sleep trial gives buyers a solid window to test the Birch, though it comes with conditions that spark varied reactions. A mandatory 30-night break-in period ensures users give it time to adjust, and most find this reasonable given the mattress’s natural materials. However, the $99 return fee deducted from refunds draws some criticism, especially when compared to brands offering free returns or longer trials stretching up to a year. Positive feedback focuses on the ease of setup and customer service during the process, but the trial’s structure lands as a middle ground—helpful yet not the most flexible in the market.
10. Customer Service and Trusted Ratings (Score: 8/10)
Across Birch’s website and independent review platforms, the mattress garners thousands of reviews, averaging a strong positive sentiment, often hovering around 4.5 stars from over 4,000 users. Trusted sources like Sleep Foundation and Mattress Clarity echo this, commending its eco-credentials, comfort, and cooling properties. Customers frequently highlight the balance of support and sustainability as a winning combo, with many appreciating the brand’s transparency. On the flip side, occasional gripes about firmness mismatches, shipping delays, or customer service hiccups temper the enthusiasm, painting a picture of a highly regarded product with room for refinement in execution.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Birch Natural Mattress Materials
Let’s take a closer look at the Birch Natural Mattress.
The Birch Natural Mattress stands at an approachable 11 inches tall, a height that strikes a balance between substantial support and easy accessibility for a wide range of sleepers. Below is a detailed breakdown of each layer and the materials that make up this eco-conscious design.
Organic Cotton Cover
The topmost layer is a soft, breathable cover made from GOTS-certified organic cotton. This material is grown without synthetic pesticides or fertilizers, ensuring a pure, hypoallergenic surface that feels gentle against the skin. Its natural wicking properties help pull moisture away from the body, contributing to a cooler sleep experience. The cotton is quilted for a touch of plushness, adding a subtle cushion that enhances the mattress’s initial comfort while maintaining durability for years of use.
Note: There is no mention of this cover being removable.
Organic Wool Comfort Layer
Beneath the cover lies a layer of organic wool, sourced sustainably and free from harsh chemicals. This natural fiber serves dual purposes: it acts as a fire barrier, meeting safety standards without synthetic flame retardants, and provides a soft, breathable cushion that regulates temperature. The wool’s moisture-wicking and airflow-promoting qualities help keep sleepers cool in summer and warm in winter, while its slight loft adds a cozy, pressure-relieving feel to the mattress’s surface.
Natural Latex Comfort Layer
Next is a 2-inch layer of GOLS-certified natural latex, harvested from the sap of rubber trees in an eco-friendly process. This Talalay latex is perforated for enhanced breathability and offers a responsive, buoyant feel that contours gently to the body. It provides pressure relief for shoulders and hips while maintaining a medium-firm support that prevents excessive sinking. Free from synthetic fillers or polyurethane, this layer brings a lively bounce that distinguishes the Birch from traditional memory foam mattresses.
Individually Wrapped Steel Coils
The core of the mattress is a 7-inch layer of pocketed steel coils, each encased in fabric to move independently. Made from high-gauge, recycled steel, these coils deliver robust support and promote spinal alignment, particularly for back and stomach sleepers. The design enhances airflow through the mattress, aiding in temperature regulation, and includes reinforced coils along the perimeter for exceptional edge support. This layer ensures durability and resilience, giving the Birch its long-lasting structure.
Organic Wool Base Layer
At the foundation, a thin layer of organic wool wraps the underside of the coil system. This additional wool serves as a natural stabilizer, reducing wear on the coils and adding an extra barrier against moisture and dust. It reinforces the mattress’s eco-friendly ethos, tying together the construction with a material that’s biodegradable and sustainably sourced. While not a primary comfort component, it contributes to the overall integrity and breathability of the design.
PROS & CONS
Based on user reviews, here’s a list of the pros and cons of the Silk & Snow Organic Mattress:
PROS:
Eco-Friendly Materials: Consumers frequently highlight the mattress’s use of GOTS-certified organic cotton, organic wool, and GOLS-certified natural latex as a major draw. The absence of synthetic foams or fiberglass, paired with sustainable sourcing, resonates with eco-conscious buyers.
Its Greenguard Gold certification for low emissions further bolsters its appeal for those prioritizing a healthier sleep environment, particularly those with allergies to the cheaper materials often used by other companies.
Excellent Cooling Properties: The combination of breathable cotton, moisture-wicking wool, ventilated latex, and airflow-promoting coils earns consistent praise for keeping sleepers cool. Hot sleepers and those in warm climates often report waking up sweat-free, making it a standout choice for temperature regulation compared to many all-foam alternatives.
Strong Edge Support: Users, especially couples and those who sit on the bed’s edge frequently, consistently commend the reinforced pocketed coils along the perimeter. This design provides exceptional stability when sitting or sleeping near the sides, preventing the sinking or roll-off feeling common in softer mattresses.
Couples appreciate how it maximizes the usable sleep surface, allowing them to spread out without losing support, while individuals with mobility needs find it easier to get in and out of bed. Reviewers often highlight this as a practical advantage over many all-foam competitors, noting its durability even with regular edge use.
Generous Warranty & Service: The 25-year limited warranty—full coverage for the first 10 years, prorated thereafter—is a frequent point of praise. Buyers value the long-term assurance, seeing it as a testament to the mattress’s durability, especially given its natural materials and sturdy coil construction. Additionally, the company has a service that offers removal of your old mattress as well as in-home set up of your new purchase, so you don’t need to stress about having an extra set of hands to help you.
CONS:
Motion Transfer Issues: Couples often note that the mattress’s responsive latex and coils, while great for bounce, allow more motion transfer than desired. Restless sleepers’ movements can disturb partners, a drawback compared to memory foam options, making it less ideal for light sleepers sharing a bed.
Firmness Not for Everyone: While many love the medium-firm feel, some side sleepers—particularly lighter individuals—find it too firm, lacking the plush contouring they prefer. Heavier sleepers (over 230 lbs) occasionally report insufficient support or sinking over time, suggesting it’s not universally suited to all body types.
Break-In Period and Return Fee: The 100-night sleep trial includes a mandatory 30-night break-in period, which some find reasonable but others see as a hurdle. The $99 return fee deducted from refunds draws criticism, especially when competitors offer free returns or longer trials, making the process feel less flexible.
Price Point: Starting at $1,248.80 for a Twin and reaching $2,186.30 for a King, the Birch Natural Mattress is seen as a premium investment. Even with frequent discounts (e.g., 20-25% off), some consumers feel it’s costly compared to budget-friendly synthetic alternatives, though fans argue the quality justifies the expense.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
The Birch Natural Mattress, an 11-inch organic offering from Birch Living (a Helix Sleep offshoot merged with Brooklyn Bedding in 2021), enters the crowded eco-mattress market with a compelling pitch: sustainable materials, solid performance, and a competitive price point when discounted. It nails the eco-brief with GOTS-certified organic cotton cover, organic wool layers, and GOLS-certified Talalay latex sitting atop recycled steel coils, dodging the polyurethane foams and fiberglass that plague cheaper beds. Cooling is a genuine strength; the breathable cotton, moisture-wicking wool, ventilated latex, and coil airflow keep hot sleepers comfortable, a boon for warm climates or restless nights. Edge support, bolstered by reinforced coils, is a quiet superstar—couples get full bed real estate, and sitters don’t slide off.
Birch stumbles where universal appeal meets reality. Motion isolation is a weak link—the lively latex and coils that fuel its bounce let partner movement ripple through, a dealbreaker for light sleepers sharing a bed with a tosser. Firmness splits the crowd: lighter side sleepers (<130 lbs) often find it too firm, missing the plush hug they crave, while heavier folks (>230 lbs) occasionally note sagging or inadequate contouring over time. It’s a Goldilocks problem—not soft enough for some, not supportive enough for others, thriving best in the middleweight, back-sleeper sweet spot.
The 100-night trial, with a 30-night break-in and $99 return fee, feels stingy next to rivals’ 365-night, no-cost returns. That fee might sting harder when shipping costs for warranty claims also fall on the buyer—penny-pinching that dulls the shine of the 25-year pledge. Initial cost, even discounted, keeps it out of reach for bargain hunters; a Twin at $999 on sale still dwarfs sub-$500 synthetic options. And while off-gassing is minimal, the wool whiff could irk the odor-sensitive, however briefly.
Customer Insights
The Birch Natural Mattress is relatively new to the market, yet has built a solid reputation through praise from trusted sources like Sleep Foundation. While these mainstream sources are often financially incentivised to sing a pretty song for brands that pay the price, overall the Birch Natural Mattress seems to resonate with many. Sleepers rave about the cool, breathable sleep surface—thanks to organic cotton, wool, and ventilated latex—calling it a “game-changer for hot nights.” Back and stomach sleepers cheer the medium-firm support and bouncy feel, with one user gushing, “It’s like sleeping on a cloud that holds you up perfectly,” while couples love the edge support that “makes the whole bed usable.” The sustainable materials and 25-year warranty often earn glowing nods, with comments like “I feel good knowing it’s green and built to last.”
On the flip side, the worst feedback zeroes in on some specific problems. Motion transfer tops the gripe list, with one reviewer lamenting, “Every time my partner moves, I’m awake—wish it absorbed motion better.” Side sleepers, especially lighter ones, grumble about firmness, with a common complaint being, “Too hard for my shoulders—needed more cushion.” Heavier users occasionally report durability woes, like “starting to sag after a year,” while the $99 return fee and shipping costs for warranty claims spark ire—“Feels nickel-and-dimed after such a big purchase,” one buyer snapped. Shipping delays and a faint wool smell on unboxing round out the lows, though the latter fades fast. These insights reveal a mattress adored for its eco-cool combo but divisive on comfort and logistics, splitting opinions based on sleep style and expectations.
The Final Verdict: 7.5/10
Is It “Just Right” For You?
The Birch Natural Mattress isn’t a one-size-fits-all fairy tale, but like Goldilocks stumbling upon the just-right porridge, it lands perfectly for a specific crowd, while leaving others searching for a better fit. It’s not flawless, with quirks that might turn away some sleepers, yet its shrewd positioning in the organic mattress market makes it a standout choice for those whose needs align with its strengths.
Its 11-inch profile, blending latex buoyancy with coil resilience, delivers a sleep experience that’s responsive yet supportive, durable yet breathable—a combo that feels tailor-made for those who prize responsiveness over sink. But it’s not the universal champ: side sleepers, heavyweights, and motion-sensitive pairs will find it wanting, and the trial/warranty fine print demands scrutiny.
At its core, Birch succeeds by not overpromising. It’s not the cheapest, softest, or most isolating, but it doesn’t pretend to be. Instead, it carves a lane—organic, cool, sturdy—and runs it well, especially when snagged on sale.
For the right sleeper, it’s a calculated win; for others, it’s a near-miss worth weighing against the field. Research backs the hype, but fit reigns supreme—know your sleep style, weigh your priorities, and you’ll see if Birch is your “just right” or someone else’s happily-ever-after.
Researched and reviewed by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
SIZE DIMENSIONS PRICE Twin 38" x 75" $1,373 Twin XL 38" x 80" $1,498 Full 54" x 75" $1,686 Queen 60" x 80" $1,873 King 76" x 80" $2,248 California King 72" x 84" $2,248 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Birch’s Warranty & Value
The Birch Natural Mattress comes with a 25-year limited warranty, offering one of the more robust coverage periods in the industry. Designed to reflect confidence in its durable construction—featuring natural latex, organic wool, and steel coils—this warranty provides peace of mind for buyers investing in a premium, eco-friendly sleep solution.
- Duration: 25 years—full coverage for 10 years (no cost for repair/replacement, but you pay shipping), prorated after year 10 (you pay a percentage of the original cost).
- Covered: Defects like sagging over 1 inch, cracked latex, or broken coils.
- Not Covered: Misuse, improper foundation, normal wear, or purchases from unauthorized sellers.
- Claims: Requires proof of purchase, photos, proper foundation use; you pay shipping.
- Transfer: Only valid for the original buyer, non-transferable.
The Birch Natural Mattress, crafted by Helix’s eco-focused brand Birch Living, offers compelling value for those seeking a sustainable yet affordable sleep solution, typically priced around $1,061 for a Queen after discounts (MSRP $1,873).
While it’s slightly pricier than some budget hybrids, its organic certifications, cooling performance, and sturdy edge support justify the cost, especially at a 20-25% discount often available.
Compared to the average latex hybrid (~$1,559), the Birch provides premium eco-friendly quality at a competitive price, making it a strong value for green-conscious buyers who don’t need the plushest comfort.
Check out our Top 5 Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Disclosure
Our review process blends actual customer feedback, comprehensive research and analysis, and insights from expert sources to create well-informed, unbiased recommendations. We independently assess each product, but to support our efforts, we participate in affiliate partnerships that allow us to continue providing valuable sleep guidance. These partnerships help us fulfill our mission to guide people toward better sleep solutions. For a complete overview, see our review process here and full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
At Sleep Examiner, we’re passionate about natural ways to reduce stress, relax the body, breathe better, and improve sleep quality. Our commitment to providing well-rounded, unbiased perspectives ensures that every recommendation is thoroughly researched, helping you discover the practices, products, and tools that can lead to a restful, pain-free night’s sleep. We’ve recently updated our 5 best mattresses for back pain and joint relief, ensuring you have the best options for enhanced comfort and support.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Organic Mattresses
use discount code:
SLEEPEXAMINER10 -
1. Certified Organic Materials - 8.5/10
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
-
1. Comfort & Feel
-
2. Spinal Alignment and Support
-
3. Cooling and Breathability
-
4. Edge Support
-
5. Affordability
-
6. Trial & Warranty
-
7. Customer Service
3.1Summary
Performance Score
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Certi-PUR US Certified memory foam, manufactured in Toronto, CanadaTrial Period
365 night trial period, 30 day minimumShipping
Free Shipping and Returns, with exceptions to Alaska, Hawaii, and some Canadian territoriesFirmness
Firm 6/10 or Medium-Firm 5/10Warranty
15 years with some stipulationsPrice Range
$600-$900SLEEP REVIEW & RECOMMENDATION
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
When Silk and Snow arrived on the bed-in-a-box scene in 2017, it joined a wave of innovative brands shaking up how we buy mattresses. They offer a Canadian-crafted, all-foam option designed to balance comfort and affordability. Launched with the promise of delivering quality sleep without the hefty price tag, the company quickly gained attention in a crowded market, appealing to those eager for a convenient, home-delivered sleep solution. Years later, their original mattress still holds its own, sparking curiosity about how it stacks up today.
However, mattresses rarely perform as advertised on their home site.
This review aims to give you a complete picture, breaking down every key aspect of the mattress—from its construction and feel to its real-world performance—so you won’t need to piece together insights from scattered sources. Drawing from user feedback, product details, and warranty terms, we’ll cover it all clearly and concisely, so you can decide if this mattress fits your needs without hunting for extra info. Whether you’re weighing its pros against its cons or just want the full scoop, this guide will help you decide if this mattress deserves a place in your home.
Let’s get started.
PERFORMANCE SCORE
How Did the Silk and Snow Original Mattress Perform??
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
1. Comfort and Feel (Score: 3.5/5)
The Silk & Snow Original Mattress delivers strong comfort with its 2-inch gel-infused memory foam top layer, offering a plush, body-hugging feel that lightweight side and back sleepers often rave about for melting away pressure on hips and shoulders. Buyers can choose between two firmness levels—medium-firm (around 6/10) and firm (around 7/10)—catering to different preferences, with the medium-firm providing a balanced, cradling softness and the firm option adding a touch more resistance for those who like less sink.
The medium-firm version strikes a cozy chord for those who enjoy contouring without feeling swallowed, earning it high praise in reviews. However, heavier sleepers or those on either end of the firmness spectrum might find the options still fall short, as the foam can compress excessively over time under extra weight, nudging its comfort down from perfection.
2. Spinal Alignment and Support (Score: 3/5)
For lightweight back sleepers, the mattress offers reasonable support, with its 6-inch high-density polyfoam base and 2-inch transitional layer working together to maintain decent spinal alignment. The design keeps hips from sinking too far, which suits petite frames looking to avoid that dreaded lower-back ache. Yet, it’s less convincing for stomach sleepers or anyone over 230 pounds, who report hips dipping noticeably, throwing off posture. Reviews suggest it’s a tailored fit rather than a one-size-fits-all solution, leaving broader back support needs unmet for some.
3. Cooling and Breathability (Score: 2/5)
Despite Silk & Snow’s claims of a cooling gel-infused top layer and breathable cover, the mattress falls flat for hot sleepers, who wake up warm and restless. The dense foam construction—especially the 6-inch base—traps heat rather than letting it flow out, a common pitfall of all-foam beds. Authentic reviews consistently call out this disconnect between marketing and reality, with many feeling misled by the cooling promise. It’s fine for those who don’t overheat naturally, but for anyone prone to night sweats, it’s a frustrating letdown, and one that exposes the company’s glaring false advertising.
4. Edge Support (Score: 2/5)
Edge support is a glaring Achilles’ heel for this all-foam mattress, as it buckles under weight near the perimeter with little resistance. Users frequently complain of sinking when sitting on the side or rolling too close to the edge, effectively shrinking the sleep surface—a real drawback for couples sharing the bed. Without reinforced coils or extra foam edging, it’s a predictable flaw in the design, common among foam-only models. This makes it tricky for those who need sturdy edges to get in and out of bed, cementing its reputation as a weak performer in this area.
5. Affordability (Score: 4/5)
At roughly $800 for a queen, the mattress stands out as a budget-friendly option in the crowded bed-in-a-box market, offering solid foam quality for less than many competitors. It’s not the rock-bottom cheapest out there, but the combination of CertiPUR-US certified materials and thoughtful layering feels like a steal for memory foam fans. Shoppers on a budget appreciate getting a taste of premium comfort without the premium price tag. For those prioritizing value over luxury extras, it’s a compelling choice that punches above its weight in affordability.
6. Trial & Warranty (Score: 4.5/5)
The 365-night sleep trial is an appealing feature, giving buyers a full year to test the mattress, far beyond the typical 100–120 nights, paired with free shipping and returns. The 15-year warranty adds long-term security, covering defects like deep indentations for a decade before shifting to a prorated scale, outpacing the standard 10-year offers. While the fine print demands a proper foundation and can complicate claims, the sheer length of both trial and coverage is a major draw. It’s a confidence booster for hesitant buyers, making it a rare win in an industry full of shorter commitments.
7. Customer Service (Score: 2.5/5)
Customer service is a sore spot, with a stark divide in experiences dragging down its reputation. On Silk & Snow’s own site, some rave about quick responses, but third-party platforms like BBB and Trustpilot tell a grimmer tale—delays in warranty processing, rejected claims over technicalities, and unresponsive support. Heavier criticism points to sagging issues dismissed after a few years, leaving buyers stranded. While a lucky few sail through with no hiccups, the inconsistency and poor follow-through for others make it a risky roll of the dice when problems arise.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Silk and Snow Original Mattress Materials
The Silk & Snow Original Mattress is a 10-inch all-foam mattress crafted with three distinct layers, each designed with specific materials and manufacturing techniques to balance comfort, support, and durability.
Let’s take a closer look:
Removable Cover
Encasing the layers of the Silk&Snow mattress is a removable, machine-washable cover made from a polyester and spandex blend, knit in a tight weave for a soft, breathable surface. Sewn in Canada, the cover is free of fiberglass (a common irritant in cheaper mattresses) and treated with an antimicrobial finish to resist bacteria and dust mites. Testing shows this cover still holds up after 100 washes, though it may be trickier to remove than advertised depending on the size and weight of your mattress.
Top Layer
Beneath the cover is a 2-inch gel-infused memory foam with a density of 4 pounds per cubic foot (PCF), engineered for plush contouring and pressure relief. Infused with gel during production, this open-cell foam aims to wick heat away from sleepers, while its CertiPUR-US certification ensures it’s free of harmful chemicals like formaldehyde or ozone-depleting substances. Manufactured in Canada, this layer is cut and molded to prioritize responsiveness, though some off-gassing (lasting up to 9 days) is noted due to the foam’s synthetic polyurethane base, which may bother those sensitive to these materials.
Support Layer
Underneath this gel-infused layer is a 2-inch transitional polyfoam with a slightly lower density (around 2.5–3 PCF), acting as a buffer between the soft top and firm base. This layer is constructed using a pouring and curing process, creating a firmer feel to enhance spinal alignment and prevent excessive sinkage. Its open-cell structure, while less dense than the top layer, supports breathability and durability, with the foam sourced and assembled to meet North American safety standards, reflecting Silk & Snow’s focus on quality control in their Canadian facilities.
Base Layer
The final layer is a 6-inch high-density polyfoam core (1.8 PCF), the structural backbone of the mattress. This thick slab is precision-cut to provide long-term support and stability, resisting sagging under body weight, though this claim is misleading according to some reviews. Manufactured through a high-pressure foaming process, it’s designed to evenly distribute load, though its closed-cell nature limits airflow, contributing to the mattress’s less-than-stellar cooling performance. Like the other layers, it’s CertiPUR-US certified, which is standard and generally expected from every mattress on the market.
PROS & CONS
Based on user reviews, here’s a list of the pros and cons of the Silk and Snow Original Mattress
PROS
Great for back sleepers
While this may not be the best option for stomach, combination or heavier side sleepers, most reviews agree that the original Silk&Snow mattress is ideal for back sleepers. The 6-inch high-density base provides a sturdy foundation that keeps the spine aligned, while the 2-inch transitional polyfoam layer adds just enough cushioning to support the lumbar region without excessive sinkage. Topped with a 2-inch gel memory foam layer, it contours gently to the back, distributing weight evenly. Reviewers often highlight this balance of support and comfort, making it a go-to for back sleepers seeking restful, pain-free nights.
Budget friendly
At approximately $650–$750 for a queen (based on typical pricing from Silk & Snow’s site), the original Silk & Snow Mattress delivers impressive value in the crowded bed-in-a-box market. Its all-foam build—featuring CertiPUR-US certified materials and Canadian manufacturing—keeps costs low compared to hybrid or luxury foam beds that often exceed $1,000. It offers pressure relief, motion isolation, and a 15-year warranty at a fraction of the price, appealing to budget-conscious buyers who still want durability and comfort.
Multiple firmness options
Silk&Snow offers their original mattress in either a Firm or Medium-Firm, which are both described as relatively plush. The firm option is aimed at back and stomach sleepers, while the medium-firm is advertised for back and side sleepers. Depending on your body type and position preferences, it’s worth taking these options into consideration, however slight in difference they may be. It’s always nice to have more choices.
Long trial period
The 365-night sleep trial is a standout perk, giving buyers a full year to test the mattress in all seasons—an edge over the typical 100–120-night trials from competitors. The 30 day minimum is understandable, though this should be kept in mind in the event of an immediate issue with your mattress. Not all companies require you to keep your mattress for a month before making a decision, but the overall trial period is still a plus.
CONS
Not for hot sleepers
Despite the gel-infused memory foam top layer designed to dissipate heat, the original Silk & Snow Mattress struggles to keep hot sleepers cool. Its all-foam construction, particularly the dense 6-inch base layer, traps heat rather than promoting airflow, unlike hybrid or latex alternatives. Reviews frequently mention waking up warm or sweaty, making it a poor match for those who overheat at night, even with the cooling tech’s modest efforts. A breathable bedding set is recommended to pair with this mattress regardless of your average sleep temperature.
Incompatible with heavier body types
The medium firmness and profile of the Silk & Snow Mattress falter under heavier body types (over 230–250 pounds). The 2-inch memory foam and transitional layers compress too easily for some, while the 6-inch support core lacks the resilience heavier sleepers need to prevent sagging or bottoming out. Stomach sleepers in this weight range especially report hip sinkage and spinal misalignment, signaling limited durability and support for bigger builds. Long-term owners may notice permanent depressions in their Silk&Snow after a few years.
Reviews indicate potential problems with company
While some praise Silk & Snow’s responsiveness, a notable subset of reviews on third-party sites like BBB and Trustpilot (averaging under 3 stars) point to customer service woes. Complaints include delays in warranty claim processing, denied claims due to strict conditions (e.g., foundation issues), and difficulties reaching support for replacements or refunds. Coupled with reports of sagging not covered after a few years, these experiences suggest inconsistent reliability from the company, denting trust for some buyers.
Poor edge support
Edge support is a glaring weakness in the all-foam Silk & Snow Mattress, with users noting significant sinkage when sitting or sleeping near the perimeter. Lacking reinforced coils or extra foam edging, the 10-inch design collapses under concentrated weight, reducing usable surface area. Couples and those who rely on edges for mobility (e.g., getting out of bed) find this a persistent annoyance, as reviews highlight the mattress’s softness extending right to its borders.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
The original Silk & Snow Mattress, launched with fanfare in 2017, presents itself as a budget-friendly all-foam contender, but a closer look reveals a narrower appeal than its marketing suggests. Its strengths—exceptional motion isolation, a generous 365-night trial, and solid pressure relief from a 2-inch gel memory foam layer—shine brightest for lightweight back sleepers (under 230 pounds), who can revel in its medium firmness and supportive 6-inch core without sinking too deep. The 15-year warranty adds a layer of reassurance, though its strict conditions temper the promise.
But the cracks in this mattress’s facade are hard to ignore. The company touts cooling prowess with its gel-infused foam, but customer reports of trapped heat and sweaty nights expose this as more hype than reality, a misstep that undermines trust. Edge support, or the lack thereof, further narrows its utility—sit or sleep near the perimeter, and the all-foam design collapses, shrinking the usable surface and frustrating couples or those needing sturdy borders. Heavier sleepers, especially stomach or combination types, find it incompatible, with the foam compressing excessively and durability waning over time. Add in spotty customer service experiences—delayed warranty responses and denied claims—and Silk & Snow’s sheen dulls further.
For lightweight back sleepers unbothered by warm sleep and edge woes, it’s a steal; for most others, it’s a gamble that leans on inflated claims and overlooks practical flaws, leaving savvier buyers to weigh if the savings justify the compromises.
Customer Insights
Authentic customer responses on the original Silk & Snow Mattress paint a polarized picture, with glowing praise and scathing critiques revealing a product that delights some while disappointing others. On the high end, fans—often lightweight back or side sleepers—rave on Silk & Snow’s site (averaging 4.5–5 stars) about its plush comfort, stellar motion isolation, and unbeatable 365-night trial, calling it a “dreamy steal” for the price. Couples laud its ability to mute restless tossing, and many applaud the initial pressure relief from the gel memory foam.
Yet, the honeymoon fades for others, as darker sentiments emerge on third-party platforms like BBB, Reddit and Trustpilot. Hot sleepers decry the so-called cooling layer as a sham, waking up sweaty despite the hype, while heavier users lament sagging hips and a too-soft feel after mere months.
A Reddit user stated:
“I’ve had the standard Silk & Snow mattress for 3 years now and regret buying it. In an effort to give some clarity to my experience, I weigh around 180 lbs and my side of the mattress has depressed/lost firmness around the shoulders and lower back/ hips area to the point where I am uncomfortable. My wife is less than half my weight and when I lay on her side, it is perfect. Unfortunately for people of my weight caliber and up, I cannot recommend this mattress. I will say that the first couple of years, I really enjoyed the experience.”Edge support earns near-universal scorn, with “sinkhole” complaints shrinking the bed’s footprint, and a vocal minority slams customer service—think delayed warranty denials or radio silence on defects. To be fair, Silk & Snow itself transparently displays a few devastating 1-star reviews on its home site, including their responses to each one.
The takeaway? It’s a darling for the light and patient who sleep cool naturally, but a dicey bet for the heavy, the warm, or those expecting white-glove support—customer voices split between bliss and betrayal.
The Final Verdict: 3.1/5
A Treat For Some, A Trick For Others
The Silk & Snow Original Mattress is a contentious player in the bed-in-a-box game. Lightweight back sleepers under 200 pounds reap the rewards—plush pressure relief, top-tier motion isolation, and a 365-night trial that sweetens the deal, all backed by a 15-year warranty (with caveats). Fans call it a budget gem, soaking in the comfort of its 2-inch gel memory foam and forgiving return policy.
But the shine quickly dulls for others. Cooling claims unravel as hot sleepers sweat through the promising hype, edge support collapses under scrutiny, and heavier bodies sink into a sagging disappointment, exposing a mismatch for diverse needs. Customer tales swing from ecstasy to exasperation—5-star love on the brand’s turf clashes with sub-3-star gripes on Reddit, BBB, and Trustpilot, where service delays and warranty woes sting.
It’s a shrewd pick for the petite and patient who naturally sleep cool, but a deceptive dodge for the heavy, the warm, or anyone expecting robust edges and flawless follow-through—a mattress that delights its niche while duping the unwary. Additionally, customers should expect this mattress to show signs of wear at about the six-year mark. At the end of the day, the Silk and Snow original mattress is for a select few, and it shows.
MATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
SIZE FIRM MEDIUM-FIRM Twin 38” x 75” x 9”
42 lbs
$55038” x 75” x 10”
43 lbs
$600
Twin XL 38” x 80” x 9”
45 lbs
$57538” x 80” x 10”
48 lbs
$625Full 54” x 75” x 9”
58 lbs
$65054” x 75” x 10”
65 lbs
$725Queen 60” x 80” x 9”
69 lbs
$72560” x 80” x 10”
76 lbs
$800King 76” x 80” x 9”
87 lbs
$82576” x 80” x 10”
91 lbs
$900California King 72” x 84” x 9”
87 lbs
$82572” x 84” x 10”
95 lbs
$900PRODUCT WARRANTY
Silk and Snow Mattress Warranty
We’ve summarized the fine print of Silk & Snow’s warranty so you can get a solid feel of the coverage, limitations and expectations the company lays down before you do. Keep in mind this mattress is delivered compressed and rolled up in a box, which can sometimes compromise the structure, and buyers will need to give the mattress time to decompress upon unboxing.
Duration: The warranty covers the mattress for 15 years from the date of delivery, protecting against defects in workmanship or materials.
Coverage: If a defect due to faulty workmanship or materials is confirmed during the warranty period, Silk & Snow will repair or replace the mattress at no cost to the customer, subject to the terms outlined.
Eligibility: The warranty applies only to the original purchaser and is non-transferable. The mattress must be purchased directly from Silk & Snow or an authorized retailer.
Defect Criteria: Covered defects include significant issues like visible indentations greater than 1 inch that aren’t caused by improper use or foundation, or splits/cracks in the foam due to manufacturing faults.
Repair or Replacement Process: Within the first 10 years, Silk & Snow will repair or replace a defective mattress at no charge.
From years 11 to 15, the company offers a prorated replacement, where the customer pays a percentage of the original price (starting at 50% in year 11, increasing by 5% each year up to 75% in year 15).Important Considerations for Customers: Proper Use and Support: The warranty is voided if the mattress is used on an improper foundation (e.g., slats wider than 3 inches apart or a springy base) or in environments prone to moisture buildup (e.g., concrete floors or humid basements), which could lead to mold and damage not covered under warranty.
Care Requirements: Customers must follow care instructions, such as using a mattress protector and avoiding misuse (e.g., jumping on the mattress or staining it with liquids), as neglect or abuse voids the warranty.
Non-Covered Issues: Normal wear and tear, changes in firmness preference, or damage from accidents (e.g., burns, cuts, or pet damage) are not covered. Minor imperfections or slight body impressions under 1 inch are considered normal and not warrantable.
Claim Process: To file a claim, customers need to provide proof of purchase and photos/videos of the defect. Silk & Snow will assess whether the issue qualifies, which may require patience and documentation on the buyer’s part.
“TLDR;” Key Takeaways: The Silk & Snow Mattress offers a robust 15-year warranty providing long-term protection against manufacturing defects, with full coverage for the first 10 years, but requires buyers to use a proper foundation and maintain it carefully to preserve validity, adding some responsibility and cost—ideal for those seeking quality assurance, though it’s limited to defects, not comfort preferences or minor wear.
For someone considering a Silk & Snow Mattress, this warranty provides strong assurance of quality, but it’s critical to pair the purchase with a compatible foundation and proactive care to fully benefit from the coverage.
REFERENCES
The S&S Mattress – Silk & Snow
Silk & Snow Mattress Review: Test Lab Ratings
Silk & Snow Mattress Review (2025) – Sleep Advisor
Silk + Snow Reviews | Read Customer Service Reviews of www.silkandsnow.com
Should I be worried about Silk & Snow? : r/Mattress
Silk and Snow, Must-read Before Purchasing : r/Mattress
Silk & Snow Inc | BBB Complaints | Better Business BureauYOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Cloud has the potential to be a crowd pleaser among memory foam fans who can afford the investment. With Tempur-Pedic’s classic pressure relieving foam at a medium firmness, it’s a great choice for older couples and guests. Read more…
-
1. Comfort & Feel
-
Researched and reviewed by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistSupport Your Health & Country With A Naturepedic
Our Review and Analysis
In 2003, Naturepedic emerged from a family’s steadfast resolve to craft health-conscious sleep solutions for children and families alike, spearheaded by founder Barry Cik in the charming town of Chagrin Falls, Ohio. Now a respected name in organic bedding, this family-owned company pours its passion into every mattress, constructing them entirely in the USA with an unwavering commitment to safety and sustainability.
The Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress showcases this dedication, blending GOTS-certified organic cotton for softness, GOLS-certified organic latex for support, and organic wool for natural breathability—all free of harmful chemicals. It offers customizable comfort layers and even a split option for couples with different sleep preferences, making it as versatile as it is eco-friendly.
There is much to consider before purchasing this mattress. Though the price leans toward the premium side, reflecting its extensive green-based credentials, this thorough review will dive in and unpack whether the investment in this thoughtfully made mattress from a family-driven business truly pays off for a healthier night’s rest.
Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress Rating
-
1. Certified Organic Materials - 9/10
9/10
-
2. Comfort & Support - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 7/10
7/10
-
4. Edge Support - 6/10
6/10
-
5. Cooling & Breathability - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
6. Eco-Friendliness & Off-Gassing - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
7. Motion Transfer & Motion-Isolation - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
8. Warranty - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 6.8/10
6.8/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 8/10
8/10
7.6/10Summary
Performance Score
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
GOTS organic cotton, GOLS organic latex, organic wool, and glueless coils wrapped in organic cottonTrial Period
100 nightsShipping
Free in 1-3 business days in the Continental USFirmness
5 Comfort Levels from Plush to Extra Firm, Customizable with option to splitWarranty
25 yearsPrice Range
$3,000-$5,000PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did the Naturepedic EOS Organic Mattress Perform?
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
7.6/101. Are the materials truly certified organic? (Score: 9/10)
The EOS stands out in this category, particularly compared to its competition, winning a long list of environment based awards that go all the way back to 2009. Naturepedic includes a transparent disclaimer on their website regarding their involvement in various environmental and sustainability advocacy initiatives, emphasizing that while they financially support some of the organizations they are involved with, they make no “general” or “unqualified” claims regarding their products, attempting to meet and exceed all standards in the FTC Green Guides.
It’s clear Naturepedic has gone the distance and avoided cutting corners in this category, and it’s difficult to find a company that can boast the same organic materials with the same extensive list of third party certifications, though their “financial support” of certain rewarding initiatives could raise an eyebrow for serious skeptics in the industry.
2. How is the overall comfort and support? (Score: 7.5/10)
Comfort is a highlight thanks to the EOS’s customizable layers–options like Plush, Medium, and Firm let users tweak their sleep experience, a feature praised by many for its personalized approach. The glueless encased coils provide a sturdy base, often lauded for spinal alignment.
However, this makes the comfort of the EOS Organic Mattress extremely subjective, and reviews reveal a catch: some side sleepers find even the “Cushion-Firm” too stiff for shoulder relief, while heavier users (over 230 lbs) report the “Plush” sagging under their weight, lacking lumbar support.
This could mean customizing your Naturepedic may take some trial and error, which could prove quite inconvenient to adjust with the company. It’s a strong performer with broad appeal, but these inconsistencies mean it doesn’t hit the comfort bullseye for everyone, settling at a respectable but not exceptional score.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 7/10)
The EOS’s modular design and coil-latex combo aim to please all sleepers, and it largely succeeds for back sleepers, who often cite ideal firmness and support. Side sleepers get mixed results that can depend on their body type—some love the softer options, but others find insufficient cushioning at pressure points like hips and shoulders. Stomach sleepers, especially lighter ones, fare well, though heavier individuals note the need for firmer settings that aren’t always perfect.
Reviews suggest it’s versatile, with the split option helping couples, but it’s not necessarily a one-size-fits-all champion, landing it a moderate score for good but imperfect adaptability.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 6/10)
Edge support is a recognized weak link for the EOS Classic overall, though this is something not all reviewers agree upon. The encased coils offer decent stability across the surface, but reviewers frequently point out a lack of reinforced perimeter design—no thick foam encasement or extra-strong coils here. Sitting on the edge can feel unstable, and sleeping near it risks a “roll-off” sensation, a complaint echoed on forums and review sites.
This could be a dealbreaker if you enjoy sleeping close to the edge, as you may have to sacrifice some valuable real estate to sleep evenly on your mattress. Couples who need their space may also be disappointed by the EOS Classic’s lacking edge support. Compared to rival companies, which bolster their edges, the EOS is said to fall short, earning a middling score that reflects functionality but not excellence in this category.
5. How’s the cooling and breathability (Score: 8.5/10)
This mattress is often praised for keeping sleepers cool, thanks to its organic cotton cover, moisture-wicking wool, and breathable latex, all enhanced by airflow from the coil layer. Hot sleepers on review sites consistently applaud its temperature regulation, often sleeping comfortably without night sweats. A few users mention a slight warmth if they opt for thicker latex layers, and one-offs cite initial wool smells trapping heat briefly, but these are outliers.
It’s a near-perfect performer in this category, just missing top marks due to those rare exceptions. Paired with a breathable bedding set, the EOS Organic Mattress just might be the solution to relieving your night sweats.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 7.5/10)
Eco-friendliness is a cornerstone of the EOS, with sustainable, organic materials and USA-based manufacturing (with some imported components) earning it green accolades from environmentalists and reviewers alike. It’s free of polyurethane foams and toxic flame retardants frequently used by other companies, a big win.
Yet, some customers report a surprising latex or wool odor upon unboxing—sometimes lingering for weeks—which clashes with the “no off-gassing” promise of organic bedding. While not chemical-laden like synthetic mattresses, this quirk slightly mars an otherwise stellar eco-profile, keeping it from a higher score.
So while it may be great for those who are allergic to the non-organic materials commonly used by other companies, the odor of the EOS Organic Mattress could catch some off guard.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 7.5/10)
The individually wrapped coils do a commendable job isolating motion, good news for couples where one partner tosses and turns. Reviews often highlight undisturbed sleep, with the latex adding a subtle bounce that doesn’t amplify movement much, but would certainly be a plus for intimate activities.
It’s not as dead-still as pure memory foam options, though—some light sleepers note faint ripples from restless partners. It’s a strong contender in this category, balancing responsiveness and isolation well, but fails to hit elite status, reflected in a solid but not outstanding rating, fairly typical in hybrid mattresses containing coils and bouncy latex layers.
8. Warranty (Score: 8.5/10)
The 25-year limited warranty is a standout feature, with full repair or replacement coverage for the first 10 years (including shipping) and prorated support thereafter. Reviewers love the long-term assurance, rare in an industry where 10-15 years is standard.
The catch? After year 10, shipping costs shift to the buyer, and prorated repairs mean partial expense, which some see as less generous. Still, it’s a robust policy from a reputable brand, narrowly missing perfection due to those later-year nuances. Compared to lifetime warranties that can come with similar snags, 25 years is a solid length of time, but make sure you understand what the company expects should you need to make a claim.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 6.8/10)
The 100-night sleep trial gives buyers a decent window to test the mattress, a perk appreciated by cautious shoppers. It’s a fair offer, but competitors that offer a 180 night or even 365 night trial outshine it in duration. Should you need to adjust your customized comfort level, you may need to make up your mind sooner rather than later, which can add pressure to an already high-stakes online purchase.
Complaints also surface about slow return processes—some users faced delays with photo submissions or pickup scheduling, tainting the experience. It’s a good trial, sufficient for most, but lacks the length and seamlessness of top-tier brands, earning a middle-of-the-road score.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 8/10)
Naturepedic enjoys an A+ BBB rating and glowing praise from trusted sources like Sleep Foundation, often scoring 4-4.5 stars for its organic focus and quality craftsmanship. High ratings are standard for bigger brands that have spent time and money to bring their best reviews forward.
Customer reviews lean positive, valuing the health-conscious design, but occasional gripes about defects (e.g., sagging coils), customer service hiccups, or the high price-to-value ratio temper the enthusiasm. Negative feedback is few and far between, and Naturepedic has done its best to follow up with unhappy customers. It’s a well-regarded brand with a loyal following, but not without flaws, landing it a strong yet not impeccable score based on broad feedback.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress Materials
The Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress is a hybrid mattress designed with multiple layers of organic materials, offering a customizable sleep experience. Total thickness is typically 11-12 inches (including 8-inch coils and 3-4 inches of latex/cover), though this can vary slightly with additional latex layers in premium configurations.
Below is a detailed breakdown of the materials in each layer, starting with the cover, followed by the customizable comfort options and the split configuration feature.
1. Cover
The cover is made of GOTS-certified organic cotton fabric, quilted with a thin layer of organic wool batting beneath it. It is soft, breathable, and durable, providing a natural, chemical-free surface that wicks moisture. The organic wool acts as a natural flame barrier (meeting fire safety standards without synthetic retardants) and adds temperature regulation and a slight cushioning effect. The quilting enhances the plush feel while maintaining airflow. The cover is zippered, allowing access to the customizable layers below, though some users note it lacks grips for easy handling.
2. Comfort Layer (Customizable)
GOLS-certified organic latex, varying in thickness and density based on the chosen comfort option (see below for specifics). These layers sit directly beneath the cover and are the heart of the mattress’s customization. The organic latex is sourced from rubber trees, offering a responsive, buoyant feel that’s naturally hypoallergenic and resistant to dust mites. It’s perforated for breathability and comes in different firmness levels, which users can swap out to adjust the mattress’s feel. No adhesives are used; layers are held in place by the zippered encasement.
3. Support Layer
Glueless encased coils (steel) individually wrapped in GOTS-certified organic cotton fabric, with a thin layer of organic cotton batting as a transition above the coils. This layer provides the mattress’s core support, featuring hundreds of 8-inch-tall coils (exact count varies by size, e.g., 700+ in a queen). The coils are designed for durability and motion isolation, with each pocketed in organic cotton to prevent metal-on-metal contact and reduce noise. The cotton batting atop the coils smooths the transition to the comfort layers, preventing a “coily” feel while maintaining breathability.
4. Base Layer
The bottom of the mattress is encased in the same GOTS-certified organic cotton as the cover, providing a sturdy, breathable foundation. It’s primarily a structural component, ensuring the coils and comfort layers stay contained within an organic shell. No additional padding or synthetic materials are used here, keeping the design minimalist and eco-friendly.
Comfort Options Available Through Customization
The EOS Classic allows users to choose from several comfort options for the latex comfort layers, tailoring the mattress to their preferred firmness. These options can be adjusted by swapping out latex layers (3 inches thick per layer in most configurations) during purchase or later. Here’s a breakdown of each:
- Plush: 3 inches of soft GOLS-certified organic soft density latex. Designed for those who love a cloud-like, sink-in feel, this option offers maximum cushioning. It’s ideal for side sleepers seeking pressure relief at the shoulders and hips or lighter individuals (under 150 lbs). Reviews note its plushness can lack support for heavier users or stomach sleepers, who might feel spinal misalignment.
- Cushion-Firm: 3 inches of medium-soft GOLS-certified organic moderate density latex. A balanced option, this strikes a middle ground between softness and support. It’s popular among combination sleepers or those who want a bit of contouring without excessive sink. Some side sleepers find it too firm, while back sleepers often praise its versatility. The latex retains its responsiveness, avoiding a “stuck” feel.
- Medium: 3 inches of medium GOLS-certified organic mid-density latex.This is the all-around crowd-pleaser choice, offering a neutral feel that suits most sleep positions and combination sleepers. It provides enough give for side sleepers and sufficient pushback for back and stomach sleepers. Reviewers appreciate its adaptability, though it may not fully satisfy those with extreme firmness preferences.
- Firm: 3 inches of firm GOLS-certified organic higher density latex. Built for maximum support, this option appeals to stomach sleepers, heavier individuals (over 230 lbs), or those who prefer a solid surface. The latex remains slightly bouncy, unlike stiff foam, but side sleepers often report discomfort due to minimal pressure relief. It’s lauded for durability and maintaining alignment.
- Extra Firm: 3 inches of extra-firm GOLS-certified organic high density latex. The firmest option, this is a niche choice for those needing an ultra-stiff bed—think heavyweight stomach sleepers or those with specific back support needs. It’s less common, with fewer reviews, but users note its rock-solid feel can be too intense for most, sacrificing cushioning entirely for unyielding support.
Split Option
The EOS Classic offers a split configuration for queen, king, and California king sizes, where the comfort layers (and sometimes the entire mattress) are divided down the middle into two independently customizable halves.
Each side retains the same construction—organic cotton cover, customizable organic latex comfort layers, and shared or split coil support—but allows different firmness choices (e.g., Plush on one side, Firm on the other).
This is a game-changer for couples with divergent sleep preferences. The latex layers are tailored per side, while the coil layer may remain a single unit or, in some setups, split with a slight seam (depending on customization level). The cover zips over both halves, maintaining a unified look. Reviews praise its practicality, though some note a faint ridge where the halves meet, minimally affecting motion isolation or edge support, which is already lacking on the Naturepedic EOS.
PROS & CONS
Based on user reviews, here’s a list of the pros and cons of the Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress:
PROS
- Customizable: With the Naturepedic EOS Classic, you’re the architect of your sleep. Its swappable latex layers let you choose from Plush to Extra Firm, tailoring the feel to your exact preference. Whether you crave cloud-like softness or rock-solid support, this mattress adapts to you—and if your needs change, just unzip and rearrange with the company’s assistance. Very few companies offer such personalized comfort options.
- Great for hot sleepers: Hot sleepers, rejoice—the EOS Classic has your back (and your cool nights) covered. Its breathable organic cotton cover, moisture-wicking organic wool, and perforated organic latex team up with airy encased coils to keep heat at bay the natural way. Reviewers rave about waking up sweat-free, making this a dream for those who overheat, all without synthetic cooling gimmicks. Just be sure to pair your EOS with a breathable bedding set in the summer if you sleep particularly hot.
- Good choice for the health-conscious: Crafted with GOTS-certified organic cotton, GOLS-certified organic latex, and organic wool, the Naturepedic EOS Organic Mattress is free of toxic chemicals, glues, and flame retardants, which is good news if you’re easily agitated by or allergic to these common materials. Naturepedic’s rigorous standards ensure a sleep surface that’s as safe as it is luxurious, making it child friendly and earning nods from eco-warriors and allergy sufferers alike—no compromises, just clean rest.
- Split Option for couples who can’t agree: Couples at odds over firmness may find harmony with the EOS Classic’s split option, assuming they can afford the extra charge. Available in queen and larger sizes, it lets each partner pick their ideal comfort—say, Plush for one, Firm for the other—within the same mattress. The organic layers stay distinct per side, minimizing disputes and maximizing sleep quality, though a slight seam might remind you of your truce.
CONS
- High Price Tag: The EOS Classic comes with a steep cost—starting around $3,000 for a queen and climbing higher with customizations—some paying an upwards of $6,000 for a split mattress. While its organic materials and craftsmanship justify the premium for some, others balk at the price, especially if minor defects or comfort mismatches arise. It’s a luxury investment that demands you weigh green credentials against budget realities. This is the biggest drawback and often deal breaker for those looking to replace their mattress.
- Limited Sleep Trial: At just 100 nights, the EOS Classic’s sleep trial feels stingy next to rivals that offer 180 or even 365 nights to fall in love with their mattress. Users appreciate the chance to test it, but some report slow return processes—think delays with photos or pickups—that shrink the window further. For a pricey mattress, this shorter trial can leave cautious buyers wanting more time to decide.
- Edge Support is (Perhaps) Lacking: Edge support is a sore spot for the EOS Classic, especially for couples who share the bed. Some (but not all) reviews say the encased coils don’t bolster the perimeter enough, leading to a wobbly sit or a “roll-off” risk when sleeping near the sides. This is less of an issue for solo sleepers, but for two, it may shrink usable space, making this a flaw that some reviewers can’t seem to agree on.
- Setup is cumbersome: Setting up the EOS Classic can test your patience—and your teamwork. It often ships in multiple boxes (coils, latex layers, cover), requiring assembly that’s tricky with one pair of hands. The zippered cover lacks grips, and aligning heavy layers feels unwieldy without help, per user gripes. Naturepedic doesn’t offer white glove delivery with free set up, nor do they offer an old mattress removal service to help you prepare for your new bed, leaving you on your own to arrange a removal. For a premium product, this DIY hassle feels like an unexpected chore.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
The Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress is a standout for eco-luxury from a family-owned American company, but it’s not without its drawbacks. Its customizable layers let you dial in comfort, a plus for picky sleepers, while organic cotton, wool, and coils keep hot sleepers naturally cool in the hot months. Health-conscious folks will love its toxin-free GOTS and GOLS creds, making it a great option for small children, and the split option rescues couples from firmness fights—though the subtle seam might be mildly irritating.
On the flip side, the $3k+ price tag (queen and up) demands perfection, yet some report defects that dent the value. The 100-night trial pales next to 180- or 365-night competitors, with sluggish returns adding pressure. Edge support may fall short, a real snag for couples needing full bed real estate, and setup’s a chore—multiple boxes and no grips mean you’ll need a helper. It’s a green dream for purists prepared to spend a pretty penny, backed by a high business rating and 25-year warranty, but budget-minded or edge sleepers might need to look elsewhere for a new bed.
Customer Insights
When it comes to personal customer insights on the Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress, the feedback creates a collage of highs, lows, and downright frustrations, with the worst reviews hidden in niche corners of the internet like Reddit or the Complaints section of the BBB website.
The Good: Sleepers gush over its organic purity—Naturepedic has gone to great lengths to deliver a chemical-free mattress that’s a godsend for allergy sufferers and eco-warriors alike. Customization steals the show, with swappable firmness options earning raves from those who’ve finally nailed their perfect sleep setup, and hot sleepers cheer the breathable layers that banish night sweats. Loyal fans swear up and down that this purchase is worth the price tag.
The Bad: On the flip side, price is a sore spot—starting at $3k, it’s a luxury leap that some feel doesn’t fully square with occasional quality hiccups like sagging coils or uneven latex. The 100-night trial feels skimpy against competitors’ longer windows, and edge support disappoints couples who find the perimeter too weak for sprawling.
The Ugly: Setup woes and defects found after the cumbersome task can sting, even more so when a customer chooses extensive customization. If you’re not completely satisfied with your choice in comfort layers, you may have a hassle on your hands working with the company to get it just right. While some fume over slow returns, trouble with customer service, or an unexpected latex whiff that lingers, take the worst reviews with a grain of salt, but be sure not to ignore them.
The Final Verdict: 7.6/10
High Risk, High Reward? It’s Your Gamble
The Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress is a high-stakes bet in the world of eco-friendly sleep, blending standout features with notable pitfalls. The customizable comfort levels, heavily certified materials, and naturally cool construction are certainly appealing to persnickety sleepers in need of options, but you may regret your choice if you don’t get it right the first time. The split option is a clever fix for couples, keeping peace without compromise, though they’ll have to save a few more dollars to do so.
Unfortunately the price tag looms large, and for that cash, some expect flawless execution and are met with disappointment. Possible defects or uneven quality in components, weak edge support, and a clunky setup—without old mattress removal—can sour the deal. And of course, the 100-night trial feels skimpy next to rivals’ longer windows.
Customer voices range widely: some crown it a bedtime utopia worth every penny, while a few grumble over sagging coils, lingering latex smells, or sluggish returns and customer service (or lack thereof) that test patience. With a robust 25-year warranty and Naturepedic’s family-owned ethos as backup, it’s a premium contender that could be your pride and joy—or a costly lesson. If organic purity outweighs practical quirks, take the plunge; otherwise, hedge your bets.
Lisa Libutti's author bioJudith Reynolds
Sleep Solutions Specialist
SLEEP EXAMINERWritten and edited by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38” W x 75” x 12" $2,199 Twin XL 38” W x 80” x 12" $2,499 Full 53” W x 75” x 12" $3,199 Queen 60” W x 80” x 12" $3,499 King 76” W x 80” x 12" $4,299 Cal King 72” W x 84” x 12" $4,299 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress Warranty
It’s important to get a good idea of what a mattress warranty entails before you decide to make a purchase. Some warranties contain certain stipulations and fine print that can make the exchange or return process difficult. Here’s what you need to know about Naturepedic’s warranty:
- Duration: The warranty lasts 25 years from the date of purchase, offering long-term coverage for defects.
- Coverage: It protects against manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship, such as issues with the organic cotton, latex, wool, or coils, provided the mattress is used under normal conditions.
- First 10 Years: During the first 10 years, Naturepedic typically offers full repair or replacement at no cost to the owner, including shipping, assuming the defect is covered.
- Years 11-25: After year 10, the warranty becomes prorated, meaning repair or replacement costs are partially covered based on the remaining lifespan, and the owner may incur shipping or handling fees.
- Conditions: The mattress must be used with a proper foundation, and damage from misuse, abuse, or improper care (e.g., stains, burns, or lack of a waterproof protector as recommended) voids the warranty.
- Claim Process: Proof of purchase is required, and Naturepedic must be notified of defects within a reasonable timeframe for inspection and resolution.
You will need to register your purchase with the company to stay up to date with any company or product announcements, and to record your product information to have in the event of a claim.
References
EOS Classic Organic Adjustable Mattress | Naturepedic
Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress Review – Trying a High-End Luxury Mattress (Pros and Cons)
Naturepedic EOS Mattress Review – 10 Data-Driven Tests – NapLab
Naturepedic Mattress Review: We Tested the Non-Toxic Bed (2025)
Naturepedic EOS Classic Organic Mattress Review – GreenCitizen
Has anyone had a Naturepedic mattress? : r/Mattress
Naturepedic | BBB Complaints | Better Business BureauCheck out our Top 5 Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Disclosure
Our review process blends actual customer feedback, comprehensive research and analysis, and insights from expert sources to create well-informed, unbiased recommendations. We independently assess each product, but to support our efforts, we participate in affiliate partnerships that allow us to continue providing valuable sleep guidance. These partnerships help us fulfill our mission to guide people toward better sleep solutions. For a complete overview, see our review process here and full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
At Sleep Examiner, we’re passionate about natural ways to reduce stress, relax the body, breathe better, and improve sleep quality. Our commitment to providing well-rounded, unbiased perspectives ensures that every recommendation is thoroughly researched, helping you discover the practices, products, and tools that can lead to a restful, pain-free night’s sleep. We’ve recently updated our 5 best mattresses for back pain and joint relief, ensuring you have the best options for enhanced comfort and support.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Organic Mattresses
use discount code:
SLEEPEXAMINER10 -
1. Certified Organic Materials - 9/10
-
Back Science Essentials Mattress Rating
-
1. Comfort and Feel
-
2. Spinal Alignment and Support
-
3. Cooling and Breathability
-
4. Edge Support
-
5. Affordability
-
6. Trial & Warranty
-
7. Customer Service
4.6Summary
The Back Science Essentials mattress is an all-foam, chiropractor-designed bed featuring Lumbar-Flex™ zoned support and a cooling Hypergel layer, delivering targeted spinal alignment and comfort at an affordable price.
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Hypergel comfort foam, Essence contour layer, Lumbar-Flex™ zoned support foam, high-density foam baseTrial Period
366-Night Trial with a 20-Year Limited WarrantyShipping
Free shipping within the contiguous U.S.; shipping rates apply for Alaska, Hawaii, and CanadaFirmness
7-Firm with Lumbar SupportWarranty
20 year limited warrantyPrice Range
$699-$1,699SLEEP REVIEW & RECOMMENDATION
☆ A short video outlining the problems with most mattresses that the Back Science Essentials Mattress cleverly addresses.
Back Science Essentials Mattress Review
#1 Best Value Mattress with Expert-Designed Spinal Support
If you’re looking for a detailed, comprehensive mattress review that leaves no stone unturned, you’ve come to the right place. The Back Science Essentials Mattress is an all-foam, bed-in-a-box option that promises exceptional spinal support and comfort at a budget-friendly price point, ranging from $699 for a Twin to $1,699 for a California King.
Designed by chiropractor Dr. Rick Swartzburg, D.C., this mattress blends orthopedic expertise with premium materials to cater to a wide range of sleepers. Below, I’ll dive into the mattress’s construction, performance, pricing, and more—ensuring you have all the info you need to decide if this is the right fit for your sleep needs. Let’s get started!
Why the Back Science Essentials Stands Out
The Back Science Essentials Mattress isn’t just another foam mattress, it’s a thoughtfully engineered sleep solution crafted with spinal health in mind. Whether you’re a back pain sufferer, a budget-conscious shopper, or someone who simply wants a reliable night’s sleep, this mattress aims to deliver. With standout features like the Lumbar-Flex™ Zoned Support system, a cooling Hypergel surface layer, and a 366-night trial period, it’s packed with value that rivals pricier competitors. In this review, I’ll break down each element in detail, offering practical insights and comparisons to help you make an informed choice.
PERFORMANCE SCORE
How Did the Back Science Essentials Mattress Perform?
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
1. Comfort and Feel: How Does It Sleep?
The Back Science Essentials mattress is billed as “luxury firm,” striking a middle ground that appeals to a broad audience. Here’s what you’ll experience:
- Firmness: On a 1-10 scale (10 being firmest), it’s about a 7. It’s supportive enough for back and stomach sleepers but soft enough to cradle side sleepers.
- Pressure Relief: The Hypergel and Essence layers team up to distribute weight evenly, easing tension in key areas like the shoulders and hips. If you wake up with aches, this could be a game-changer.
- Motion Isolation: All-foam mattresses shine here, and the Essentials is no exception. Movements—like a partner tossing or a pet jumping on the bed—are absorbed, keeping disturbances to a minimum. Picture this: a glass of water on one side barely ripples when weight shifts on the other.
- Responsiveness: Thanks to the Hypergel, there’s a subtle bounce that prevents that “sinking in quicksand” feel of some memory foams. It’s a win for combination sleepers who switch positions often.
This mattress feels versatile, firm yet forgiving, responsive yet stable, making it a solid pick for diverse sleep preferences.
2. Spinal Alignment and Support: Built for Your Back
Spinal health is where the Back Science Essentials mattress flexes its chiropractor-designed muscles. Here’s how it supports you:
- Lumbar-Flex™ Zoned Support: This system lifts your hips and keeps your midsection from dipping too low, maintaining a neutral spine. It’s a standout feature for back pain sufferers.
- Sleep Position Breakdown:
- Back Sleepers: The lumbar support fills the natural curve of your lower back, reducing strain.
- Side Sleepers: Contouring at the shoulders and hips keeps your spine straight, not twisted.
- Stomach Sleepers: Firmness prevents excessive hip sinkage, avoiding lower back arching.
Users often report less morning stiffness, especially in the lower back. Dr. Swartzburg’s expertise shines through, with testing by healthcare pros confirming its alignment benefits.
3. Cooling and Breathability: Does It Sleep Hot?
Foam mattresses can trap heat, but the Essentials fights back with smart design:
- Hypergel Surface Layer: Its open-cell structure boosts airflow and wicks heat away, outperforming traditional memory foam.
- PostureFlex™ Lifting Support: By keeping your body slightly elevated, it minimizes heat buildup from deep sinkage.
For Hot Sleepers: It’s decently cool for most, but if you run extra hot, pair it with breathable sheets (like bamboo) and a cooling protector. It won’t rival a hybrid with coils, but it’s a step above many all-foam options.
4. Edge Support: How’s the Perimeter?
Edge support matters if you sit on the bed’s edge or sleep near it. Here’s the scoop:
- Performance: The high-density foam base provides decent stability. It’s not as robust as a hybrid with reinforced coils, but it holds up well for an all-foam mattress.
- Use Cases: Sitting to tie your shoes? No major collapse. Sleeping near the edge? You won’t feel like you’re rolling off.
It’s a practical compromise… good enough for most, though edge-loving sleepers might prefer a hybrid.
5. Affordability: Premium Features Without the Premium Price
The Back Science Essentials mattress delivers high-end features, like chiropractor-designed lumbar support, cooling gel foam, and a durable all-foam build, at a price point that’s surprisingly accessible. Starting at $699 and topping out at $1,699 for a California King, it competes with budget mattresses while offering orthopedic-level performance.
For shoppers looking to invest in better sleep without overspending, the Essentials strikes a rare balance of quality, support, and value. Compared to similarly priced all-foam beds, it offers more targeted back support, a longer trial period, and a much stronger warranty, making it a smart choice for value-driven buyers.
6. Trial Period and Warranty: Risk-Free Confidence
Back Science backs the Essentials with standout policies:
- 366-Night Trial: Over a year to test it—plenty of time to see how it holds up through all seasons.
- 20-Year Limited Warranty: Covers defects and sagging over 1 inch, doubling the industry norm. It’s a sign of durability confidence.
These perks make it a low-risk buy, especially for online shoppers.
7. Customer Service: Expert Help at Your Fingertips
Back Science goes beyond the basics:
- Dr. Swartzburg’s Involvement: You can consult directly with the chiropractor behind the design—rare and valuable for personalized advice.
- Support Team: Knowledgeable and quick to respond, they handle everything from setup to care questions.
This hands-on approach sets it apart in a sea of automated chatbots.
A CLOSER LOOK
What’s Inside? (Materials & Construction)
The Back Science Essentials mattress is an all-foam design with layers that work together to balance comfort, support, and durability. Here’s a detailed look at its construction:
- 2-inch Hypergel Surface LayerThis top layer is designed for buoyancy and breathability. The Hypergel material adapts to your body, offering pressure relief while promoting airflow to keep you cool. Unlike traditional memory foam, it’s responsive, so you won’t feel stuck when shifting positions.
- 1-inch Essence Comfort Layer
Sitting just below the Hypergel, this layer adds a plush, contouring feel. It enhances the mattress’s ability to hug your curves—think shoulders, hips, and lower back—while maintaining a supportive foundation. - Lumbar-Flex™ Zoned Support System
The star of the show, this patent-pending technology targets the lumbar region with precision. Positioned higher in the mattress than typical zoned support (like springs in hybrids), it delivers over twice the lift to your hips, preventing sagging and promoting spinal alignment across all sleep positions. - High-Density Foam Base
The foundation layer ensures long-term durability and stability. It’s built to resist sagging over time, giving the mattress a solid backbone that holds up under years of use.
Certifications: The mattress is Greenguard® Gold Certified, meaning it’s low in volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and safe for your indoor air quality—a big plus for health-conscious buyers.
COMPARISON
Comparison: Essentials vs. Back Science Series 2
Back Science Series 2 mattress is a hybrid. Here’s a quick comparison:
- Back Science Essentials (All-Foam)
- Price: $699–$1,699
- Feel: Luxury firm, solid motion isolation
- Best For: Budget buyers, couples
- Back Science Series 2 (Hybrid)
- Price: Higher (exact pricing varies)
- Feel: Firmer, better edge support
- Best For: Heavier folks, hybrid fans
Choose the Back Science ‘Essentials’ for its value and simplicity—or, if your budget allows, upgrade to the Back Science Series 2 Mattress for added firmness, enhanced edge support, and long-term durability.
Ideal Use Cases: Who’s It For?
This mattress shines in many scenarios:
- Primary Bed: Everyday comfort and support on a budget.
- Guest Room: Impressive quality for visitors.
- Kids’ Rooms: Durable for growing spines.
- RV/Vacation Home: Easy to move, reliable sleep.
- Couples: Motion isolation keeps peace.
- Restless Sleepers: Consistent support all night.
For severe pain, consider Back Science’s hybrid Series 1-3 models.
OUR ANALYSIS
Back Science Essentials Mattress Sleep Rating: 4.5/5
Designed by a chiropractor with decades of spinal health expertise, the Back Science Essentials Mattress blends orthopedic precision with all-foam comfort to support your body where it needs it most. Its Lumbar-Flex™ Zoned Support system lifts the hips and maintains spinal alignment, while the responsive Hypergel surface layer cushions pressure points without trapping heat.
With a balanced luxury firm feel and standout motion isolation, this mattress adapts to all sleep positions, making it an ideal choice for those with back pain or anyone seeking consistent support and deeper rest. Greenguard® Gold certified and made in the USA, the Essentials is a smart, wellness-driven choice backed by a 366-night trial and 20-year warranty.
Final Verdict: Worth Your Money?
The Back Science Essentials Mattress delivers where it counts: spinal support, comfort, and value. At $699–$1,699, it’s a steal for its features—Lumbar-Flex™ support, cooling Hypergel, and a year-long trial. It’s ideal for budget shoppers who don’t want to skimp on quality.
PROS
- Chiropractor-designed spinal support
- Luxury firm feel with strong motion isolation
- Affordable pricing, premium perks
- 366-night trial, 20-year warranty
CONS
- Hot sleepers might need cooling extras
- Edge support lags a bit behind hybrids
- Long-term durability still proving itself
For a mattress that blends health, comfort, and affordability, the Back Science Essentials is a top pick for us.
MATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
SIZE DIMENSIONS PRICE Twin 38" x 75" x 16" $1,999 Twin XL 38" x 80" x 16" $2,199 Full 54" x 75" x 16" $2,649 Queen 60" x 80" 16" $2,999 King 76" x 80" x 16" $3,599 California King 72" x 84" x 16" $3,599 PRODUCT WARRANTY
Back Science Warranty
The 366-night sleep trial included with the Back Science Essentials mattress is one of the most generous in the industry, allowing customers over a year to evaluate the mattress across all seasons. During this time, free custom comfort and firmness adjustments are available, offering flexibility to fine-tune the feel. If the adjustments don’t meet expectations, customers can take advantage of free exchanges or returns, making this a risk-free purchase.
The 20-year limited warranty covers defects and sagging over 1 inch—double the typical industry standard for all-foam mattresses. While it doesn’t offer the 30-year coverage of the Series 2 hybrid, it still reflects strong confidence in the Essentials’ long-term durability.
Designed by chiropractor Dr. Rick Swartzburg, the Back Science Essentials mattress incorporates orthopedic-level features like Lumbar-Flex™ zoned support and cooling Hypergel foam to promote healthy spinal alignment. With trusted construction, flexible comfort options, and generous policies, the Essentials stands out as a strong, supportive value for sleepers who prioritize back health without overspending.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
Top-Rated Mattresses For Back Pain
Best Mattress for Back Pain Relief: Performance Tested and Reviewed
-
1. Comfort and Feel
-
Researched and reviewed by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistCustomized Comfort Delivered Right to Your Door
Our Review and Analysis
The Silk & Snow Organic mattress, crafted with care in Canada, emerges from a company born in 2017 with a mission to weave quality, sustainability, and affordability into every sleep experience. Founded by a team passionate about restful nights, Silk & Snow has carved a niche in the bed-in-a-box world, recently tweaking their organic model based on customer feedback to offer three comfort levels: firm, medium-firm, and plush—each tailored to suit different sleep styles.
Fact: Sleep Country Canada acquired Silk & Snow in 2023, the same company that umbrellas brands like Enby and Casper.
Using a combination of springs and latex, the Silk & Snow Organic is a hybrid mattress that appeals to a wide range of sleepers. For those who cringe at the thought of synthetic chemicals lurking in their bed, this mattress could be a breath of fresh air, blending eco-friendly materials like organic cotton, wool, and Dunlop latex to sidestep the harsh toxins often found in non-organic options. However, every major purchase deserves a critical thinking process before the final decision is made.
In this review, we’ll sift through a tapestry of insights gathered from voices across the internet, stitching together a clear picture so you can decide if this mattress belongs in your bedroom—without the hassle of digging through endless research yourself.
Silk & Snow Organic Mattress Rating
-
1. Certified Organic Materials - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
2. Comfort & Support - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 8/10
8/10
-
4. Edge Support - 7/10
7/10
-
5. Cooling & Breathability - 7/10
7/10
-
6. Eco-Friendliness & Off-Gassing - 7/10
7/10
-
7. Motion Transfer & Motion-Isolation - 6.5/10
6.5/10
-
8. Warranty - 7/10
7/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 9/10
9/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 6.5/10
6.5/10
7.3/10Summary
Performance Score
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Organic latex, organic cotton, organic wool (all GOLS or GOTS certified), pocketed spring coilsTrial Period
365 night trial period, 30 day minimumShipping
Available in the US and Canada. Free Shipping and Returns, with exceptions to Alaska, Hawaii and some Canadian territoriesFirmness
3 Types: Firm (7.5/10), Medium-Firm (6.5/10) and Plush (6/10)Warranty
15 Years with some stipulationsPrice Range
$1,000-$2,200PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did the Silk & Snow Organic Mattress perform?
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
7.3/101. Are the materials truly certified organic? (Score: 7.5/10)
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress uses straightforward, eco-friendly materials with solid certifications that many other companies simply don’t have. The cover is 100% organic cotton, GOTS-certified, grown without synthetic chemicals. It has a layer of New Zealand wool, sourced responsibly for softness and moisture control. The latex inside is GOLS-certified, made from rubber tree sap using the Dunlop process, and comes from sustainable suppliers. The base is steel pocket coils, zoned for support, cited as “made in Canada,” though their exact source isn’t specified. All textiles, like the cotton and wool, are OEKO-TEX® certified, meaning they’re free of harmful substances.
2. How is the overall comfort and support? (Score: 7.5/10)
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress delivers a balanced blend of comfort and support that caters to a variety of sleepers, thanks to its three firmness options: firm, medium-firm, and plush. Some reviewers note that these levels can feel a bit sturdier than anticipated, with the firm option offering a solid foundation, the medium-firm providing a middle ground with a touch of cushion, and the plush still maintaining notable support despite its softer top layer.
Feedback often highlights the mattress’s responsive organic latex, which gives a subtle bounce. Notably, some reviews cannot agree on the level of sinkage of the initial layers of the mattress, indicating that the experience may depend on weight. The zoned pocketed coils beneath the latex intend to support and align the spine while keeping the mattress breathable. Many describe the experience as comfortably supportive without feeling overly rigid, with the natural wool layer adding a hint of softness that enhances the overall sleep surface. It’s praised for accommodating different sleep styles, though some say it leans toward the firmer side of the spectrum across all options.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 8/10)
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress is most compatible for back sleepers, offering a sweet spot of support and comfort that aligns the spine just right. Its three firmness options—firm, medium-firm, and plush—make it versatile enough to suit a fairly broad range of body weights, from lighter to heavier sleepers, without losing its supportive edge. The zoned pocket coils and responsive organic latex work together to cradle the back, providing consistent pressure relief and stability. Side sleepers might find the plush version softens things up enough to relieve pressure in their shoulders and hips, though some note it still feels a touch firm. Stomach sleepers often favor the firm option to keep their hips from dipping too low, but across reviews, it’s clear this mattress prioritizes back-sleeping while adapting decently to other positions and weights.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 7/10)
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress offers reliable edge support that holds up well under scrutiny, earning frequent praise in reviews. Its design, featuring individually wrapped pocket coils with softer coils along the perimeter, provides a stable edge that resists excessive sinking when sitting or lying near the sides. Testers and users often highlight how this setup makes getting in and out of bed feel secure and keeps the sleep surface usable right to the borders. While it may not rival the rock-solid edges of some all-foam or reinforced hybrid competitors, the consensus is that it performs admirably for what it is, balancing support and comfort without compromising too much space.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 7/10)
The cooling prowess of the Silk & Snow Organic Mattress sparks a bit of debate among reviewers, leaving its temperature regulation up for interpretation. The company touts its ability to sleep cool, pointing to natural materials like breathable organic cotton, moisture-wicking New Zealand wool, and perforated Dunlop latex that promotes airflow, paired with pocket coils that allow heat to dissipate.
Some users back this up, praising a comfortably neutral sleep surface, while others feel it doesn’t quite dispel heat as effectively as promised, especially during warmer nights. For hot sleepers, this mixed feedback suggests cooling isn’t the mattress’s standout feature—its eco-friendly design and comfort take center stage—so personal heat sensitivity might tip the scales on whether it’s a dealbreaker or a non-issue.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 7/10)
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress leans heavily into eco-friendliness with its use of GOTS-certified organic cotton, GOLS-certified latex, and OEKO-TEX®-certified textiles, all sourced with sustainability in mind, alongside natural New Zealand wool. These materials promise a greener sleep experience, free from harsh synthetic chemicals. However, when it comes to off-gassing, the mattress doesn’t fully escape scrutiny—reviewers often note a noticeable smell upon unboxing, likely from the natural latex, that lingers longer than anticipated, sometimes taking 9 days or more to completely fade. While this doesn’t detract from its environmental cred, it’s a quirk that might catch some off guard, though the odor is generally described as earthy or rubbery rather than chemical-laden, aligning with its organic makeup.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 6.5/10)
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress stirs up mixed opinions when it comes to motion transfer and isolation, leaving reviewers split on its performance. Some praise the initial layers of organic latex for doing a solid job at dampening movement, suggesting it keeps disturbances to a minimum when one partner shifts or gets up.
Others, however, point to the mattress’s responsive bounce—courtesy of that same latex and the pocket coils beneath—as a potential downside, noting that it can transmit enough motion to jostle light-sleeping couples. In other words, it’s a decent mattress for amorous activities, though it might not be ideal for those easily disturbed by movement in the night.
8. Warranty (Score: 7/10)
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress comes with a 15-year warranty—full coverage for the first 10 years, then prorated—that beats the typical 10-year industry benchmark, safeguarding against defects like sagging beyond 1 inch. That said, it’s not without caveats: strict rules, such as using an appropriate foundation, must be followed, and there’s no lifetime coverage to sweeten the deal.
Reviewers often mention the company’s firm stance on warranty claims and returns, pointing out a hefty dose of fine print that demands attention. While you’ll find both more generous and stingier warranties elsewhere, this one’s solid but serious—overlook the details at your peril, or you might face a frustrating surprise if the mattress doesn’t work out.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 7/10)
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress offers a generous 365-night sleep trial, blowing past the usual 100–120 nights provided by many other brands. This gives you a whole year to gauge its comfort and suitability, backed by free shipping and returns, turning it into a no-pressure buy that reviewers frequently highlight as a major plus. Given it’s an online-only mattress delivered rolled up in a box, this extended trial feels like a fair trade-off. Silk & Snow encourages sticking with it for at least 30 days before deciding whether to keep it or send it back, so you’ll likely be rejected for a return if you haven’t tested it for at least a month.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 6.5/10)
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress garners a mix of customer and trusted ratings that paint a varied picture. On the surface, it often receives glowing praise for its eco-friendly materials and comfort, typical for popular online mattress companies that pay top review sites for enticing advertisements.
A closer look uncovers a less polished story—dig deeper, and you’ll find one-star reviews on the company’s own site alongside complaints logged with the Better Business Bureau, with flagged issues like sagging within months, poor construction, delivery hiccups, and warranty claims that hit roadblocks due to strict terms or slow responses. Customer service, too, takes a hit, with some buyers reporting frustration over delayed communication or unresolved concerns, suggesting that while the mattress has its fans, it’s not without notable drawbacks for others.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Silk & Snow Organic Mattress Materials
Let’s take a closer look…
The medium-firm Silk & Snow Organic Mattress rises to a height of 12 inches, built with four thoughtfully designed layers. Its latex carries the GOLS certification, guaranteeing organic purity, while the textiles boast OEKO-TEX® certification for safety and quality.
Organic Cotton Cover
The cover of the Silk & Snow Organic Mattress is made of 100% organic cotton, certified under the Global Organic Textile Standard (GOTS). Soft and breathable, the design is intended to complement the underlying materials. However, the cover is not designed to be fully removable. It’s stitched and integrated into the mattress construction, meaning you can’t take it off for washing or replacement like some zippered mattress covers.Care Tip: Silk & Snow recommends spot-cleaning with a mild detergent and water as needed. The organic cotton is naturally resilient and low-maintenance.
Layer 1: Organic Wool Quilt Layer
Nestled just beneath the cover, a 1-inch blanket of natural New Zealand wool forms the topmost layer. This wool lends a subtle softness, easing you into comfort as you settle in.Layer 2: Dunlop Latex (Top)
Below that sits a 1-inch slab of latex foam, crafted via the Dunlop process to preserve its organic integrity over synthetic alternatives. Perforations in this layer promote airflow, keeping things cool while adding a lively bounce to the mattress.Layer 3: Dunlop Latex (Base)
A second, thicker 1.5-inch Dunlop latex layer sits beneath the top one, reinforcing the mattress’s supportive yet buoyant feel. Together, the dual-latex setup delivers a medium-firm experience that suits most sleeping positions—especially for back and combination sleepers.Layer 4: Anchoring it all is an 8.5-inch base of individually wrapped, zoned pocket coils. Softer coils line the edges for a gentle embrace, while sturdier ones in the middle third cradle your spine for proper alignment.
Note on other firmness options:
-
-
The Plush model includes the same top 1-inch latex layer but swaps in a 3.5-inch latex core, giving it a more cushioned, contouring feel ideal for side sleepers.
-
The Firm model keeps just the 1-inch top latex layer, removing the thicker latex base layer entirely, resulting in a firmer, more supportive sleep surface best suited for back and stomach sleepers.
-
PROS & CONS
Based on user reviews, here’s a list of the pros and cons of the Silk & Snow Organic Mattress:
PROS:
Multiple Firmness Options: The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress comes in three distinct flavors—firm, medium-firm, and plush—giving sleepers flexibility to match their preferred feel. The firm option skips the extra latex layer for a no-frills, solid base, while medium-firm adds a 1.5-inch latex slab for a balanced blend of support and cushion. Plush ups that to 3.5 inches, softening the surface without losing structure. This range lets users tailor their experience, whether they crave a rock-hard platform or a slightly plusher nest, making it a standout for those picky about firmness.
Generous Sleep Trial: With a 365-night sleep trial, Silk & Snow goes big, dwarfing the usual 100–120-night windows from competitors. You’ve got a full year to test-drive this mattress, shipped free and returnable at no cost if it doesn’t click. It’s a safety net that takes the pressure off, especially for an online-only buy that arrives compressed in a box. They suggest giving it at least 30 days to adjust, but the extended timeline is a confidence booster for hesitant shoppers wary of committing sight unseen.
Solid Safety Certifications: This mattress flexes serious eco-cred with GOTS-certified organic cotton for the cover, GOLS-certified organic latex inside, and OEKO-TEX® certification across its textiles, including the New Zealand wool. These badges mean no synthetic pesticides, harmful chemicals, or shady manufacturing shortcuts—just natural, safe materials. It’s a big win for the environmentally conscious or anyone with chemical sensitivities who wants peace of mind alongside their sleep.
Great for Back Sleepers in Pain: Back sleepers with aches often sing this mattress’s praises, thanks to its zoned pocket coils that firm up under the midsection to keep the spine aligned, paired with latex that cushions without swallowing you whole. The medium-firm option, in particular, strikes a chord, offering enough give to ease pressure points—like the lower back—while holding steady against sagging. Reviewers with chronic discomfort frequently call it a game-changer for waking up less stiff, making it a go-to for pain relief.
CONS:
Not Necessarily Budget Friendly: The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress doesn’t come cheap—prices hover higher than many foam or basic hybrid options, often landing in the $1,000–$1,500 range for a queen, depending on firmness. While the organic materials and certifications justify the cost for some, it’s a stretch for budget hunters expecting a steal, even during a sale. Compared to mass-market mattresses, the premium for “green” living can feel steep, especially if eco-friendliness isn’t your top priority.
Too Heavy to Set Up Alone: Weighing in at over 100 pounds for a queen (exact figures vary by size and firmness), this mattress is a beast to maneuver solo. Arriving rolled in a box helps, but unboxing, unrolling, and positioning it on a frame can turn into a wrestling match without a second pair of hands. Reviewers often warn of the struggle, noting the dense latex and coil layers make it a chore—plan for a helper or prepare for a workout.
May Be Firmer Than Expected: Across all three options—firm, medium-firm, and plush—some sleepers find the feel skews harder than the labels suggest. The firm can feel like a plank, the medium-firm leans more supportive than cushy, and even the plush retains a sturdier backbone than its name implies. Side sleepers, in particular, grumble about insufficient sink for hips and shoulders, while others adjust to the “firm-ish” vibe over time. It’s a curveball if you’re banking on a softer landing.
Long-Term Reviews Suggest Durability Issues: After an initial honeymoon period, some longer-term users raise red flags about durability. Complaints of sagging—sometimes indentations over an inch—crop up after a year or two, especially under heavier sleepers, alongside occasional gripes about coils losing their oomph or even poking through the latex, which may soften unevenly. The 15-year warranty offers coverage, but strict conditions (like perfect foundation use) and spotty customer service experiences leave some feeling let down when wear shows up sooner than hoped.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress blends eco-friendly design with supportive comfort, crafted in Canada since 2017 by a company focused on sustainability. Available in firm, medium-firm, and plush, it features GOTS-certified cotton, GOLS-certified latex, OEKO-TEX®-certified wool, and zoned coils for a natural, chemical-free sleep surface. Back sleepers love its spine-aligning support and responsive bounce, while a 365-night trial and 15-year warranty (10 full, 5 prorated) add appeal. Edge support and breathability impress, too, though cooling should not be considered a main selling point for hot sleepers.
However, mixed company reviews highlight durability concerns (sagging after years), a lingering latex off-gassing smell, and strict warranty enforcement, plus a firmer-than-expected feel and a hefty price tag (over $1,000 for a queen). It’s ideal for eco-conscious back sleepers, especially those with pain, across a wide weight range, and side sleepers leaning toward plush—perfect for those prioritizing green materials and solid comfort over budget or ultra-softness, if they can handle some bounce and minor caveats.
Customer Insights
Personal experiences with the Silk & Snow Organic Mattress reveal a spectrum of reactions, from delight to dismay. Many rave about its eco-friendly build, praising the supportive feel, especially for back sleepers who find the zoned coils and responsive latex ease aches and keep them aligned. The plush option wins over some side sleepers for its softer touch, while the 365-night trial earns nods as a low-risk perk. The medium-firm option seems to be a crowd pleaser and happy medium for many. A fair amount of reviews love the breathability of the mattress, boasting cooler and more consistent sleep thanks to this mattress.
Criticism of the company’s customer service raises concerns, often described as slow or inflexible, particularly when handling returns or warranty claims tied to strict conditions—like sagging over an inch on a proper base. Firmness stirs discontent too; some find all three options (firm, medium-firm, plush) stiffer than expected, leaving side sleepers wanting more cushion and prompting returns. Others find they sink too deeply into the mattress, raising questions over the accuracy of the firmness ratings.
The harshest critics don’t hold back, slamming it with scathing reviews over durability—think sagging or coil collapse within a year or two—and an off-gassing smell that clings for weeks, branding it a letdown for the premium price. The polarizing reviews might give one mental whiplash, and should be taken into consideration “with a grain of salt,” as they say.
“We were hoping to love the mattress but we do not at all. It seems like it won’t last more than 5 years and it already has a lump after 2 weeks. We will be returning.” -Mary, Verified Buyer
The Final Verdict: 7.3/10
A Green Upgrade Worth The Weigh-In
The Silk & Snow Organic Mattress emerges as a standout choice, especially when compared to the brand’s Original model, offering a clear step up with its thoughtfully crafted and eco-friendly build, ideal for those with sensitivities to chemicals used in non-organic mattresses. Available in multiple (though slightly limited) firmness options appealing to sleepers who want tailored firmness without synthetic fillers, the stacked safety certification of its materials are certainly superior compared to the average bed-in-a-box on the market. Its breathability, edge support, and generous 365-night trial further elevate it, making it a superior pick for those seeking a greener, more refined sleep experience over the brand’s baseline offering.
However, the decision isn’t a slam dunk. The price tag climbs noticeably higher—often exceeding $1,000 for a queen—reflecting its premium materials and construction, which might sting for budget-conscious buyers who need a more wallet-friendly vibe.
Conflicting reviews add another layer to consider: while many praise its comfort and eco-cred, others flag unexpected firmness (even the plush can feel sturdy), a lingering latex off-gassing smell, or durability hiccups like early sagging. For eco-minded sleepers—especially back sleepers craving support—or those willing to invest in sustainability, it’s a compelling upgrade. But if cost savings, a lighter feel, or rock-solid consistency are non-negotiable, the mixed feedback suggests pausing to weigh whether this mattress truly fits the bill.
Written and edited by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
SIZE FIRM MEDIUM-FIRM PLUSH Twin 38” x 75” x 10”
64 lbs
$80038” x 75” x 12”
73 lbs
$900
38” x 75” x 14”
88 lbs
$1,300Twin XL 38” x 80” x 10”
65 lbs
$80038” x 80” x 12”
76 lbs
$90038” x 80” x 14”
92 lbs
$1,300Full 54” x 75” x 10”
80 lbs
$90054” x 75” x 12”
97 lbs
$1,00054” x 75” x 14”
117 lbs
$1,650Queen 60” x 80” x 10”
91 lbs
$1,00060” x 80” x 12”
115 lbs
$1,20060” x 80” x 14”
136 lbs
$1,800King 76” x 80” x 10”
110 lbs
$1,30072” x 84” x 12”
141 lbs
$1,50076” x 80” x 14”
176 lbs
$2,200California King 72” x 84” x 10”
110 lbs
$1,30072” x 84” x 12”
141 lbs
$1,50072” x 84” x 14”
176 lbs
$2,200PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Silk and Snow Mattress Warranty
We’ve summarized the fine print of Silk & Snow’s warranty so you can get a solid feel of the coverage, limitations and expectations the company lays down before you do. Keep in mind this mattress is delivered compressed and rolled up in a box, which can sometimes compromise the structure, and buyers will need to give the mattress time to decompress upon unboxing.
- Duration: The warranty covers the mattress for 15 years from the date of delivery, protecting against defects in workmanship or materials.
- Coverage: If a defect due to faulty workmanship or materials is confirmed during the warranty period, Silk & Snow will repair or replace the mattress at no cost to the customer, subject to the terms outlined.
- Eligibility: The warranty applies only to the original purchaser and is non-transferable. The mattress must be purchased directly from Silk & Snow or an authorized retailer.
- Defect Criteria: Covered defects include significant issues like visible indentations greater than 1 inch that aren’t caused by improper use or foundation, or splits/cracks in the foam due to manufacturing faults.
- Repair or Replacement Process: Within the first 10 years, Silk & Snow will repair or replace a defective mattress at no charge. From years 11 to 15, the company offers a prorated replacement, where the customer pays a percentage of the original price (starting at 50% in year 11, increasing by 5% each year up to 75% in year 15).
Important Considerations for Customers
Proper Use and Support: The warranty is voided if the mattress is used on an improper foundation (e.g., slats wider than 3 inches apart or a springy base) or in environments prone to moisture buildup (e.g., concrete floors or humid basements), which could lead to mold and damage not covered under warranty.
Care Requirements: Customers must follow care instructions, such as using a mattress protector and avoiding misuse (e.g., jumping on the mattress or staining it with liquids), as neglect or abuse voids the warranty.
Non-Covered Issues: Normal wear and tear, changes in firmness preference, or damage from accidents (e.g., burns, cuts, or pet damage) are not covered. Minor imperfections or slight body impressions under 1 inch are considered normal and not warrantable.
Claim Process: To file a claim, customers need to provide proof of purchase and photos/videos of the defect. Silk & Snow will assess whether the issue qualifies, which may require patience and documentation on the buyer’s part.
“TLDR;” Key Takeaways
The Silk & Snow Mattress offers a robust 15-year warranty providing long-term protection against manufacturing defects, with full coverage for the first 10 years, but requires buyers to use a proper foundation and maintain it carefully to preserve validity, adding some responsibility and cost—ideal for those seeking quality assurance, though it’s limited to defects, not comfort preferences or minor wear.
For someone considering a Silk & Snow Mattress, this warranty provides strong assurance of quality, but it’s critical to pair the purchase with a compatible foundation and proactive care to fully benefit from the coverage.
Check out our Top 5 Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Disclosure
Our review process blends actual customer feedback, comprehensive research and analysis, and insights from expert sources to create well-informed, unbiased recommendations. We independently assess each product, but to support our efforts, we participate in affiliate partnerships that allow us to continue providing valuable sleep guidance. These partnerships help us fulfill our mission to guide people toward better sleep solutions. For a complete overview, see our review process here and full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
At Sleep Examiner, we’re passionate about natural ways to reduce stress, relax the body, breathe better, and improve sleep quality. Our commitment to providing well-rounded, unbiased perspectives ensures that every recommendation is thoroughly researched, helping you discover the practices, products, and tools that can lead to a restful, pain-free night’s sleep. We’ve recently updated our 5 best mattresses for back pain and joint relief, ensuring you have the best options for enhanced comfort and support.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Organic Mattresses
use discount code:
SLEEPEXAMINER10 -
1. Certified Organic Materials - 7.5/10
-
Researched and reviewed by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistThe Perfect Mattress For Eco-Conscious Families and budget shoppers?
Our Review and Analysis
If you’re an American looking to support your health and your country, the mattress you choose matters — after all, you spend a third of your life resting on it. Is it made in America with sustainably sourced materials? Is the company transparent, responsible, and highly certified? If you’re asking yourself these questions while on the hunt for a mattress that not only cradles you into dreamland but also keeps your conscience clear, you may be interested in the Avocado Eco Organic Mattress. With multiple environment based certifications that Mother Earth herself would approve of, Avocado promises a mattress made in Los Angeles, CA with responsibly sourced and sustainable components.
At a medium firmness that fits most, Avocado uses all the right words to reel in eco-conscious families and budget-minded shoppers looking to get back to nature with their Eco Organic Mattress. But will Avocado make or break these promises? Instead of opening a dozen tabs to find out, I’ve gathered all the key details here to help you decide.
Avocado Eco Organic Mattress Rating
-
1. Certified Organic Materials - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
2. Comfort & Support - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 7/10
7/10
-
4. Edge Support - 7/10
7/10
-
5. Cooling & Breathability - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
6. Eco-Friendliness & Off-Gassing - 7/10
7/10
-
7. Motion Transfer & Motion-Isolation - 7/10
7/10
-
8. Warranty - 7/10
7/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 7/10
7/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 6.5/10
6.5/10
7.2/10Summary
Performance Score
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
GOTS-certified cotton and wool cover, GOLS-certified latex, recycled steel coils, and OEKO-TEX certified.Trial Period
100 night trial period with 1 month minimum adjustment period, limited to 1 mattress per householdShipping
Free Shipping with surcharge to AK & HI, $99 return fee, local pickup available to CA residentsFirmness
Exclusively medium firmness, about 5.5/10Warranty
10 year warranty, voided by what Avocado considers misusePrice Range
$1,199-$1,699PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did the Avocado Eco Organic Mattress perform?
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
7.2/101. Are the materials truly certified organic? (Score: 8.5/10)
The Avocado Eco Organic Mattress is crafted with sustainability in mind, featuring GOLS-certified organic Dunlop latex, GOTS-certified organic cotton, and wool that’s both GOTS-certified and sourced from the Himalayas under the Responsible Wool Standard. Said wool is also anti-microbial, resistant to dust mites, and offers natural temperature regulation. The core includes recycled steel coils for durability and support. Avocado uses exemplary practices in transparency and certification, boasting a long list of certifications (including GreenGuard) and ensuring materials are ethically sourced and eco-friendly, with a clear commitment to sustainability and social responsibility guaranteeing a fully lab-tested organic mattress.
2. How is the overall comfort and support? (Score: 7.5/10)
The Avocado Eco Organic mattress features a medium firmness, landing at a 5.5 out of 10, which provides a balanced feel for many but might not suit heavier or strict back sleepers seeking firmer support. The inner coil system provides a bounce couples may appreciate during intimacy. Offering a cozy yet not overly plush sleeping experience, Avocado’s Eco Organic mattress offers a hug that is more traditional and generalized around the body, something not everyone may love.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 7/10)
The Avocado Eco Organic mattress, with its medium firmness and 10-inch profile, strikes a balance that could be particularly appealing to side and stomach sleepers seeking a plush yet supportive sleep surface. Its design offers comfort where it counts, contouring to the body without sacrificing the necessary support. However, if you’re a heavier sleeper or someone who prefers a firmer mattress for back sleeping, you might find it feels a tad too soft for optimal spinal alignment. Some reviewers reported feeling a little more sag in the middle than they would’ve liked.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 7/10)
The Avocado Eco Organic mattress offers decent edge support, but some reviewers have noted it as less than ideal, particularly for those with heavier body types or who prefer sleeping near the edge. This might be linked to the mattress’s 10-inch height, which lacks specific edge reinforcement, potentially leading to more sagging than some might prefer. Keep this in mind if you use the edge of your bed for more than just sleeping; there may be some slippage when rolling out of bed, as well.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 7.5/10)
An initial layer of open-cell latex enhances this mattress’s ability to avoid heat retention, offering a comfortable sleep environment regardless of the season that adapts to your movement as well as temperature. Thanks to its thoughtful construction that also includes organic wool and cotton, The Avocado Eco Organic mattress offers impressive cooling and breathability. These materials are adept at wicking away moisture, keeping you dry throughout the night. This design ensures warm winters and cool summers, a feature that numerous reviewers have experienced and praised.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 7/10)
The Avocado Eco Organic mattress prides itself on eco-friendliness with its use of organic and natural materials, but the conversation around off-gassing is mixed. Organic materials like those used by Avocado can often smell earthy, a funky odor that not everyone will love. While Avocado and numerous reviewers claim that the initial barnyard-like odor should naturally dissipate within a few days if the room is well-ventilated, some customers have reported a more persistent smell. This has led a few to question the quality of the materials used, with some even opting to return their mattresses due to the lingering scent. This experience highlights the variability in individual sensitivity to odors and the importance of considering personal comfort when it comes to eco-conscious products.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 7/10)
The Avocado Eco Organic mattress strikes a balance between bounce and calm. With an 8-inch layer of coils, it offers that familiar, lively feel of a traditional mattress, providing bounce that some sleepers love. However, the 2-inch layer of open-cell latex on top works to dampen this motion, offering a degree of motion isolation. While this setup manages to mute a significant amount of movement, couples with partners who are restless might find that the mattress doesn’t completely eliminate disturbances. If you’re in that camp, you might consider a mattress with denser foam for even better motion isolation.
8. Warranty (Score: 7/10)
The Avocado Eco Organic mattress comes with a 10-year limited warranty, which, while substantial, doesn’t quite match up to the lifetime warranties offered by some competitors. This warranty covers defects in material and workmanship, but there’s a fair amount of fine print to navigate. It’s non-transferable and applies only to the original purchaser from Avocado or an authorized reseller. Key stipulations include that visible indentations must be at least 1.5 inches (or 0.75 inches for crib mattresses) not resulting from improper support. The mattress must be used with an appropriate bed frame or foundation, rotated regularly, and the warranty could be void if these conditions aren’t met. The process for a warranty claim involves providing proof of purchase and photos, along with detailed documentation of the defect and the mattress’s condition. While Avocado offers a comprehensive warranty, it’s crucial to understand these conditions to ensure coverage when needed.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 7/10)
The Avocado Eco Organic mattress offers a 100-night sleep trial, providing a decent window to decide if it’s the right bed for you, though it doesn’t match the year-long trial some competitors offer. There’s a one-month minimum adjustment period before you can initiate a return, acknowledging that it takes time for your body to adapt. However, be aware of the stipulations: using the mattress on an improper foundation or not rotating it as recommended can void your trial. Also, the mattress must be opened within 30 days of receipt, and it should be in donatable condition, free from stains or damage, for you to be eligible for a return. Finally, this only applies to one mattress per household, so if you’re thinking of getting multiples, use caution.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 6.5/10)
It’s important to remember that a brief search of any mattress from a well-built brand will likely pull up stellar reviews and praise from paid influencers and writers alike, so extended research is always recommended. Digging deeper, there seems to be a darker side to the mattress’s reputation, with some customers sharing nightmarish experiences. These include issues like unexpected sagging, firmness or discomfort leading to body pain, and in extreme cases, concerns over the mattress’s durability or materials not living up to the promised expectations. Other criticisms around the web touch on aspects like the stench of the materials, poor experience with the company and its support, and the mattress feeling too firm for some, particularly side sleepers. These points should be considered, although individual experiences vary greatly depending on one’s body type and sleep preferences. Potential buyers might want to take these reviews with a grain of salt, understanding that the mattress might not be the perfect fit for everyone and no company is perfect.
A CLOSER LOOK
Closer Look at the Avocado Eco Organic Mattress Materials
This is a 10” thick mattress with two main layers and a cover. Let’s take a closer look:
Cover
The Avocado Eco Organic Mattress is encased in a cover made from GOTS-certified organic cotton, offering a soft, breathable surface that’s gentle against the skin. This eco-friendly choice not only feels luxurious but also aligns with the mattress’s commitment to sustainability.
Wool Layer
Beneath the cover lies a layer of GOTS-certified organic wool from the Himalayas, adhering to the Responsible Wool Standard. This wool layer not only adds to the mattress’s natural fire resistance but also enhances breathability, helping regulate temperature for a cooler sleep experience.
Latex Layer
The next layer consists of 2” of GOLS-certified organic open-cell Dunlop latex, providing a responsive yet supportive feel. Known for its durability and resilience, this latex layer offers natural bounce and comfort, contributing to the mattress’s overall medium-firm support profile.
Coil System
At the core of the mattress, you’ll find individually fabric encased recycled steel coils. This system offers a traditional bouncy experience and is designed to promote airflow, offering good support and alignment. These 8” coils flex independently, and when combined with the latex layer, provide a hybrid experience with minimal motion transfer.
Edge Support
The pocketed coil base and comfort latex layer offer decent edge support for those with a light to medium build (under 200lbs). However, some users have noted that this edge support might be a little lacking compared to other mattresses in its class, potentially leading to less stability when sitting or sleeping near the mattress’s perimeter.
PROS & CONS
Based on user reviews, here’s a list of the pros and cons of the Avocado Eco Organic Mattress:
PROS:
USA based company: Those looking for an American company may appreciate that Avocado’s factory is located in California, where they use domestic and imported materials from co-owned farms, aiming to make something organic that’s better for you and the planet. Their 175,000 sq ft factory in LA is certified by Control Union to manufacture materials under the Global Organic Latex Standard (GOLS).
Fully certified organic: Avocado proudly displays numerous certifications and rigorous testing to ensure that their mattresses have earned their organic title, something other brands do not go the distance to achieve, only using “organic” as a buzzword and element in their competing mattresses. The Global Organic Textile Standard (GOTS) and GOLS are standards that “define worldwide recognized requirements that certify the organic status of textiles and latex, from harvesting the raw materials through environmentally and socially responsible manufacturing,” according to Avocado’s website.
Temperature regulation: The construction of the Avocado Eco Organic mattress includes open-cell latex, innerspring coils, organic cotton and wool that naturally regulate temperature and encourage airflow. This aspect is rarely if ever complained about, and testers have concluded that the mattress does a fair job at meeting these expectations.
Affordable Organic Option: Compared to other brands that offer an organic mattress, Avocado’s Eco Organic model is relatively affordable, especially if you can catch a good holiday sale. Considering this is a hybrid mattress from an eco-friendly brand, the fact that none of the mattress sizes range above $1,800 is a plus.
CONS:
Funky smell may be a turn off: The use of organic materials often comes with an earthy smell that some customers have said still comes across as a chemical odor they can’t stand. While this odor should dissipate in less than a week with some ventilation, it could still linger, which may be a dealbreaker for those with highly sensitive noses. On the other hand, this could be an acquired smell loved by farm-owners and crunchy moms alike.
Tricky warranty & return policies: The fine print in Avocado’s warranty is a bit of a red flag. There’s a fair amount of stipulations in a warranty that is shorter than competing companies, and if Avocado decides that you haven’t treated your Eco Organic with the utmost respect they demand, they could turn down your request for a return or replacement. Some customers have reported that this warranty is just too strict, leaving them feeling cheated.
Mixed reviews: Beyond the standard (and likely paid) five star reviews, there are some downright awful reviews of the Avocado Eco Organic Mattress that browsers should certainly take into consideration. Complaints range from the firmness not meeting expectations, to lengthy delays in delivery, to terrible experiences with the company’s customer service team. Some customers report early sagging in their mattress that left them disappointed.
Not appropriate for sleepers 250lbs+: If you’re not a light to medium build, the Avocado Eco Organic Mattress may not be right for you. The 10 inches of mattress is a standard height with a simple build that likely won’t provide enough support for heavier bodies, who will experience more sagging in the middle of the mattress. Couples with a higher combined weight should also beware, as this could affect their shared experience and motion transfer.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
For the environmentally concerned patriot, the Avocado Eco Organic mattress has a lot of attractive qualities. From a friendly medium firmness that appeals to a wide range of sleepers, this is a simple yet affordable mattress considering its rigorous testing and thoroughly certified organic materials.
However, most recent and popular lists of “Top 10 Organic Non-Toxic Mattresses to Own” don’t include the Avocado Eco Organic mattress, indicating that this could either be a flop or a hidden gem. Organic mattresses are a niche product, designed with eco-warriors in mind who may have sensitivities to materials in the average mattress from companies that use polyurethane foam, chemical flame retardants and fiberglass in their products.
That being said, this mattress is aimed at a pretty specific audience. If you’re looking for an American based company that uses sustainability and responsibly sourced organic materials, supports farming, offers vegan options, and keeps the price below $2,000, you’re in luck with Avocado. Even if the Eco Organic model doesn’t quite do it for you, Avocado has several other options with slightly different builds, sleep trials and materials that are dialed in to your needs and expectations from an organic mattress.
Customer Insights
Positive reviews speak highly of the Avocado Eco Organic’s comfort, cooling properties, support and longevity. Many customers are impressed by how affordable the mattress is considering the lengths Avocado has gone to to ensure a fully organic mattress that will last. Weak points mentioned are the motion transfer and edge support, meaning you may feel your partner or pets moving around and might not want to sleep too close to the edge. Overall, lovers of the Avocado Eco Organic mattress state that it’s easy to move around on, breathable and supportive for combination sleepers.
As previously mentioned, there are some utterly devastating reviews of this company if you know where to look. A few customers report early sagging of their Avocado within the first few months, discomfort that never improved, an unattractive and stubborn scent, as well as some very concerning difficulties with initial delivery and terrible customer service experiences in which Avocado either ignored or denied requests for returns or replacements. Potential buyers may also be interested in the fact that Avocado was sued in 2023 for false advertising, though the lawsuit was consequently dropped the same year. Buying a mattress is a major decision, so be sure to consider the good, the bad and the ugly before making a commitment.
The Final Verdict: 6.5/10
The Avocado Eco Organic: A Green Choice with Mixed Reviews
The Avocado Eco Organic Mattress is both a beacon for eco-conscious consumers and a source of mixed experiences. Crafted by an American-based company, this mattress reflects a commitment to sustainable living, featuring GOLS-certified latex and GOTS-certified cotton and wool, all responsibly sourced. Its medium firmness is often praised for providing a balanced feel that supports without being too soft or too firm.
However, it’s not a perfect fit for everyone. Some customers have reported delivery delays and issues with edge support and motion isolation. Heavier individuals might find the support lacking, and those preferring a softer or firmer bed may need to explore other options.
While it’s a strong choice for those seeking an eco-friendly, organic mattress with balanced firmness, prospective buyers should consider their specific sleep needs and body type before deciding. The materials and certifications are impressive, but the overall performance may not meet everyone’s expectations.
Written and edited by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
SIZE DIMENSIONS PRICE Twin 75" x 38" $777 Twin XL 80" x 38" $899 Full 75" x 54" $1,199 Queen 80" x 60" $1,299 King 80" x 76" $1,699 California King 80" x 72" $1,699 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Avocado Eco Organic Mattress Warranty
The Avocado Eco Organic Mattress comes with a 10-year limited warranty that covers defects in material and workmanship. Here are the main points, stipulations, and considerations:
The warranty applies to the original purchaser only and is not transferable. It includes visible indentations greater than 1.5 inches (or 0.75 inches for the Eco Organic Crib Mattress) that are not due to an unsupportive foundation.
The warranty begins from the date of purchase and requires the mattress to be unpackaged and used on a supportive foundation as specified by Avocado.
Avocado states that the mattress must be regularly rotated for even wear, and any warranty claim must include photographic evidence of the defect, original proof of purchase, and the law tag showing the mattress serial number.
Normal wear and tear, stains, improper use, or use with an inadequate bed base are not covered. Size discrepancies must be reported within the trial period. If a defect is confirmed, Avocado may replace or repair the mattress at their discretion, a key phrase to remember, since some customers have reported being snubbed by the company. In case of replacement, you might be asked to donate the old mattress to charity, providing proof before receiving a new one.
You may need to shell out shipping costs of around $99 to return your mattress.
Considerations: Using a solid base (no slats) and a mattress protector will help keep your mattress in top condition for warranty claims. The warranty does not cover changes in comfort preference over time but focuses on defects in construction.
Learn more about Avocado’s warranty here.
References
My Review Of Avocado’s Eco Organic Mattress—3 Years In – The Good Trade
Avocado Eco Review – 10 Data-Driven Tests – NapLab
GOTS & GOLS Certified Mattresses | Avocado Green Mattress®
Affordable Organic Mattresses | Avocado Eco Organic Mattress – Avocado Green Mattress
Avocado Mattress ECO ORGANIC Model | AFFORDABLE LATEX HYBRID – Vermont Mattress and Bedroom Company
22 Avocado Mattress Reviews: See What Customers Are Saying
Avocado mattress complaints (from real consumers) | Sleepline
What is Avocado’s Return Policy? | Avocado Help Center
What is Avocado’s Warranty? | Avocado Help Center
Avocado Eco Organic Mattress Review 2024 – Forbes VettedCheck out our Top 5 Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Disclosure
Our review process blends actual customer feedback, comprehensive research and analysis, and insights from expert sources to create well-informed, unbiased recommendations. We independently assess each product, but to support our efforts, we participate in affiliate partnerships that allow us to continue providing valuable sleep guidance. These partnerships help us fulfill our mission to guide people toward better sleep solutions. For a complete overview, see our review process here and full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
At Sleep Examiner, we’re passionate about natural ways to reduce stress, relax the body, breathe better, and improve sleep quality. Our commitment to providing well-rounded, unbiased perspectives ensures that every recommendation is thoroughly researched, helping you discover the practices, products, and tools that can lead to a restful, pain-free night’s sleep. We’ve recently updated our 5 best mattresses for back pain and joint relief, ensuring you have the best options for enhanced comfort and support.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Organic Mattresses
use discount code:
SLEEPEXAMINER10 -
1. Certified Organic Materials - 8.5/10
-
Researched and reviewed by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistA Happy Medium Mattress for Sweaty Sleepers
Our Review and Analysis
Choosing the right mattress is a lot like finding the perfect pair of shoes—what feels supportive and comfortable to one person might leave another wishing for a little more cushioning or stability. A mattress, like shoes, is a long-term investment that will affect the quality of your day-to-day life. Everyone has their preferences, but if you’re someone who sweats a lot in their sleep (you’re not alone), you need something that’ll keep you cool all night so you’re not forced to wash your sheets every day. Though hopefully, you’re washing them at least three or four times a month.
The Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress, with its blend of organic latex, breathable cotton, and responsive coils, promises a balanced sleep experience that’s cool, supportive, and eco-conscious. It’s a medium-firm mattress that appeals to a wide range of back and combination sleepers, though you may need to ask yourself what’s most important to you when it comes to the structure of a mattress. Are you simply looking for something that keeps you cool at night, or do you also need strong edge support?
In this review, I’ll break down the mattress’s strengths, potential drawbacks, and who it’s best suited for—so you can decide whether it’s a worthwhile investment that will provide the relief you need from your nightly sweat.
Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress Rating
-
1. Certified Organic Materials - 6.5/10
6.5/10
-
2. Comfort & Support - 7/10
7/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 7/10
7/10
-
4. Edge Support - 6/10
6/10
-
5. Cooling & Breathability - 8/10
8/10
-
6. Eco-Friendliness & Off-Gassing - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
7. Motion Transfer & Motion-Isolation - 7/10
7/10
-
8. Warranty - 9/10
9/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 10/10
10/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 7/10
7/10
7.5/10Summary
Performance Score
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Organic cotton and wool blend top layers, vented latex foam support layer, responsive steel coil base system, cotton lined base layerTrial Period
365 night trial period with free white-glove deliveryShipping
Free shipping within the contiguous US, $99 processing fee for return or exchangeFirmness
Medium-firm, 7/10 on the firmness scaleWarranty
Lifetime warranty with 1.5in sag requirementPrice Range
$1,700-$3,600PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress perform?
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
7.5/101. Are the materials truly certified organic? (Score: 6.5/10)
The Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress incorporates several certified organic materials, including a top layer of organic cotton and wool, paired with a 3-inch layer of Talalay latex that Saatva describes as natural, though not explicitly certified organic. The company highlights these eco-friendly components, suggesting a commitment to sustainable, non-toxic sleep, and claims the mattress meets GreenGuard certification standards for low chemical emissions.
However, skepticism arises as Saatva doesn’t explicitly state that all components—such as the recycled steel coils or other structural elements—are organic, leaving the “all-organic” impression a bit misleading. Adding to the doubt, GreenGuard’s official website doesn’t list Saatva among its certified products, despite Saatva’s claims, casting uncertainty over the full extent of third-party validation. While the mattress undeniably uses some organic materials, the lack of transparency and verification tempers the perception of it being wholly organic or fully certified as advertised.
2. How is the overall comfort and support? (Score: 7/10)
The Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress blends zoned Talalay latex and individually wrapped recycled steel coils to deliver targeted, medium-firm support, typically rated between 6.5 and 7.5 out of 10 on the firmness scale. Its design, featuring a firmer lumbar region, aims to lift the hips and promote spinal alignment, making it especially appealing for back and stomach sleepers.
The mattress supports a broad range of body weights—up to 300 pounds per sleeper according to testing, though some reviews suggest a 230-pound cap—offering a buoyant, responsive feel thanks to its organic cotton, wool, and 3-inch latex top layer. Users often note sleeping “on” rather than “in” it, with moderate contouring that avoids the deep sink of memory foam.
While it provides plush comfort for many, lighter side sleepers under 130 pounds might not sink enough for full support, and those seeking a softer, more cushioned hug may find it less plush than desired. Some users mention it feels firmer at first but softens over time, though this shift could compromise its supportive structure for those who prefer consistent firmness.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 7/10)
The Saatva Latex Hybrid is ideal for most back and stomach sleepers, while strict side sleepers may feel the mattress is firmer than they like and won’t experience the pressure relief, support and body contouring they need. It’s a relatively responsive mattress with a balanced feel, so combination sleepers should be happy with the ease of movement.
Overall, your experience in your favorite sleep position depends on your weight. Those between 130-230 pounds who sleep on their back should love the just-right feel of the Saatva Latex Hybrid, while those who fall out of that range may feel the mattress is either too firm, or sags a little in the midsection.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 6/10)
The Saatva Rx’s Quantum Edge coils provide robust edge support. This feature is essential for users who sit or sleep near the edge, with the reinforced perimeter preventing sagging and offering stability.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 8/10)
The combination of breathable organic cotton, moisture-wicking wool, airy latex, and pocketed coils is designed for excellent airflow, making this a standout for hot sleepers. Testers report minimal heat retention, and the mattress maintains a cool surface even after prolonged use.
It’s not perfect—nothing beats a specialized cooling gel foam—but it’s among the best in its class for temperature regulation. Most reviews speak highly of the cooling aspect of their Saatva Latex Hybrid, so if you’ve been struggling as a hot sleeper to find a cure to your nighttime overheating problem, this might be the one.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 7.5/10)
The Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress features GOTS-certified organic cotton, organic wool, natural Talalay latex, and recycled steel coils, positioning it as an appealing option for eco-conscious shoppers. Some reviewers note a faint initial odor that typically fades with a few days of ventilation, aligning with its marketing as a hypoallergenic, antimicrobial mattress free of harmful chemicals.
Saatva touts certifications for low pollutants, including a claimed GreenGuard certification, yet not all components—like the coils—necessarily meet organic or eco-certified standards. As highlighted previously, skepticism is warranted: GreenGuard’s website does not list Saatva among its certified products, contradicting Saatva’s claims and casting doubt on the mattress’s full environmental and health credentials, despite its use of some organic materials.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 7/10)
Motion isolation on the Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress is a bit of a mixed bag. The combination of responsive latex and pocketed coils gives it a naturally bouncy feel, which can make movement more noticeable compared to all-foam alternatives. However, the organic cotton and wool cover help absorb some of that motion, providing a slight dampening effect.
For couples, whether this mattress works well depends on sensitivity—some may appreciate its balance of responsiveness and stability, while others who are easily disturbed by a partner’s movements might find it less than ideal for undisturbed sleep.
8. Warranty (Score: 9/10)
Saatva backs their Latex Hybrid Mattress with a so-called “lifetime warranty,” a reassuring sign of confidence in their product and a promising safeguard for such a significant investment. However, potential buyers should take a close look at the fine print—while the coverage is extensive, certain conditions and fees may still apply if a replacement is needed. Saatva’s best coverage is in the first two years of ownership, but this is about the point some owners start noticing problems with their mattress.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 10/10)
Saatva provides free white-glove delivery, ensuring your new mattress is set up hassle-free. Plus, their generous one-year trial gives you ample time to adjust and decide if it’s the right fit. Unlike some brands that require a minimum trial period before returns, Saatva allows you to take your time without pressure. While there are a few physical locations around the states for an in-person trial, the average buyer is likely making a strictly online based decision, so this is a good deal.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 7/10)
Customer feedback on the Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress is generally positive, with many reviews highlighting its comfort, quality materials, and cooling properties. However, it’s worth noting that a number of glowing reviews come from sponsored sources, which may not fully capture the drawbacks—such as edge support concerns or how the mattress feels for lighter side sleepers.
Meanwhile, independent reviews on Consumer Affairs reveal a different side of the story, with multiple complaints about Saatva’s customer service, delayed responses, and difficulty resolving issues. While the mattress itself receives praise, experiences with the company’s support team appear to be hit-or-miss.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress Materials
Organic Cotton Cover
The cover of the Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress features a breathable, hand-tufted organic cotton fabric that enhances airflow, helping to regulate temperature and wick away moisture throughout the night. Saatva treats this cover with their unique antimicrobial treatment, inhibiting the growth of mold, mildew and bacteria. Remember, the use of the word “organic” here does not apply to the entire mattress.
Top Layer of New Zealand Wool
Beneath the cotton lies a layer of GOTS certified New Zealand wool, which not only adds a plush, cozy feel but also serves as a natural fire barrier, eliminating the need for chemical flame retardants. These first two layers are designed with breathability in mind.
Buoyant Latex Layer
The third layer of the Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress features a 3-inch layer of natural latex, which plays a crucial role in both comfort and support. This layer is designed to provide a responsive, buoyant feel, contouring to your body without trapping heat, which helps maintain a cooler sleep environment. It doesn’t perform the same as foam, so keep this in mind if you’re looking for a more tempered sinking experience. Featuring vented channels for airflow, this latex layer is naturally hypoallergenic as well as resistant to mold, mildew and dust mites.
Innerspring Coil Support Layer
The fourth layer of the Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress features individually wrapped recycled steel coils, which play a crucial role in providing targeted support and responsiveness. These pocketed coils move independently, allowing them to adapt to your body’s contours and provide optimal support where it’s needed most. This layer works in harmony with the latex layer above it by offering a responsive bounce without sacrificing pressure relief. While the latex provides a soft, cushioning surface, the coils add a level of durability and stability, ensuring that the mattress supports your spine and promotes proper alignment while still maintaining comfort and flexibility.
Base Materials
The final layer of the Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress features a durable base that plays a crucial role in providing long-lasting support for the entire mattress. This base layer consists of a high-density foam, which helps stabilize the layers above it and ensures proper spinal alignment during sleep. Additionally, it includes a base loft pad that enhances the mattress’s overall comfort and resilience. This loft pad adds an extra layer of cushioning and intends to contribute to the mattress’s durability by preventing sagging over time.
Note: There is no mention of what materials are used in this base other than the organic cotton and wool pad, which may indicate something Saatva doesn’t want you to know.
PROS & CONS
Here is a list of the pros and cons of the Saatva Latex Hybrid mattress based on user reviews:
PROS
- Great for hot sleepers: The natural latex, organic cotton, and breathable wool work together to keep airflow high, making it an excellent choice for those who tend to overheat at night. This aspect is highly praised in most reviews, so it’s promising for those who are struggling with night sweats and are looking for relief.
- Generous sleep trial & free white-glove delivery: Saatva will not only provide a set-up service and free removal of your old mattress upon delivery, but the company gives you a whole year to decide if you love your mattress or not. Additionally, there is no minimum trial period, unlike some competitors who require you to test your mattress for at least a month before making a decision.
- Comfortable “happy medium” feel: The balanced and traditional medium-firm feel of the Saatva Latex Hybrid tends to be a crowd pleaser that appeals to back and combination sleepers alike, as long as they’re over 130lbs. Stomach sleepers should also be pleased by the medium firmness and design of the mattress that will keep their midsections supported, as long as they’re not over 230lbs.
CONS
- Edge support may not meet expectations: The mixed reviews on the edge support of the Saatva Latex Hybrid are worth consideration. Some say the edge support is excellent, while others say this is the weakest aspect of the mattress. If edge support is important to you, keep this in mind.
- Price may be out of budget: The Saatva Latex Hybrid is often described as “luxurious,” and the price tag agrees. Depending on sales and discounts, you may be looking at a price range of $2k-$3.6k. Consider this carefully if you’re on a budget.
- Not ideal for strict side sleepers: While this mattress is friendly to back and combination sleepers, it might not be the right fit for strict side sleepers, particularly those who weigh 130 lbs or less. The Saatva Latex Hybrid may feel too firm for side sleepers, and won’t provide the proper pressure relief needed for a good night’s rest.
- Hidden reviews suggest problems: Digging past the sponsored 5 star reviews, long term reviews report sagging after 18 months to 2 years into owning any Saatva mattress. Some customers have had problems with the company itself, with complaints being ignored, returns being denied, and even extreme delays in delivery. Other customers report poor craftsmanship, painful experiences with exposed springs, and an overall experience that does not match the price point.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
Every mattress company wants you to believe that their mattress is a 5 star experience, and Saatva is no exception. It’s troubling that reviewers can’t seem to agree on certain aspects of the Saatva Latex Hybrid, and that others provide such detailed praise that it’s suspicious.
It seems that even Saatva is not immune to cutting corners or overselling. Some of the claims and words Saatva uses about their materials can be a little misleading. And while the latex is durable (potentially 10-15 years), the hybrid construction isn’t invincible. Coils can wear, and that “lifetime” warranty starts looking less generous when you’re shelling out $$$ for repairs after year two.
Consumer Affairs gives Saatva a glowing 4.8/5 (3,736 reviews as of February 22, 2025), but dig into the one-stars, and you’ll find tales of defects and frustration. Still, no mattress brand dodges criticism entirely—Tempur-Pedic, Casper, you name it, they’ve all got their skeletons. Saatva’s batting above average, but it’s not a home run.
Customer Insights
It’s easy to find the best reviews of the Saatva Latex Hybrid. Ideally, this mattress sleeps cool, is great for couples who don’t mind a little bounce (and may even appreciate it for intimacy) and feels as comfortable as the price tag promises. But the majority of the mattress market is smoke and mirrors, and you shouldn’t rely on the prominent reviews at the top of the search engine to help you make a decision.
So what do the worst reviews say?
A vocal chunk of customers—especially heavier sleepers (over 250 pounds)—report sagging within two to three years. One reviewer on a site fumed: “Barely 18 months in, and there’s a canyon where I sleep—false advertising on that ‘lifetime’ durability.” Others note the latex softening unevenly, leaving lumpy patches that disrupt sleep.
On Reddit, r/Mattress, users advise to avoid Saatva entirely, citing similar sagging issues, refusals to honor warranty and issues with poor craftsmanship, leaving a bad taste in consumers’ mouths.
“I have one and after about 18 months it began sagging and kept getting worse. I just called customer support and they are sending me another mattress. I figure it will last 2 years and I’ll ditch it. It started out great but then I’ve recently had some lower back pain. My wife and I compared notes and she’s having the same issues. Time to ditch it and get either a regular bed or try a higher end [of a different brand].” -Reddit user
Take these notes with a grain of salt, and remember that the perfect mattress doesn’t exist, but the Saatva Latex Hybrid might be perfect for you under specific circumstances.
The Final Verdict: 6.5/10
Relief From The Heat–For a Summer or Two
At first glance, it’s tempting to buy into the hype: a buoyant, medium-firm feel, a lifetime warranty, and free white-glove delivery for $2,395 (queen size, pre-discount). But skepticism is warranted here.
If you’re a hot sleeper—back or stomach, preferably—who needs a break from night sweats, the Saatva Latex Hybrid could be your short-term savior. It’s got the cooling chops and enough support to keep you comfortable for a few years, maybe more if you’re light and lucky. But don’t bank on it being your “forever mattress”—the durability hype feels optimistic, and the cost-to-longevity ratio raises doubts.
Authentic customers all agree that this mattress is not recommended for dedicated side sleepers, and complaints about the company are concerning. Approach with cautious enthusiasm: it’s a solid play for now, not a lifetime commitment. Just keep your expectations—and your thermostat—on the low side.
Written and edited by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38” W x 75” L $1,699 Twin XL 38” W x 80” L $1,799 Full 54” W x 75” L $2,299 Queen 60” W x 80” L $2,499 King 76” W x 80” L $2,699 California King 72” W x 84” L $2,699 Split King 76" W x 80” L $3,298 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Saatva Mattress Warranty
Your Saatva Classic comes with a “lifetime warranty.” If you’re asking yourself “what’s the catch?” you’re smarter than those who interpret this phrase too literally. Here are the main points you should be aware of:
First 2 Years: Saatva offers a free replacement if your mattress is deemed defective within the first two years.
Years 3 & Beyond: Starting in the third year, Saatva provides a “Fairness Replacement Option” that allows you to purchase a new mattress to replace your Saatva at a discount based on the original price:
- Years 3-5: 50% of the original price
- Years 6-10: 60% of the original price
- Years 11-15: 80% of the original price
Note: A $99 processing fee applies for delivering the new mattress
Important Considerations:
- Final Sale: Should you need to invoke Saatva’s Fairness Replacement Option, keep in mind that the replacement mattresses cannot be returned or exchanged, and do not come with a new 365-night home trial.
- Warranty Continuation: Replacement mattresses do not come with an additional warranty period, but the original warranty remains in effect after the replacement.
Learn more about Saatva’s warranties here.
References
Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress Review: Gentle Bounce, Strong Support
Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress review − almost perfect | Homes & Gardens
Saatva Latex Hybrid Review – 10 Data-Driven Tests – NapLab
Saatva Latex Hybrid Mattress Review: I Tested the Cooling Bed
Latex Hybrid Mattress – Saatva Latex Hybrid – Mattresses | Saatva
Saatva Latex Hybrid First impression : r/MattressCheck out our Top 5 Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Disclosure
Our review process blends actual customer feedback, comprehensive research and analysis, and insights from expert sources to create well-informed, unbiased recommendations. We independently assess each product, but to support our efforts, we participate in affiliate partnerships that allow us to continue providing valuable sleep guidance. These partnerships help us fulfill our mission to guide people toward better sleep solutions. For a complete overview, see our review process here and full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
At Sleep Examiner, we’re passionate about natural ways to reduce stress, relax the body, breathe better, and improve sleep quality. Our commitment to providing well-rounded, unbiased perspectives ensures that every recommendation is thoroughly researched, helping you discover the practices, products, and tools that can lead to a restful, pain-free night’s sleep. We’ve recently updated our 5 best mattresses for back pain and joint relief, ensuring you have the best options for enhanced comfort and support.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Mattresses For Back Pain
use discount code:
SLEEPEXAMINER10 -
1. Certified Organic Materials - 6.5/10
-
Researched and reviewed by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistAwarded ‘Best Overall Mattress of 2024’ by Good Morning America–But Is It?
Our Review and Analysis
The Saatva Classic mattress has been trending online for its blend of traditional innerspring support and modern comfort features. Designed to cater to a wide range of sleepers, it offers a luxurious sleep experience reminiscent of high-end hotels. With three different comfort levels to choose from, a one year trial period and a durable hybrid build, Saatva Company fans and sleepers of all types should be satisfied with the Saatva Classic, but if you’re stepping into the Saatva world for the first time, you need to know if this is a worthy investment.
Just because something is “trending,” as the kids say, doesn’t always mean it will meet the hype. In a world of influencers paid to splash your top search results with glittering praise in the hopes of earning that commission sale, who can you trust? Reviewers who insist their Saatva Classic is even better than when they first bought it, or long term owners who have reported disappointment in their Saatva Classic for sagging under the weight of time? I’ve compiled all the information to help you make an educated decision.
Saatva Classic Mattress Rating
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 7/10
7/10
-
2. Firmness & Pressure Relief - 7/10
7/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 8/10
8/10
-
4. Edge Support - 7/10
7/10
-
5. Cooling - 7/10
7/10
-
6. Eco-Friendly & Off-Gassing - 6.5/10
6.5/10
-
7. Motion Transfer / Motion Isolation - 7/10
7/10
-
8. Warranty - 9/10
9/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 10/10
10/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 6.5/10
6.5/10
7.5/10Summary
Performance Score
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Organic cotton cover, lumbar-support foam, dual-coil system for airflow and durability, antimicrobial treatment.Trial Period
365 Night Trial Period, free white-glove delivery, arrives factory fresh, not rolled in a box.Shipping
Free shipping within the contiguous US, $99 processing fee for return or exchange.Firmness
Runs firm; offers Plush Soft, Frim, and Luxury Firm comfort levels (7/10)Warranty
Lifetime warranty with 1.5in sag requirementPrice Range
$1,995-2,998PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did the Saatva Classic Mattress perform?
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
7.5/101. How is back alignment and overall support? (Score: 7/10)
The Saatva Classic comes highly recommended for back sleepers, who should experience significant lumbar support from the mattresses’ build, which can be slightly customized. If you need extra support, all sizes that aren’t split offer some extra height at 14.5” instead of the original 11.5”. This is a mattress you sleep on top of rather than sinking into, so keep this in mind if you’d prefer a sinking Tempurpedic style experience instead. Some customers have returned their SC for not meeting their expectations in the lumbar support department, reporting that the coils were a painful hindrance as opposed to a plus
2. How is the firmness and pressure relief? (Score: 7/10)
The Saatva Classic offers three levels of comfort to choose from: Plush Soft (4/10), Luxury Firm (6.5/10), or Firm (7.5/10), but all three may feel firmer than expected. Side sleepers who need extra pressure relief for their joints should opt for the Plush option or seek out the Saatva Rx instead, but Luxury Firm is considered the most popular option for the average combination sleeper.
Those with a larger body type or stomach sleepers may need the Firm option along with some extra height for appropriate support. Long-term owners report their Saatva Classic losing some firmness over time, and some still experienced pain regardless of their choice.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 8/10)
Since the Saatva Classic offers customization, most sleeper types should be able to find a combination that suits their sleeping habits and preferences. Side sleepers should enjoy the gentle cradling of the Plush option, while a wide variety of sleepers love the Luxury Firm. Stomach sleepers and heavier body types may need the firm comfort level to ensure maximum support for spinal health and alignment.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 7/10)
Perimeter support of the Saatva Classic receives high ratings by popular reviews and brand influencers. However, long-term owners have reported edge sagging over time, sometimes as soon as 6 months into ownership. Initially, owners of this bed should be able to utilize every inch of the mattress with little to no sagging, thanks to the high-density foam rails designed to make getting out of bed easy. Keep in mind, that this construction may or may not hold up well over the years.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 7/10)
While Saatva boasts a dual-coil system that is designed to increase airflow, some reviewers say that the cooling doesn’t quite match the hype. If you struggle with overheating, this may not be the mattress for you. Described as “temperature neutral,” the Saatva Classic’s design with a hypoallergenic cover allows temperature regulation–to a point. But with the right sheet set and comforter, the cooling system of the Saatva could be just right.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 6.5/10)
On the surface, Saatva claims to have kept lovers of the environment in mind. Saatva advertises a breathable organic cotton cover, a natural plant-based thistle pulp flame barrier, no toxic chemical flame retardants, recycled steel coils, and according to their website is GREENGUARD certified to reduce exposure to volatile organic compounds, or VOCs.
Browsers should note that Saatva is in fact not listed on the GreenGuard site, making this a questionable claim. Since each Saatva Classic is made fresh to order, you may notice a slight odor upon delivery, but that should dissipate in less than a month.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 7.5/10)
The Saatva Classic is a bouncy hybrid with an internal coil structure in the middle, so sleepers may notice “a little” motion transfer, which is normal for this type of classic style mattress. However, drop tests showed excellent motion isolation.
While its responsiveness comes highly rated and the initial foam layers will certainly minimize motion transfer, this is not a pure foam mattress. When it comes to mattresses that include a coil system, it’s best to be realistic. The bounciness also means this is a good bed for couples who “go at it” often.
8. Warranty (Score: 9/10)
Saatva has a generous “lifetime warranty” that indicates solid confidence in its brand and should give buyers peace of mind for such a long-term investment. Potential buyers should be aware that the phrase “lifetime warranty” comes with some fine print and stipulations, so replacing your Saatva Classic may still come with a price depending on the circumstances.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 10/10)
Saatva offers free white-glove delivery of your mattress and a generous 1 year trial period to get to know your new bed. While other brands may require you to spend at least a month deciding whether or not you like your new mattress, Saatva does not. Considering you can’t try out their mattresses in person to make a decision, this is a good deal.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 6.5/10)
A quick search will pull up glowing 4 and 5 star reviews of the Saatva Classic from influencers and brand ambassadors who didn’t necessarily take home a Saatva Classic to experience it long-term. Recent reviews on CustomerAffairs tell a different story altogether.
As recently as December 2024, customers reported their Saatva sagging after just 6 months and rendered completely unusable after 2 years, with no helpful response from the company. Some have seriously struggled with their ordering process, tracking, and experience with customer service. Reviews are extremely mixed, so be sure to take in the good with the bad and the ugly before buying a Saatva Classic.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Saatva Classic Mattress Materials
Let’s take a closer look…
3″ Organic Euro Pillow Top
Each Saatva Classic features a cover made with hypoallergenic breathable cotton treated with their exclusive Guardin(™) botanical antimicrobial treatment to combat the growth of bacteria, mold, and mildew. The 3” pillow top with Lumbar Zone Quilting is designed to support where you need it most while ensuring a dry and comfortable experience catered to sensitive skin. Note that only the cover is described as organic, not the entire mattress, so this is a little misleading.
Pressure-Relieving Memory Foam Support Layer
Beneath the pillow top is the only layer of CertiPUR-US certified high-density memory foam designed to keep your spine aligned and supported. This layer is featured in the center of the mattress, geared toward those who struggle with back pain and pressure. Regardless of this enticing description, some customers report the exact opposite experience, insisting that their Saatva Classic did not resolve their back pain in the slightest.
Lumbar Zone Coil Support System
The star of the Saatva Classic is the layer of 14.5” gauge recycled steel coil system. Hundreds of coils are meant to provide precise contouring while minimizing motion transfer and maintaining the traditional bounce couples can appreciate during intimacy. The coils are firmer in the center for maximum back and hip support, but some customers report that this was an extremely painful experience. Additionally, while Saatva claims that their products are made in the US, they do not specify if their components (such as recycled coils) are outsourced or not.
Edge Material & Perimeter Support
Initially, the Saatva Classic seems to have superior edge stability thanks to the high-density foam rail encasing the coil system to provide a stable experience. This edge support design is intended to not only prevent sagging but also gives the sleeper more real estate to utilize, making every inch of the Saatva Classic worth using. In the long run, however, this design is reported to break down rather quickly, resulting in sagging as well as sinking in undesirable places.
Base Layer and Materials
The base of the Saatva Classic is reinforced by an additional layer of 13 gauge thrice heat-treated coils that are intended to prevent sagging, encourage airflow, and provide top-of-the-line lumbar support, though not everyone who owns a Saatva Classic has a pain free experience, citing the coil system as the culprit. Potential buyers should beware of reports of the base material breaking down first, quite literally falling apart in some customers’ hands after 7 to 8 years.
Finally, the Saatva Classic boasts an eco-friendly natural thistle pulp flame barrier as opposed to the chemical based fire retardants or fiberglass often seen in other brands.
PROS & CONS
Here is a list of the pros and cons of the Saatva Classic mattress based on user reviews:
PROS
- Multiple firmness options and heights to suit different preferences: The choices Saatva offers to customize the classic make this appealing to just about anyone, assuming they don’t have any major health issues that may require a more specialized mattress. With two different height options, three different comfort options, and the option to split a King or Cali King for couples with different styles, it’s no wonder the Classic is Saatva’s flagship model.
- Generous trial period and warranty: The fact that Saatva gives you a year to get to know your mattress without a minimum trial period is quite generous compared to a handful of other companies. Throw in the fact that most people say this bed is instantly comfortable, and it’s easy to appreciate the leeway Saatva allows for consumers to learn to love their mattress, especially since you can’t try it in a store first.
- Free white glove delivery: Who doesn’t love free delivery with setup? Saatva employees will even remove your old mattress for free. Rest easy knowing you don’t have to set your mattress up yourself or figure out what to do with your old one.
- Arrives ready-to-go, not rolled in a box: Unlike some companies you order from online, Saatva doesn’t risk the integrity of their mattresses by rolling them up in a box. There’s no waiting for the mattress to fully inflate after freeing it from its French crepe-like compression. You have the option of taking your new Saatva Classic for a spin from the moment set-up is complete, though you might want to wait for the delivery guys to leave first.
CONS
- Mixed reviews suggest early breakdowns: While there are plenty of positive reviews of the Saatva Classic, the negative reviews are horror stories potential buyers should take into consideration. Reports of early sagging, material disintegration, and breakdown of communication between the company and customer indicate browsers should apply extreme caution, as the Saatva Classic may not last as long as they’d like under regular use.“I have had this mattress for a couple of years now. I had to get it replaced within the first year because it sagged on the side that I sleep. The woman I spoke to about it told me I should sleep in the center of the bed instead of the side!! Well, a year or so later it is sagging again and I awake with body aches….back, shoulders, neck. You no longer can flip mattresses. Just turn them. Now both sides sag!” -Jen, CustomerAffairs.com
- Higher price point compared to some competitors: At its full retail price, the Saatva Classic might be a little pricey at around $1,800-$2,000 for a Queen. Many customers say it’s well worth it, but if it seems out of your budget, you might want to wait for a sale or find a third party coupon to bring the price down a few hundred bucks.
- Misleading certification claims: Saatva boasts a GreenGuard certification, but this claim doesn’t line up with GreenGuards’ website. It’s unclear whether their mattress components are sourced from the US or not, which clashes with their “Made in USA” brag. An organic cover doesn’t mean the entire mattress is organic, so this buzzword may mislead those who aren’t looking closely. And thanks to the flood of what are most likely paid positive reviews, many customers return their Saatva beds because they simply don’t meet their internet inspired expectations.
- Experience depends on body type: Unfortunately, the Saatva Classic is not built to handle XXXL customers or couples that exceed 600 lbs together. So if you’re part giant or “big boned,” you’ll likely need to find something a bit heftier to rest your extra fluff on at night. On the other end of the spectrum, if you’re in the featherweight category, the Saatva Classic may feel too firm for you, which could result in some unnecessary pain resulting from pressure on your shoulders and hips. Some customers report a painful experience despite having an average body type.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
There are plenty of aspects of the Saatva Classic that are appealing and lots of happy customers. There are no bells, whistles, or cords, just a thoughtful and simple design that just about anyone might enjoy. The option to choose a firmness level and height to suit your needs is a plus, as is the long trial period and free delivery.
The dual-coil system may appeal to those who prefer a traditional mattress experience, though said coils may or may not relieve your back pain as advertised. If you can catch a good sale or find a generous third-party coupon, a Saatva Classic has the potential to be a luxurious experience that won’t break your bank.
While it’s clear that Saatva aims to make the purchase as stress free as possible, this doesn’t seem to always be the case, though one could argue that no company is perfect. They certainly raise up the Classic as their flagship model with an enticing description and put their best reviews forward, but a closer look reveals some misleading claims, struggles with customer service, and concerning reports from long term owners.
Customer Insights
Positive reviews from Saatva Classic owners emphasize the way the mattress hugged them right where they wanted it, underscoring the dual-coil system that is thoughtfully designed with your lower back and hips in mind. While the Saatva Classic is primarily meant for back sleepers, combination and even stomach sleepers report experiencing a good and comfortable night’s sleep, as long as they chose the appropriate firmness option for their alignment.
However, as previously stated, long term owner’s reports do not match the initial hype, and reveal that the Saatva Classic breaks down sooner than they expected. Other first-time buyers reveal the occasional poor customer service experience and shady delivery practices that have left them in the dark. Overall, it looks like the Saatva Classic could only last 2-6 years before showing signs of serious issues.
The Final Verdict: 7/10
The Saatva Classic is Here For a Good Time, Not a Long Time
A mattress purchase is a big decision, one that can affect your health and quality of life, which is why it’s important to do thorough research before making said purchase. That being said, Saatva has put a lot of effort into convincing browsers that the Saatva Classic is a luxurious and affordable traditional style mattress with a twist that almost anyone will love.
The Saatva Classic may be a match for the average combination sleeper who doesn’t suffer from intense body pain or frequent overheating. With the right bedding and frame, there’s a chance it will provide a luxury hotel-like experience, but only for a few years before it needs to be replaced.
The Saatva Classic would make an ideal guest bed to extend its life, assuming your guest doesn’t mind the coils. Overall, I recommend caution and consideration of reviews from across the satisfaction spectrum before purchasing the Saatva Classic, because the marketing doesn’t fully align with real customer experiences.
author bioJudith Reynolds
Sleep Solutions Specialist
SLEEP EXAMINERWritten by:
Judith Reynolds, Sleep Solutions SpecialistMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38” W x 75” L $1,399 Twin XL 38” W x 80” L $1,499 Full 54” W x 75” L $1,999 Queen 60” W x 80” L $2,099 King 76” W x 80” L $2,299 Cal King 72” W x 84” L $2,299 Split King 76" W x 80” L $2,698 Split Cal King 76" W x 80” L $2,698 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Saatva Mattress Warranty
First 2 Years: Saatva offers a free replacement if your mattress is deemed defective within the first two years.
Years 3 and Beyond: Starting in the third year, Saatva provides a “Fairness Replacement Option” where you can purchase a new mattress at a discount based on the original price:
- Years 3 to 5: 50% of the original price
- Years 6 to 10: 60% of the original price
- Years 11 to 15: 80% of the original price
A $99 processing fee applies for delivering the new mattress.
Important Considerations:
- Final Sale: Replacement mattresses under the Fairness Replacement Option are considered final sales. They cannot be returned or exchanged, and they do not come with a new 365-night home trial.
- Warranty Continuation: The original warranty remains in effect after replacement, but replacement mattresses do not come with an additional warranty period.
Learn more about Saatva’s warranties here.
References
Innerspring Mattress – Saatva Classic – Mattresses | Saatva
Saatva Classic Mattress review 2025: Hotel luxury at home | Tom’s Guide
Saatva Classic Mattress Review – Healthy Americans
I Tried the Saatva Classic Mattress—Here’s My Honest Review
(307) Saatva Classic Mattress Review – Expert Tested! (UPDATED!!) – YouTube
Top 3,752 Reviews From Legit Saatva Mattress BuyersCheck out our Top 5 Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Disclosure
Our review process blends actual customer feedback, comprehensive research and analysis, and insights from expert sources to create well-informed, unbiased recommendations. We independently assess each product, but to support our efforts, we participate in affiliate partnerships that allow us to continue providing valuable sleep guidance. These partnerships help us fulfill our mission to guide people toward better sleep solutions. For a complete overview, see our review process here and full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
At Sleep Examiner, we’re passionate about natural ways to reduce stress, relax the body, breathe better, and improve sleep quality. Our commitment to providing well-rounded, unbiased perspectives ensures that every recommendation is thoroughly researched, helping you discover the practices, products, and tools that can lead to a restful, pain-free night’s sleep. We’ve recently updated our 5 best mattresses for back pain and joint relief, ensuring you have the best options for enhanced comfort and support.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Mattresses For Back Pain
use discount code:
SLEEPEXAMINER10 -
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 7/10
-
Is This Luxury Mattress Worth the Hype?
Our Review and Analysis
After reviewing the top five mattresses for back pain, I kept coming across mentions of the Saatva RX mattress, especially on Reddit, where many mixed reviews were talking about its support and comfort claims. Curious about whether this luxury mattress truly lives up to the buzz, I decided to do some digging. The Saatva RX is marketed as a top choice for relieving back and joint pain, combining pocketed coils for support with plush, pressure-relieving foam.
But is it really worth the investment, or could you find similar relief at a lower price point? Here’s what I found out about this high-end mattress and whether it might be a fit for those dealing with chronic pain, sciatica, or just looking for that perfect night’s sleep.
Our Review Process: At Sleep Examiner, we’re passionate about natural ways to reduce stress, relax the body, breathe better, and improve sleep quality. Our commitment to providing well-rounded, unbiased perspectives ensures that every recommendation is thoroughly researched, helping you discover the practices, products, and tools that can lead to a restful, pain-free night’s sleep. We’ve recently updated our 5 best mattresses for back pain and joint relief, ensuring you have the best options for enhanced comfort and support.
Saatva Rx Mattress Rating
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
2. Firmness & Pressure Relief - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 9/10
9/10
-
4. Edge Support - 9/10
9/10
-
5. Cooling - 9/10
9/10
-
6. Eco-Friendly & Off-Gassing - 8/10
8/10
-
7. Motion Transfer / Motion Isolation - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
8. Warranty - 10/10
10/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 10/10
10/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 8.5/10
8.5/10
9/10Summary
Performance Score
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Organic cotton cover, gel-infused memory foam, individually wrapped coils topped with proprietary foam modules.Trial Period
365 Nights Sleep Trial, 1.5 inches sag requirement, free white-glove deliveryShipping
Free Shipping within the contiguous US, $99 processing fee for return or exchange pickup.Firmness
Medium-firm (6.5 out of 10)Warranty
Lifetime warranty with 1.5 inch sag requirementPrice Range
$1,995 – $4,390PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did Saatva Rx Mattress perform?
Based on user reviews and trusted review sites.
Performance Score:
9/101. How is back alignment and overall support? (Score: 9.5/10)
The Saatva Rx mattress promotes excellent spinal alignment and is highly supportive, especially for individuals with chronic pain. Its hybrid construction combines pocketed coils and a zoned lumbar pad for targeted support that can alleviate sciatica, herniated discs, and general back discomfort.
2. How is the firmness and pressure relief? (Score: 9.5/10)
With a medium-firm feel, the Saatva Rx mattress offers strong support and good contouring. However, some users noted it feels firmer than advertised, especially during the initial break-in phase. Most found it helpful for relieving shoulder and hip pressure, although some side sleepers desired more immediate plushness.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 9/10)
Well-suited for back and side sleepers, the Saatva Rx mattress offers balanced support. Lightweight and average-weight sleepers benefit most, while some heavier individuals found it too soft for stomach sleeping, leading to minor sinkage.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 9/10)
The Saatva Rx’s Quantum Edge coils provide robust edge support. This feature is essential for users who sit or sleep near the edge, with the reinforced perimeter preventing sagging and offering stability.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 9/10)
With gel-infused memory foam and breathable materials, the Saatva Rx mattress performs well in regulating temperature, even for hot sleepers. Some users, however, reported it might feel warm during warmer months.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 8/10)
Using eco-friendly materials like organic cotton, the Saatva Rx mattress has low off-gassing levels. Initial odors from the CertiPUR-US® certified foams dissipate quickly, creating a non-toxic sleep environment.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 7.5/10)
While better than traditional innerspring mattresses, the Saatva Rx mattress has slightly more motion transfer than all-foam models. Couples with varying sleep habits may notice some movement.
8. Warranty (Score: 10/10)
Saatva’s lifetime warranty demonstrates confidence in the RX’s durability and gives peace of mind for a long-term investment.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 10/10)
With a 365-night trial and complimentary white-glove delivery, Saatva offers ample time for users to assess if the Saatva Rx mattress is the right fit.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 8.5/10)
Customer reviews have been positive overall, particularly for back pain relief. However, some users experienced issues with the firmness level, especially side sleepers or those new to a medium-firm feel. Saatva’s customer service is often praised for responsiveness and accommodating returns or exchanges.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Saatva Rx Mattress Materials
Organic Cotton Pillow Top Cover
The Saatva Rx mattress begins with an organic cotton cover, quilted to provide a soft, luxurious pillow top. This breathable layer enhances airflow and wicks moisture, ensuring a cool, comfortable sleep environment.
The organic cotton is hypoallergenic and sustainably sourced, making it both eco-friendly and gentle on sensitive skin. Its breathability supports the mattress’s overall cooling design, promoting a dry and comfortable sleep experience.
Pressure-Relieving Gel-Infused Memory Foam
Just below the cotton cover lies a layer of gel-infused memory foam. This foam is designed to provide adaptive comfort by contouring to the body’s shape while relieving pressure points.
The gel infusion helps to regulate temperature by dispersing heat, preventing the mattress surface from becoming too warm. This layer is ideal for sleepers seeking a balance of support and comfort without feeling overheated.
Lumbar Zone® Active Spinal Wire Support
A key feature of the Saatva Rx is the patented Lumbar Zone® technology. This layer includes an active wire support in the center third of the mattress, providing targeted lumbar support to maintain proper spinal alignment.
Enhanced support in the lumbar region reduces strain on the lower back, making this mattress an excellent choice for those with back pain or who need additional support in this critical area. It helps prevent the common issue of hips and lower back sinking too deeply.
Dual-Layer Comfort and Support System
This mattress incorporates two layers of memory foam and high-density support foam. The top layer provides initial softness, while the second layer offers firmer support to promote healthy alignment.
The combination of comfort and support layers allows the mattress to cater to multiple sleep positions, accommodating side, back, and stomach sleepers alike. This dual approach ensures a cushioned feel without sacrificing durability or support.
High-Durability Steel Coil Base
The support core of the Saatva Rx consists of individually wrapped steel coils. These coils respond independently to body weight and movement, reducing motion transfer and providing targeted support.
The coil system not only enhances the mattress’s durability but also improves airflow, keeping the mattress cool. The individually wrapped design minimizes disturbance from partner movement, offering a stable, supportive sleep surface.
Reinforced Perimeter Support
The mattress edges are reinforced to create a firm boundary around the perimeter, which prevents the edges from sagging or collapsing.
This perimeter support allows you to fully utilize the mattress surface, adding stability for sitting on or sleeping near the edge without fear of rolling off. This feature extends the mattress’s longevity and provides consistent comfort across its entire surface.
The Saatva Rx mattress materials work together to create a balance of luxurious comfort and solid support, offering features specifically aimed at spinal alignment and pressure relief, ideal for sleepers seeking enhanced back support and cooling benefits.
PROS & CONS
Here is a list of the pros and cons of the Saatva Rx mattress based on user reviews:
PROS
- Targeted Lumbar Support for Back Pain Relief: The Saatva Rx mattress includes specialized zoned lumbar support to alleviate pressure on the lower back, a key benefit for those who experience chronic back pain. The targeted support aids in keeping the spine in proper alignment, making this mattress an excellent choice for sleepers who prioritize spinal health.
- Optimal Firmness Level for Mixed Sleepers: With a medium-firm feel rated at 6.5 out of 10, this mattress strikes a balance between plush comfort and firm support. It’s ideal for back and side sleepers who need a mattress that both cushions the body and maintains support, preventing uncomfortable sinking.
- Enhanced Durability with Hybrid Construction: Featuring a durable hybrid design with high-quality steel coils and dense, long-lasting foams, the Saatva Rx is built for resilience. This combination promises prolonged mattress lifespan, reducing the need for replacement and delivering years of consistent performance.
- Advanced Cooling Features for Temperature Regulation: Designed with gel-infused memory foam and a breathable organic cotton cover, the Saatva Rx mattress effectively regulates temperature, keeping sleepers cool throughout the night. These materials promote airflow and disperse heat, providing a more comfortable sleep experience even for those prone to overheating.
- Generous Sleep Trial and Lifetime Warranty: With a 365-night sleep trial and a lifetime warranty, the Saatva Rx offers significant peace of mind. Customers can test the mattress for a full year and receive long-term warranty coverage, demonstrating Saatva’s commitment to quality and customer satisfaction.
- Environmentally Conscious Materials: Made with eco-friendly organic cotton and CertiPUR-US® certified foams, this mattress is an appealing choice for environmentally-minded shoppers. The materials meet strict safety and sustainability standards, ensuring a healthier sleep environment free from harmful chemicals.
- Exceptional Edge Support with Quantum Edge Coils: Equipped with Quantum Edge coils along the perimeter, the Saatva Rx provides solid edge support. This feature reinforces the mattress’s edges to prevent sagging and maximize the usable sleep surface, making it easier to sit or sleep near the edge without feeling unstable.
CONS
- Premium Price Point: Starting at $3,295, the Saatva Rx mattress is an investment that may be out of reach for budget-conscious shoppers. While it offers numerous high-quality features, the price point may be a drawback for those seeking a more affordable option.
- Potential for Mild Off-Gassing: Some users report a slight odor upon unboxing the mattress. Although this odor, commonly associated with new foam products, dissipates within a few hours to a couple of days, it may be noticeable to those sensitive to smells.
- Professional Setup Required: The Saatva Rx mattress is not compressed into a box for shipping, and its weight and structure require professional setup. This non-bed-in-a-box delivery may be less convenient for some customers and may incur additional setup fees, although Saatva does provide white-glove delivery.
- Possibly Too Firm for Lightweight Side Sleepers: While the medium-firm feel suits many sleepers, some lightweight side sleepers have noted that it feels firmer than expected, potentially causing pressure points in the shoulders and hips.
- Moderate Motion Transfer: As a hybrid mattress, the Saatva Rx may not isolate motion as effectively as all-foam options. This could result in some detectable movement across the mattress surface, which may be a consideration for couples or light sleepers who are sensitive to motion during the night.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
Experience premium comfort and targeted support with the Saatva RX mattress. Designed with a focus on spinal alignment and pain relief, the Saatva RX combines individually wrapped coils, gel-infused foam, and Lumbar-Flex zoned support to offer both resilience and comfort. The hybrid construction delivers a firm feel rated at 7/10, ideal for those seeking a supportive mattress that contours to the body without sinking. Enhanced with Quantum Edge support and cooling features, it’s crafted to maintain stability, durability, and temperature regulation.
This mattress is especially well-suited for those with back or joint pain, as it addresses common pain points with high-quality, eco-friendly materials and innovative ergonomic features. The Saatva RX ensures that sleepers experience a cool, supportive, and restorative sleep, making it a solid choice for anyone looking to prioritize their sleep health.
Customer Insights
Customer feedback underscores the Saatva RX’s impressive support and comfort, especially for back and joint pain relief. Many users report noticeable improvements in sleep quality and reduced morning discomfort. The zoned lumbar support receives high praise, as it significantly enhances spinal alignment and pressure relief for back sleepers. However, some side sleepers find the firmness a bit too high, with a few opting to add a mattress topper for extra cushioning. While a small number of users noted a brief adjustment period, the majority quickly adapted and appreciated the RX’s lasting support.
The Final Verdict: 9/10
Discover Therapeutic Comfort and Superior Support with the Saatva RX Mattress
The Saatva RX mattress combines robust support with eco-conscious materials and advanced lumbar technology, making it a premium option for anyone seeking relief from back pain or looking for a quality mattress that delivers on comfort and durability. Its firm construction and high lumbar support rating make it ideal for those needing consistent support, though side sleepers may find it slightly firmer than expected.
With a generous 365-night sleep trial and a 30-year warranty, the Saatva RX ensures a worry-free purchase. If you’re seeking a high-quality, therapeutic mattress built to elevate your sleep experience, the Saatva RX is a strong investment in long-term comfort and wellness.
Lisa Libutti's author bioLisa Libutti
Sleep Solutions Specialist
SLEEP EXAMINERWritten and edited by:
Lisa Libutti, Sleep Wellness SpecialistMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38” W x 75” L $1,995 Twin XL 38” W x 80” L $2,195 Full 54” W x 75” L $2,995 Queen 60” W x 80” L $3,295 King 76” W x 80” L $3,795 California King 72” W x 84” L $3,795 Split King 76" W x 80” L $4,390 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Saatva Mattress Warranty
First 2 Years: Saatva offers a free replacement if your mattress is deemed defective within the first two years.
Years 3 and Beyond: Starting in the third year, Saatva provides a “Fairness Replacement Option” where you can purchase a new mattress at a discount based on the original price:
- Years 3 to 5: 50% of the original price
- Years 6 to 10: 60% of the original price
- Years 11 to 15: 80% of the original price
A $99 processing fee applies for delivering the new mattress.
Important Considerations:
- Final Sale: Replacement mattresses under the Fairness Replacement Option are considered final sales. They cannot be returned or exchanged, and they do not come with a new 365-night home trial.
- Warranty Continuation: The original warranty remains in effect after replacement, but replacement mattresses do not come with an additional warranty period.
Learn more about Saatva’s warranties here.
Check out our Top 5 Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Disclosure
Our review process blends actual customer feedback, comprehensive research and analysis, and insights from expert sources to create well-informed, unbiased recommendations. We independently assess each product, but to support our efforts, we participate in affiliate partnerships that allow us to continue providing valuable sleep guidance. These partnerships help us fulfill our mission to guide people toward better sleep solutions. For a complete overview, see our review process here and full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
At Sleep Examiner, we’re passionate about natural ways to reduce stress, relax the body, breathe better, and improve sleep quality. Our commitment to providing well-rounded, unbiased perspectives ensures that every recommendation is thoroughly researched, helping you discover the practices, products, and tools that can lead to a restful, pain-free night’s sleep. We’ve recently updated our 5 best mattresses for back pain and joint relief, ensuring you have the best options for enhanced comfort and support.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Mattresses For Back Pain
use discount code:
SLEEPEXAMINER10 -
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 9.5/10
-
Our Review Process: We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product.
Written and edited by:
Lisa Libutti, Sleep Wellness SpecialistBack Science Series 2 Mattress Review and Recommendation
#1 Top-Rated Mattress For Back PainJust what the doctor ordered! As a Doctor of Chiropractic and Mattress Designer, Dr. Rick Swartzburg has created many mattresses over the last 20 plus years, but Back Science may be his best mattress design yet and it is certainly the most on point with a level of expertise in the anatomy of the spine and how to properly treat and care for your back.
The innovative sleep technology of the Back Science Series 2 mattress delivers one of the best combinations of corrective spinal support and unparalleled comfort, offering a real solution for back pain while promoting a healthy spine.
Engineered to provide optimal support exactly where you need it, this mattress stands out from any other one we’ve tested. The balance of support and pressure relief you’ll experience, whether lying on your back, side, or stomach, is simply blissful. That’s what makes the “Back Science Series 2” mattress a true game-changer and received the #1 ranking in our Top 5 Best Mattress For Back Pain head to head challenge.
Back Science Series 2 Mattress Rating
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 10/10
10/10
-
2. Firmness & Pressure Relief - 9/10
9/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 10/10
10/10
-
4. Edge Support - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
5. Cooling - 10/10
10/10
-
6. Eco-Friendly & Off-Gassing - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
7. Motion Transfer / Motion Isolation - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
8. Warranty - 10/10
10/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 10/10
10/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 9.5/10
9.5/10
9.7/10Summary
Performance Score
Pros
- Excellent Spinal Support: Lumbar-Flex system reduces back pain and prevents mid-section sinking.
- Firmness Balance: Rated 6-8/10, ideal for back, side, and stomach sleepers.
- Never Compressed: Full-size shipping ensures better coil system stability.
- 365-Night Trial: Includes free custom adjustments, exchanges, or returns.
- Strong Edge Support: Reinforced side rails prevent rolling off the bed.
- Cooling Features: Breathable cover and airflow system keep sleepers cool.
Cons
- May Have an Initial Mild Smell: occasional reports of a new foam smell that dissipates quickly.
- Not Bed-in-a-Box: Larger size may be inconvenient; $99 setup service available.
- Price Point: Premium materials and advanced technology result in a higher cost.
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Individually wrapped innerspring coils, Quantum Edge Support, Gel foam, hypergel surface foam, Lumbar-Flex zoned lumbar supportTrial Period
365 Nights Sleep Trial With Free Returns, Exchanges and Personal CustomizationsShipping
Free, Shipping rates apply for all of Continental USA.Firmness
Firm (7/10)
Lumbar Support (9/10)Warranty
30 year limited warranty with only a 3/4 inch sag requirementPrice Range
$1,199 – $3,999PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did Back Science Series 2 Mattress perform?
Performance Score: 9.7/10
1. How is back alignment and overall support? (Score: 10/10)
We were thoroughly impressed with the Back Science Series 2 mattress’s commitment to back alignment, pressure relief, and spinal support, but more importantly, we were able to confirm that it really works, thanks to the patent-pending Lumbar-Flex support system that stands out as a highly effective solution for maintaining proper spinal alignment. This was easily seen and noted from our use of the Mattress Checker APP tool, a free App. created by Dr. Rick Swartzburg, D.C. for all to use and the first-ever way to objectively see if a mattress is actually improving or hurting your spinal alignment.
You simply take a picture while lying on your side and place 5 red dots along the spine. Since your spine should be straight when on your side, the App will then measure any deviation change from the straight blue line. As you will see from the image above and the video we took, at 4.8 degrees of change, the Back Science bed had by far the lowest spinal deviation score, a real potential game-changer in terms of its ability to make a significant improvement in spinal alignment for those who suffer from back pain or just want to protect their back as they age.
According to a TrustPilot 3rd party customer survey, 97% of customers reported improvement in their back pain after using the Back Science mattress. Eugene from our sleep evaluation team reported relief from his back pain, but more importantly, all of us agreed that you could feel the support and a noticeable improvement in our posture after lying on the Back Science Series 2 mattress.
This is especially beneficial for individuals with chronic back issues and those looking to prevent future discomfort. Thanks to the added lumbar support, you can more comfortably sleep in all positions, including when lying on your stomach without a loss of support so commonly seen with most mattresses that miss the mark in their ability to balance both pressure relief and spinal alignment. This makes the Back Science Series 2 mattress an outstanding choice for back, side, and stomach sleepers, particularly for those suffering from back pain or requiring extra back support.
2. How is the firmness and pressure relief? (Score: 9/10)
The Back Science Series 2 mattress is listed as a luxury firm feel, suitable for all sleeping positions. This typically means a medium-firm sensation, but its specialized lumbar support sets the Back Science Series 2 mattress apart from other mattresses since it can accomplish more pressure relief for the shoulder and leg zones that make the overall feel an approximate 6 to 8, on a 1 to 10 scale, but a 9 on a 1 to 10 scale in terms of lumbar support.
The way the Back Science balanced level of pressure relief and support is thanks to the interlocking buoyant, yet completely flush Lumbar-Flex zoned technology that acts like what you might find with lumbar support in a car, but without actually feeling anything hard sticking into your back.
When combined with the individually wrapped over 1000 count innerspring coils and buoyant Hypergel foam, the result is exceptional comfort support and ensures no mid-section dipping, commonly known as hammocking. This combination delivers a balanced sleep experience, keeping your spine aligned, while still feeling the relief from pressure points, which is why we rated the overall firmness and pressure point relief a 9 on a 1 to 10 scale.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 10/10)
The Back Science Series 2 mattress shines in delivering versatility across all sleeping positions. Whether you sleep on your back, side, or stomach, this mattress offers exceptional comfort and support tailored to your needs. This adaptability is particularly beneficial for those with back pain, who often need to change positions throughout the night. The mattress’s ability to accommodate all sleeping styles without compromising on support sets it apart from the rest.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 9.5/10)
We measured Edge support by checking how much angling we got after sitting on the edge of each bed we tested. With the Back Science Series 2 mattress, the drop in edge support was so minimal, that it was only 5.4 degrees from being completely level. This is due to its construction which includes reinforced side rails and Quantum edge innerspring support, effectively eliminating the sensation of rolling off the bed. This feature is particularly beneficial for those who enjoy sitting on the edge of the bed or for sleepers who like to spread out. The robust edge support maximizes the usable sleep surface, by offering overall stability comfort, and safety.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 10/10)
The cooling properties of the Back Science Series 2 mattress are truly impressive. Equipped with a breathable Kool-Flow cover and a heat-dispersing Hyper gel foam, along with a patented Airflow Transfer System that can give up to 100 times more breathability thanks to small surface holes communicating with open channeling underneath gel surface foam, this mattress effectively regulates temperature to ensure a comfortable sleep environment.
Users consistently report a noticeably cooler sleep experience, finding the mattress pleasantly cool to the touch without it ever becoming uncomfortably cold. This exceptional cooling capability is especially beneficial for those in warmer climates or individuals who tend to overheat at night. By maintaining an optimal sleep temperature, the Back Science Series 2 mattress significantly enhances refreshingly cool comfort and a rejuvenating night’s rest.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 9.5/10)
The Back Science Series 2 mattress is a standout for its environmental friendliness. With a Greenguard Gold Certification and CertiPur-US certified foam, it ensures extremely low V.O.C. emissions and uses non-toxic materials, making it a safe and healthy choice for families. Some users did notice a mild new foam smell upon unpacking, but it dissipated quickly and did not cause any significant issues. The Back Science Series 2 mattress’s commitment to using eco-friendly and safe components is a major plus for eco-conscious consumers. You can sleep soundly knowing you’ve made a responsible and sustainable choice.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 9.5/10)
When it comes to motion isolation and motion transfer, the Back Science Series 2 mattress truly performs well. Its individually wrapped innerspring coils effectively isolate movement, making it an excellent choice for couples. While it may not entirely match the motion isolation of some high-end memory foam mattresses, it outperforms traditional pillow-tops, as well as many other types of air, gel, and latex options. This feature is especially beneficial for light sleepers who are easily disturbed by their partner’s movements, ensuring a peaceful night’s sleep.
8. Warranty (Score: 10/10)
The Back Science Series 2 mattress comes with an impressive 30-year warranty, covering dips of ¾ of an inch or greater, which is more stringent than the industry standard by double. This reflects the company’s confidence in the product’s durability and longevity. Users have praised the responsive customer service and the prompt resolution of any issues, adding to the overall positive experience. This comprehensive warranty, paired with excellent customer support, significantly enhances the value and trust in the Back Science mattresses.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 10/10)
The 365-night sleep trial offered by Back Science Series 2 mattress is exceptionally generous and risk-free. This allows users to thoroughly test the mattress and take advantage of free custom comfort and firmness adjustments if needed. The mattress comes with their special GripLock modular cover system that allows a simple replacement of comfort layers that can be easily zipped in and out of the cover should you need additional support or a firmness change. This flexibility ensures that you can find your perfect comfort level, greatly reducing the risk of dissatisfaction. If the adjustments don’t meet your expectations, the option for free exchanges or returns makes the Back Science Series 2 mattress a highly attractive choice for cautious buyers.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 9.5/10)
Customer feedback for the Back Science Series 2 mattress has been overwhelmingly positive. Many users have reported significant improvements in back pain and overall sleep quality. The Back Science TrustPilot survey revealed a 97% customer satisfaction rate, highlighting the mattress effectiveness and reliability.
Endorsements from reputable physicians and health experts further validate the product’s claims. This high customer satisfaction and trusted ratings make the Back Science Series 2 mattress a top contender for anyone seeking comfort and support. Choose the Back Science Series 2 mattress for a proven, trusted solution for helping your back and spine get the support it needs while reaping the benefits of a better sleep and improved well-being.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Back Science Series 2 Mattress Materials
Kool-Flow™ Micro-Vented Bamboo Stretch-Knit Cooling Cover
- Description: The outermost layer of the mattress features a Kool-Flow™ micro-vented bamboo stretch-knit cover. This cover is designed to be highly breathable, enhancing airflow and helping to regulate temperature throughout the night.
- Benefits: The bamboo fabric is not only breathable but also hypoallergenic and soft, adding an extra layer of comfort while ensuring a cooler sleep environment.
Flex-Comfort Ventilated Hypergel-Infused Adaptive Comfort Layer
- Description: Just beneath the cover is a 1-inch thick Flex-Comfort layer infused with hypergel. This layer is designed to provide adaptive comfort, conforming to the body’s contours while offering a buoyant, supportive feel.
- Benefits: The hypergel infusion helps to keep the surface cool, adding to the mattress’s overall cooling properties and enhancing pressure relief without compromising support.
PostureFlex™ Ventilated Hypergel-Infused Responsive Comfort Layer
- Description: Below the initial comfort layer is a 2-inch thick PostureFlex™ layer, also infused with hypergel. This layer provides responsive support, adapting quickly to body movements and offering additional pressure relief.
- Benefits: This layer contributes to the mattress’s overall responsiveness and comfort, making it suitable for various sleeping positions by reducing pressure points and preventing sinking.
HD-Flex™ Ventilated Transitional Support Layer
- Description: The mattress includes a 1-inch thick HD-Flex™ transitional support layer that acts as a bridge between the softer comfort layers and the firmer support layers beneath.
- Benefits: This layer enhances the mattress’s ability to provide both comfort and support, ensuring a smooth transition from the plush top layers to the supportive base layers.
Lumbar-Flex™ Zoned Support
- Description: One of the key features of the Series 2 mattress is the patent-pending interlocking Lumbar-Flex™ zoning, specifically designed to reinforce low back support. This layer targets the lower back and hips, preventing them from sinking too deeply into the mattress.
- Benefits: This targeted support is crucial for maintaining proper spinal alignment and reducing back pain, making the mattress particularly beneficial for those with chronic back issues.
HD-Flex™ Channeled Transitional Support Layer
- Description: This is the 2-inch thick HD-Flex™ layer that incorporates the Lumbar-Flex layer to add structural integrity and enhanced support.
- Benefits: This channeled layer helps with airflow and contributes to the overall support and durability of the mattress, ensuring long-term comfort and performance.
ResiliFlex™ Edge Support Reinforcement Barrier
- Description: The mattress features a 3-inch tall ResiliFlex™ edge support barrier that surrounds the perimeter of the mattress.
- Benefits: This edge support system prevents the edges from collapsing and provides a stable, supportive surface right up to the edge, increasing the usable sleep surface and making it easier to sit or sleep near the edge without feeling like you might roll off.
DuraFlex™ Individually-Wrapped U.S. Steel Innerspring Coils
- Description: The core of the mattress consists of 6-inch tall DuraFlex™ individually wrapped steel innerspring coils, with over 1,000 coils in the king-size version. These coils are reinforced with Quantum edge support.
- Benefits: The individually wrapped coils provide targeted support and reduce motion transfer, while the Quantum edge support enhances the stability and durability of the mattress. This coil system also aids in airflow, contributing to the mattress’s cooling properties.
Video Review ☆ Watch On YouTube
PROS & CONS
Here is a list of the pros and cons of the Back Science Series 2 mattress based on user reviews:
PROS
- Excellent Spinal Support: The Lumbar-Flex support system integrated into the Back Science Series 2 mattress offers exceptional spinal alignment, significantly reducing back pain for users. This advanced support system prevents the common issue of hammocking, where the mid-section dips, ensuring a more supportive and comfortable sleep surface.
- Firmness Balance: Rated between a 6 to 8 out of 10 on the firmness scale, with a 9 rating for the lumbar lower back support section, the luxury firm feel of the Back Science Series 2 strikes an ideal balance between support and pressure relief. It provides substantial push-back support while contouring to the body’s curves, making it suitable for back, side, and stomach sleepers alike, especially those with back pain.
- Never Compressed (Not A Bed-In-A-Box Design): The Back Science Hybrid mattress uses higher-end materials, including its over 1000 count coil system that requires it to be shipped in its full size, rather than compressed like the cheaper bed-in-a-box mattress that won’t provide the same quality innerspring coil system stability and support that Back Science offers.
- Generous Sleep Trial: The Back Science Series 2 mattress comes with a remarkable 365-night sleep trial, offering customers ample time to test the mattress at home. During this period, users can take advantage of free custom comfort and firmness adjustments. If the mattress still doesn’t meet their expectations, they can opt for free exchanges or returns, making the purchase completely risk-free.
- Strong Edge Support: The mattress features reinforced side rails and Quantum edge support, which prevents the feeling of rolling off the bed and maximizes the usable sleep surface. This strong edge support is particularly beneficial for those who like to sit on the edge of the bed or spread out while sleeping.
- Cooling Features: The Back Science Series 2 mattress is equipped with a breathable Kool-Flow cover and a patented Airflow Transfer System that provides up to 100 times the breathability. These features, combined with the cooler hypergel surface foam, effectively regulate temperature, ensuring a cooler sleep experience. Users in warmer climates or those who tend to sleep hot particularly appreciate this cooling capability, which contributes to a more comfortable and restful sleep.
CONS
- May Have Some Initial Off-gassing: Even though it is proven GreenGuard Gold V.O.C. is safe, some users have reported a mild new foam smell when first unboxing the mattress. Although this odor dissipates quickly and is non-toxic, it may be bothersome initially for some people.
- Non-Bed-in-a-Box: While we listed this as a Pro, it can be a con for some who need it to come in a smaller package or don’t want to pay for the $99 upgrade to a full set-up service and have no one to help bring the mattress inside their bedroom.
- Price Point: Due to the high-quality materials and advanced technology used in its construction, the Back Science mattress tends to be a bit more expensive than some other options on the market. This higher price point might be a consideration for budget-conscious consumers.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
Experience the pinnacle of comfort and support with the 12-inch Back Science Series 2 hybrid mattress. Crafted for a luxury firm feel, this mattress combines HyperGel plushness with a patented cooling airflow transfer system. Its hybrid design features a thousand-count individually wrapped innerspring coil technology and extra Quantum Edge support, offering a plush, contouring surface with a springy and buoyant feel—providing the best of both worlds for a restful sleep.
Ideal for all sleeping positions, the Back Science Series 2 mattress delivers a phenomenal sleep experience. Imagine waking up without back pain—how would that transform your day? At Sleep Examiner, we take health and wellness seriously. This mattress offers luxury, comfort, and support, ensuring you wake up refreshed and rejuvenated every morning. The Back Science Series 2 mattress will significantly enhance your sleep quality.
Customer Insights
Customers have overwhelmingly praised the Back Science Series 2 mattress for its exceptional support and comfort, particularly noting significant improvements in back pain and overall sleep quality. With a firmness rating of around 6 to 8 out of 10, but lumbar support around a 9 out of 10, it strikes a good balance for many users, though some side sleepers with specific pressure points may find it a bit too firm. The generous 365-night sleep trial and comprehensive 30-year warranty are significant advantages, providing peace of mind and ensuring customer satisfaction.
The Final Verdict: 9.7/10
Experience the Ultimate Comfort and Support with the Back Science Series 2 Mattress
The Back Science Series 2 mattress is meticulously designed, combining premium materials with innovative technology to deliver exceptional comfort, support, and durability. This blend of features makes it an ideal choice for anyone seeking relief from back pain or simply looking for a high-quality, supportive mattress.
This mattress truly delivers on its promise of exceptional support and comfort. It comes highly recommended for individuals looking to alleviate or prevent back pain. Its versatility, robust edge support, cooling properties, and strong customer service make it our top pick in the back pain relief category.
With a generous one-year trial period and an impressive 30-year warranty, the Back Science Series 2 mattress ensures a risk-free purchase. Look no further, if you’re seeking a mattress that combines cutting-edge technology with reliable support. The Back Science Series 2 mattress is an excellent choice for a restful and transformative sleep experience.
Lisa Libutti's author bioLisa Libutti
Sleep Solutions Specialist
SLEEP EXAMINERMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38” W x 75” L $1,799 Twin XL 38” W x 80” L $1,799 Full 54” W x 75” L $2,199 Queen 60” W x 80” L $2,499 Eastern King 80” W x 76” L $2,999 California King 72” W x 84” L $2,999 Split E-King 80” W x 76” L $3,699 Split Cal-King 72” W x 84” L $3,699 Split Top E-King 72” W x 84” L $3,999 Split Top Cal-King 80” W x 76” L $3,999 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Back Science Warranty
The 30-year warranty on Back Science mattresses is outstanding, covering dips and sags of ¾ inch. This exceeds the industry standard and shows the company’s confidence in the product’s durability. Users also praised the responsive customer service and quick issue resolution. This comprehensive warranty, combined with excellent customer support, greatly enhances the overall value and trust in the product.
The 1-year sleep trial offered by Back Science is exceptionally generous and risk-free. Users can thoroughly test the mattress and take advantage of free custom comfort and firmness adjustments if needed. This flexibility ensures that customers can find their perfect comfort level, greatly reducing the risk of dissatisfaction. The trial period, along with the option for free exchanges or returns if adjustments do not meet expectations, makes the Series 2 mattress a highly attractive option for cautious buyers.
Customer feedback for the Back Science Series 2 mattress has been overwhelmingly positive. Many users reported significant improvements in back pain and overall sleep quality. TrustPilot surveys indicated a 97% satisfaction rate among customers, underscoring the mattress’s effectiveness and reliability. Endorsements from reputable physicians and health experts further validate the product’s claims. The high customer satisfaction and trusted ratings make the Series 2 mattress a top contender in the market for those seeking both comfort and support.
Data collected from Trustpilot
- 97% of Customers said the Back Science mattress helps reduce their back pain.
- 98% of Customers found the mattress has good back support.
- 96% of customers reported the Back Science mattress gives them a cooler sleep.
Check out all 5 of our Top Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Recently Updated
We’ve recently re-reviewed all of our top mattress picks for back pain, incorporating additional feedback from testers and updated data from our thorough analysis. You can trust that if it’s on this list, it has undergone rigorous testing and research, and we stand by each recommendation to help you find the best option for a restful night’s sleep. See our full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product. Our commitment to providing diverse perspectives ensures that every recommendation on this list is well-informed and unbiased, helping you confidently choose the best option for a restful and pain-free night’s sleep.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Mattresses For Back Pain
use discount code:
SLEEPEXAMINER10 -
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 10/10
-
Our Review Process: We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product.
Written and edited by:
Lisa Libutti, Sleep Wellness SpecialistHelix Mattress Review and Recommendation
#1 Top-Rated Mattress For Side SleepersSearching for a mattress that combines plush comfort with solid support? The Helix Midnight Luxe might be your dream come true. This mattress features a pillow-top with a medium feel and enhanced lumbar support, making it ideal for side sleepers and those who prefer a softer bed. However, it might not be the best fit for back or stomach sleepers with back pain. Let’s dive into who this mattress is perfect for and who might need to keep searching for their ideal sleep solution.
Helix Sleep is a leading name in the mattress industry, known for its commitment to personalized comfort and innovative sleep solutions. Focusing on tailored support, Helix offers a variety of mattresses designed to meet the unique needs of every sleeper. Crafted with high-quality materials and cutting-edge technology, their mattresses ensure both durability and exceptional comfort. For those dealing with back pain, Helix’s designs stand out for their ergonomic construction and supportive layers, aimed at alleviating pressure points and promoting proper spinal alignment.
The Helix Midnight Luxe, one of their most popular models, delivers a perfect balance of comfort and support. With zoned lumbar support, premium cooling technology, and a plush quilted pillow top, it’s an excellent choice for side sleepers and those seeking relief from discomfort caused by back pain. Whether you’re managing chronic back issues or just looking for a more restful night’s sleep, the Helix Midnight Luxe offers a well-rounded solution tailored to your needs.
Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress Rating
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 7.8/10
7.8/10
-
2. Firmness & Pressure Relief - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 9/10
9/10
-
4. Edge Support - 6.5/10
6.5/10
-
5. Cooling - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
6. Eco-Friendly & Off-Gassing - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
7. Motion Transfer / Motion Isolation - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
8. Warranty - 9/10
9/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 9/10
9/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 9.5/10
9.5/10
8.8/10Performance Score
Performance Score
Pros
- Back and side sleepers needing excellent support.
- Those seeking high-quality materials and construction.
- Couples who want good motion isolation.
- Sleepers desiring a comfortable and luxurious pillow-top feel.
- Individuals who need effective pressure point relief.
Cons
- Budget-conscious shoppers.
- Stomach sleepers who prefer a softer mattress.
- People who frequently move or rotate their mattress.
- Those sensitive to initial off-gassing odors.
- Sleepers who need strong edge support.
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Hybrid (Memory Foam & Zoned Coils)Trial Period
100 NightsShipping
FreeFirmness
Firm ranges from 4 – 7/10Warranty
15 yearsAverage Price Range
$1,099 – $2,299PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did the Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress perform?
Score: 8.8/10
1. Back Alignment and Overall Support (Score: 7.8/10)
The Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress excels in providing excellent back alignment and overall support, thanks to its zoned lumbar support system. This feature is specifically designed to offer extra support to the lower back, promoting proper spinal alignment. Users frequently highlight the relief they experience from back pain, noting that the mattress helps maintain a healthy posture during sleep. This superior support system is particularly beneficial for those who suffer from chronic back issues or who need additional reinforcement in targeted areas.
2. Firmness and Pressure Relief (Score: 9.5/10)
One of the standout features of the Helix Midnight Luxe is its range of firmness options, catering to various sleeping preferences. The high-density memory foam layers provide significant pressure relief by contouring to the body’s shape, alleviating stress on common pressure points such as the shoulders and hips. Many users appreciate the balance between firmness and softness, which contributes to a comfortable and restorative sleep experience. However, a few users have mentioned that it takes some time to adjust to the feel of the mattress.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 9/10)
The hybrid construction of the Helix Midnight Luxe makes it highly compatible with different sleeping positions. Whether you sleep on your back, side, or stomach, the mattress adapts to provide optimal support and comfort. Back and side sleepers, in particular, have reported a high level of satisfaction, praising the mattress for its ability to accommodate their preferred sleeping positions without compromising on comfort or support. This versatility makes it an excellent choice for households with multiple types of sleepers.
4. Edge Support (Score: 6.5/10)
Edge support is a crucial aspect for many mattress buyers, and the Helix Midnight Luxe does not disappoint. The mattress features reinforced edges with robust coils that prevent sagging and provide stability. Users find this particularly beneficial for getting in and out of bed and maximizing the usable sleep surface. While most feedback on edge support is positive, some long-term users have noted minor sagging over extended periods, although this does not seem to significantly impact overall satisfaction.
5. Cooling (Score: 9.5/10)
For those who tend to sleep hot, the Helix Midnight Luxe offers effective cooling technology. The mattress incorporates a breathable Tencel cover and gel-infused foam layers that work together to dissipate heat and maintain a comfortable sleeping temperature throughout the night. Users generally report a noticeable improvement in temperature regulation, though some in particularly warm climates have suggested that cooling could be more effective.
6. Environmental Friendliness and Off-gassing (Score: 9.5/10)
Environmental friendliness and off-gassing are important considerations for many buyers. The Helix Midnight Luxe uses materials that are CertiPUR-US certified, meaning they are made without harmful chemicals. However, some users report a mild off-gassing odor when first unpacking the mattress, which typically dissipates within a few days. The mattress’s overall environmental impact is rated as average, with room for improvement in sustainable practices.
7. Motion Transfer / Motion Isolation (Score: 8.5/10)
The Helix Midnight Luxe excels in motion isolation, making it an excellent choice for couples. The high-density memory foam layers effectively minimize motion transfer, ensuring that movements on one side of the bed do not disturb the other sleeper. Users frequently praise this feature, noting that it significantly improves their sleep quality, especially for those with partners who move frequently during the night.
8. Warranty (Score: 9/10)
The Helix Midnight Luxe comes with a 15-year warranty, which is a testament to the manufacturer’s confidence in the mattress’s durability and construction. This extended warranty period provides users with peace of mind, knowing that their investment is protected for many years. The warranty terms are generally viewed as generous and comprehensive, covering a wide range of potential issues.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 9/10)
One of the most appreciated features of the Helix Midnight Luxe is its 100-night sleep trial. This trial period allows customers to test the mattress in the comfort of their own home for over three months. If they are not completely satisfied, they can return it for a full refund, making the purchase risk-free. The hassle-free return process and ample trial period are highly praised by users.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 9.5/10)
Customer service and overall ratings for the Helix Midnight Luxe are generally high. Users express satisfaction with the responsiveness and helpfulness of Helix’s support team. The mattress consistently receives high marks on trusted review platforms, reflecting a strong positive consensus among buyers. This high level of customer satisfaction underscores the quality and reliability of the product.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress Materials
Quilted Tencel Pillow Top
The topmost layer of the Helix Midnight Luxe is a quilted pillow top made from Tencel, a breathable and eco-friendly fabric derived from eucalyptus. This cover is designed to enhance airflow, ensuring a cool and comfortable sleep surface. The soft and plush feel of the pillow top adds an extra layer of luxury to the mattress, making it inviting and cozy.
Gel-Infused Memory Foam
Beneath the pillow top lies a layer of gel-infused memory foam. This material is known for its exceptional pressure-relieving properties, contouring to the body to provide personalized support. The gel infusion helps to draw heat away from the body, further contributing to the mattress’s cooling capabilities. This layer ensures that pressure points, such as the shoulders and hips, are cushioned, reducing the likelihood of waking up with aches and pains.
High-Density Memory Foam
The next layer consists of high-density memory foam, which offers additional support and motion isolation. This foam layer enhances the mattress’s ability to absorb and reduce motion transfer, making it an ideal choice for couples. The high-density foam also contributes to the mattress’s overall durability, ensuring that it maintains its shape and supportive qualities over time.
Helix Dynamic Foam
Helix Dynamic Foam is a specialized foam that combines the best qualities of latex and memory foam. It provides a responsive feel, quickly adapting to the body’s movements while maintaining a supportive and pressure-relieving structure. This layer enhances the overall comfort of the mattress, providing a balanced feel that suits a wide range of sleepers.
Zoned Lumbar Support Coils
At the core of the Helix Midnight Luxe is a zoned coil system designed to offer targeted support where it is needed most. The coils are arranged to provide firmer support in the lumbar region, promoting proper spinal alignment and reducing back pain. The coils also allow for increased airflow within the mattress, contributing to its cooling properties. This zoned support system ensures that the mattress adapts to the body’s natural curves, providing a customized sleeping experience.
DuraDense Foam Base
The foundation of the Helix Midnight Luxe is a dense foam base layer that provides overall stability and support. This base layer enhances the mattress’s durability, ensuring that it remains supportive and comfortable for years to come. The DuraDense foam also helps to reinforce the edges of the mattress, providing robust edge support and maximizing the usable sleep surface.
Video Review ☆ Watch On YouTube
PROS & CONS
Here is a list of the pros and cons of the Helix Midnight Luxe mattress based on user reviews:
PROS
- Excellent support for back and side sleepers: Users highlight the mattress’s ability to provide tailored support, especially for back and side sleepers, noting reduced back pain and improved sleep quality. The targeted lumbar support is particularly appreciated for maintaining proper alignment.
- High-quality materials and construction: Reviewers frequently mention the mattress’s sturdy build and premium materials, which contribute to its durability and overall value. Many users feel confident in the mattress’s long-term performance due to its robust construction.
- Good motion isolation for couples: Couples appreciate the mattress’s effective motion isolation, which minimizes disturbances from a partner’s movements during the night. This feature is often cited as a key benefit for maintaining uninterrupted sleep.
- Comfortable and luxurious pillow-top feel: Many users love the plush, cozy feel of the pillow-top, which enhances the mattress’s overall comfort and inviting softness. The pillow-top adds a layer of luxury that many find soothing and relaxing.
- Effective at reducing pressure points: The combination of memory foam and supportive coils receives praise for alleviating pressure points, resulting in less pain and more restful sleep. Users with chronic pain or pressure sensitivities find significant relief with this mattress.
CONS
- Higher price point compared to some competitors: Some users feel that the cost of the mattress is on the higher end, which might be a barrier for those on a tight budget. The price, though reflective of quality, can be a deterrent for cost-conscious shoppers.
- May be too firm for some stomach sleepers: A few reviews indicate that the mattress’s firmness may not be ideal for stomach sleepers, who might experience discomfort or misalignment. Users suggest that stomach sleepers might prefer a softer option for better comfort.
- Heavy and difficult to move: The weight of the mattress is a common complaint, with users noting the challenge of moving or rotating it without assistance. This can make routine maintenance and setup more cumbersome.
- Initial off-gassing odor: Several reviewers mention a noticeable chemical smell upon unboxing, though it usually fades within a few days. This initial odor can be off-putting for those sensitive to smells.
- Edge support could be better: Users often point out that the edge support is weaker than expected, leading to a less secure feeling when sitting or lying near the edges of the mattress. This can affect the usable surface area and overall stability.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
The Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress stands out in the competitive mattress market due to its thoughtful design and high-quality materials. Its hybrid construction, combining memory foam and a zoned coil system, offers a balanced mix of comfort and support. The mattress’s features, such as zoned lumbar support and advanced cooling technology, cater to a wide range of sleepers, making it a versatile choice for various sleep preferences.
The Helix Midnight Luxe excels in providing superior spinal alignment, effective pressure relief, and excellent motion isolation, which are crucial factors for a good night’s sleep. While the initial off-gassing and the adjustment period are minor drawbacks, the mattress’s overall performance and customer satisfaction levels are impressive. Its long warranty and generous sleep trial period further enhance its appeal, offering customers peace of mind and confidence in their purchase.
Customer Insights
Customer feedback for the Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress is quite positive, with many users highlighting its exceptional support and comfort. The zoned lumbar support system is frequently mentioned as a significant benefit, especially for those with back pain. The mattress’s ability to contour to the body and relieve pressure points is also praised, making it a favorite among side sleepers and those with joint issues.
However, some customers have reported an initial off-gassing odor and a period of adjustment to the mattress’s feel, particularly for those new to memory foam or hybrid designs. Additionally, while the mattress’s weight can make it challenging to move, its durable construction and reinforced edge support are appreciated. The price point is higher than some competitors, but many users believe the quality and features justify the investment.
The Final Verdict: 8.6/10
Overall, the Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress is an excellent choice for those seeking a luxurious and supportive sleep experience. Its combination of memory foam and zoned coils provides outstanding support and pressure relief, making it suitable for a variety of sleeping positions. The mattress’s cooling technology and strong motion isolation enhance its comfort, particularly for hot sleepers and couples.
While the mattress does have some minor drawbacks, such as initial off-gassing and a potential adjustment period, its overall performance and customer satisfaction are highly commendable. The 15-year warranty and 100-night sleep trial further reinforce its value, offering customers a risk-free opportunity to experience its benefits.
In conclusion, the Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress delivers on its promise of luxury and support, making it a worthy investment for those prioritizing quality sleep. Its positive customer reviews and robust construction ensure that it remains a top contender in the premium mattress market.
Lisa Libutti's author bioLisa Libutti
Sleep Solutions Specialist
SLEEP EXAMINERMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
SIZE DIMENSIONS PRICE Twin 38" x 75" x 16" $1,999 Twin XL 38" x 80" x 16" $2,199 Full 54" x 75" x 16" $2,649 Queen 60" x 80" 16" $2,999 King 76" x 80" x 16" $3,599 California King 72" x 84" x 16" $3,599 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Helix Sleep Warranty
Helix’s Limited Warranty and Responsibilities (Manufacturer Text)
Helix warrants the Standard Mattress in its original packaging sold to you against the defects in material and workmanship set forth below (“Defects”) for a period of 10 years from the time your Standard Mattress is purchased by you, when the Standard Mattress is used normally for its intended purposes.
Helix warrants the Plus Mattress, Luxe Mattress, and Elite Mattress in its original packaging sold to you against the defects in material and workmanship set forth below (“Defects”) for a period of 15 years from the time your Plus Mattress, Luxe Mattress, or Elite Mattress, is purchased by you, when the Plus Mattress, Luxe Mattress, or Elite Mattress is used normally for its intended purposes.
Removing the Mattress Cover from your Mattress will automatically void any warranty claim.What This Limited Warranty Covers
This limited warranty applies to the following Defects in your Mattress: Deterioration causing the Mattress to have a visible indentation greater than one and one-half (1.5) inches that is not associated with an indentation or sag which results from use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or adjustable bed base. Normal wear requires that a Mattress be continuously supported by a matching foundation or adjustable bed base with a proper bed frame sufficient to support the collective weight of the Mattress and foundation. Any foundation, box spring, frame, or other base on which the Mattress is placed that has slats greater than 5 inches apart will be considered improper for your Mattress and will void the warranty.
Check out all 5 of our Top Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Recently Updated
We’ve recently re-reviewed all of our top mattress picks for back pain, incorporating additional feedback from testers and updated data from our thorough analysis. You can trust that if it’s on this list, it has undergone rigorous testing and research, and we stand by each recommendation to help you find the best option for a restful night’s sleep. See our full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product. Our commitment to providing diverse perspectives ensures that every recommendation on this list is well-informed and unbiased, helping you confidently choose the best option for a restful and pain-free night’s sleep.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Mattresses For Back Pain
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 7.8/10
-
Our Review Process: We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product.
Written and edited by:
Lisa Libutti, Sleep Wellness SpecialistStearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm Mattress Review and Recommendation
#1 Best Luxurious Firm Feel MattressWe were excited to review the Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm mattress, a product from a nearly 200-year-old company that skillfully combines traditional innerspring technology with modern Tempur-Pedic memory foam innovation. This mattress features a conforming memory foam surface paired with individually wrapped innerspring coils, providing a unique blend of support and comfort. Our review focuses on various aspects such as back alignment, firmness, sleeping position compatibility, edge support, cooling, environmental impact, motion transfer, warranty, sleep trial, and overall customer satisfaction to give you a comprehensive understanding of this high-end mattress.
Stearns & Foster Lux Hybrid Mattress Rating
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 8.2/10
8.2/10
-
2. Firmness & Pressure Relief - 9.8/10
9.8/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 9.8/10
9.8/10
-
4. Edge Support - 8.5/10
8.5/10
-
5. Cooling - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
6. Eco-Friendly & Off-Gassing - 6.9/10
6.9/10
-
7. Motion Transfer / Motion Isolation - 9.9/10
9.9/10
-
8. Warranty - 7.5/10
7.5/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 7.9/10
7.9/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 8/10
8/10
8.4/10Summary
Performance Score
Pros
- Side Sleepers: Offers contouring comfort and support for hips and shoulders.
- Back Pain Relief: Excellent spinal alignment and overall support.
- Couples: Exceptional motion isolation for undisturbed sleep.
- Edge Support: Sturdy edges for sitting or sleeping near the edge.
- Luxury Seekers: High-end materials and construction for a premium feel.
Cons
- Stomach Sleepers: May cause discomfort due to sinking feeling.
- Hot Sleepers: Potential to retain heat despite cooling cover.
- Eco-conscious Buyers: Lack of information on eco-friendly materials.
- Budget Shoppers: Higher price range might not fit all budgets.
- Those Needing Firm Returns: Return fee during the trial period can be costly.
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Memory foam, innerspringTrial Period
30-90 NightsShipping
FreeFirmness
Firm (7.8/10)Warranty
10-year limited warrantyAverage Price Range
$2,899-$5,798SLEEP PRODUCT PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did the Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm Mattress perform?
Performance Score: 8.4/10
1. How is back alignment and overall support? (Score: 8/10)
The Lux Hybrid firm mattress from Stearns and Foster provides firm enough support to prevent you from sinking down lower, which is why it tested much better than the average memory foam mattress when it comes to spinal support. The Mattress Checker App conveyed that the hips were more supported than other memory foam mattresses we tested and with better than average contouring of the shoulders, giving it enough back support to show that it was in a good range for overall spinal alignment.
It can work for back and stomach sleepers who don’t have back problems and it may work for back sleepers that do have back issues, but only if they find that they do better with a more contouring surface that allows the hips to sink in more on their back. If you don’t like the sinking of your buttocks as a back sleeper, it may be worth looking at other options that won’t allow that, but either way, that sinking-in makes it not a good mattress for stomach sleepers.
2. How is the firmness and pressure relief? (Score: 9.8 /10)
The Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm Mattress combines nearly 200 years of traditional innerspring technology with modern Tempur-Pedic memory foam innovation. This mattress features a highly conforming Tempur-Pedic memory foam surface paired with individually wrapped innerspring coils, including additional Tempur memory foam. The result is a more contouring surface with firm support to prevent excessive sinking, which leads to superior spinal support compared to the average memory foam mattress.
The Mattress Checker APP indicated that the hips received better support than other memory foam mattresses we tested, and the shoulders experienced better-than-average contouring. This combination provides sufficient back support, ensuring good overall spinal alignment. Although the firm model may feel hard initially, the memory foam softens as it adapts to your body overnight, offering good comfort for a firmer mattress overall.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 9.8/10)
The Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm Mattress works well for couples and pet owners due to its motion isolation and edge support, making it ideal for a light sleeper with a restless partner or pets. It is a good option for side sleepers, offering pressure relief and spinal alignment, though back sleepers may prefer a firmer or less contouring mattress. Stomach sleepers may not find it suitable due to midsection sinking.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 8.5/10)
As expected from a mattress that is not a Bed-in-the-Box type and includes side rail support, the Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm Mattress fares well in terms of edge support. Despite having a slow adaptive memory foam surface that can make the edges feel softer in many cases, the mattress provides solid edge support, preventing excessive sinking and ensuring stability.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 7.5/10)
Stearns and Foster offer a luxurious and stylish Tencel cooling cover that helps reduce heat build-up. However, the mattress’s very contouring memory foam surface does not breathe as well as more traditional or specialized ventilated designs. As a result, it doesn’t excel in this category, and some heat-sensitive users may find it a bit warmer than they prefer.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 6.9/10)
Stearns and Foster doesn’t provide information on whether they use eco-friendly materials or if any of their materials are made in the U.S.A. However, they do build each mattress to order in New Jersey. This process may result in higher initial V.O.C. off-gassing. While there aren’t many complaints about mattress odor, there are notable concerns regarding the off-gassing from their adjustable base, so this is something to keep in mind if you are considering pairing your mattress with one.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 9.9/10)
As we had hoped, the Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm Mattress excels in reducing motion transfer. Being a full-size mattress shipped without compression in a box, it utilizes a Tempur higher density memory foam surface combined with an individual pocketed coil/memory foam spring system. This design minimizes motion, meaning you won’t have to worry about feeling your partner’s movements, making it an excellent choice for lighter sleepers.
8. Warranty (Score: 7.5/10)
The Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm Mattress comes with a standard 10-year limited warranty, which is typical for the industry. However, the warranty requires the mattress to sag at least 1.5 inches before it is triggered, providing a moderate level of protection. They also offer a trial period during which you can return the mattress if unsatisfied, but this must be within a 30 to 90-day window, and there may be a return fee of up to $175.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 7.9/10)
The sleep trial period is seen as reasonable, but the associated return fee detracts from its appeal. Stearns and Foster offers a 30 to 90-day trial, which gives users time to decide if the mattress meets their needs. However, a user mentioned, “The return fee is a bit of a turn-off, but the trial period is decent,” pointing out the cost of returning the mattress if it doesn’t work out. Another reviewer stated, “Not the best sleep trial, but 30-90 days is enough to decide,” indicating that while the trial period is adequate, the potential return costs could be a deterrent.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 8/10)
Customer reviews and ratings from trusted sources are varied, leading to an overall mixed perception. Many customers expressed satisfaction with their purchase, citing comfort and support as key benefits. One user said, “Mixed reviews overall, some love it, others not so much,” reflecting the divergent opinions. Another noted, “Customer service was helpful, but opinions on the mattress are varied,” indicating that while customer support is responsive, the mattress itself garners a range of reactions. This variability suggests that individual preferences and experiences play a significant role in overall satisfaction.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Stearns & Foster Mattress Materials
Top Layer – Tencel™ Cover
The mattress features a luxurious Tencel™ cover, known for its softness and moisture-wicking properties. Tencel™ is derived from sustainable wood sources and helps to maintain a cool and dry sleeping environment by reducing heat buildup.
Comfort Layer – TEMPUR-ES® Memory Foam
Directly beneath the Tencel™ cover is a layer of TEMPUR-ES® memory foam. This material is renowned for its conforming abilities, providing personalized comfort by contouring to the body’s shape. It offers pressure relief, especially for the shoulders and hips, making it a great choice for side sleepers.
Support Layer – IntelliCoil® Micro HD Layer
Below the memory foam, there is the IntelliCoil® Micro HD layer, consisting of hundreds of individually wrapped coils. These coils are designed to provide adaptive support and enhance the overall comfort of the mattress. They offer targeted support to different parts of the body, ensuring proper spinal alignment and reducing pressure points.
Transitional Layer – Gel Memory Foam
This layer provides a transition between the softer comfort layers and the firmer support layers below. Gel-infused memory foam helps to enhance cooling by dissipating heat and also adds an extra layer of conforming support.
Support Core – IntelliCoil® HD System
The core of the mattress features the IntelliCoil® HD system, a series of high-density coils encased in fabric pockets. These coils offer robust support, reduce motion transfer, and provide a stable base for the mattress. This system is crucial for maintaining the mattress’s shape and durability over time.
Edge Support – PrecisionEdge™ System
The edges of the mattress are reinforced with the PrecisionEdge™ system. This technology enhances edge support, preventing sagging and ensuring that the mattress remains supportive right to the edges. It also increases the usable sleeping surface area, making the mattress feel larger.
Base Layer – High-Density Foam
The bottom layer consists of high-density foam that serves as a durable foundation for the entire mattress structure. This layer adds longevity to the mattress and ensures that it maintains its shape and support over years of use.
Video Review ☆ Watch On YouTube
PROS & CONS
Here is a list of the pros and cons of the Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm mattress based on user reviews:
PROS
- Back Support: Users consistently praise the mattress for providing excellent spinal alignment and relief from back pain, making it a great choice for those with chronic back issues.
- Motion Isolation: The mattress excels in minimizing motion transfer, ensuring that movements from a sleeping partner do not disturb your rest, which is particularly beneficial for couples.
- Edge Support: The reinforced edges offer sturdy support, preventing sagging and making the mattress ideal for sitting or sleeping near the edge without feeling like you might roll off.
- Comfort: The memory foam surface contours to the body over time, offering a plush yet supportive feel that adapts to your sleeping posture, enhancing overall comfort.
- Luxury Feel: High-end materials and thoughtful construction provide a premium sleeping experience, making this mattress feel luxurious and well-crafted.
CONS
- Heat Retention: Despite the cooling cover, some users find the mattress retains heat, making it less suitable for hot sleepers who may feel uncomfortable during warmer nights.
- Stomach Sleepers: The contouring nature of the memory foam may cause an unwanted sinking feeling for stomach sleepers, leading to discomfort and improper spinal alignment.
- Return Fee: There is a potentially costly return fee if the mattress is returned during the trial period, which can deter customers who are not completely sure about their purchase.
- Environmental Concerns: The lack of information on eco-friendly materials and sustainable practices raises concerns for environmentally conscious buyers looking for a greener option.
- High Price Tag: The mattress falls into a higher price range, which may not fit all budgets, making it less accessible for those looking for a more affordable option.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
The Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm mattress combines traditional innerspring technology with modern Tempur-Pedic memory foam to provide a unique sleeping experience. It is designed to offer excellent back support and motion isolation, making it a standout choice for those with back pain and couples. The sturdy edge support and overall luxurious feel add to its appeal, although the mattress may retain heat and may not be ideal for stomach sleepers. The higher price point and potential return fee during the trial period are considerations for prospective buyers.
Customer Insights
Customer reviews reflect a mix of high praise and some critical feedback. Many users commend the mattress for its superior back support and spinal alignment, with side sleepers particularly appreciating the contouring comfort for hips and shoulders. Motion isolation receives high marks, with users noting minimal disturbance from partner movements. The edge support is frequently highlighted as a positive feature, providing stability and preventing sagging.Some users express concerns about the mattress retaining heat, which can be a drawback for hot sleepers. The firmness is generally well-received, although it may feel too firm initially for some, and the sinking sensation is not suitable for stomach sleepers. There are environmental concerns due to the lack of eco-friendly material information, and some users find the return fee during the trial period to be a significant drawback.
The Final Verdict: 8.4/10
The Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm mattress is a high-end option that delivers on its promise of comfort and support, particularly for side and back sleepers. Its luxurious feel, combined with excellent motion isolation and sturdy edge support, makes it a worthy investment for those seeking a premium sleeping experience. However, it may not be the best choice for stomach sleepers or those who sleep hot.
Additionally, environmentally conscious buyers might find the lack of transparency regarding materials a concern, and budget-conscious shoppers might be deterred by the higher price and return fee. Overall, if you prioritize support, motion isolation, and a luxurious feel, and can accommodate its price point, the Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm mattress is a solid choice.
Lisa Libutti's author bioLisa Libutti
Sleep Solutions Specialist
SLEEP EXAMINERMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin XL 39” W x 80” L $2,599 Queen 60” W x 80” L $2,699 King 76” W x 80” L $3,299 Cal King 72” W x 84” L $5,299 Split King 72” W x 84” L $5,198 Split Cal King 72” W x 84” L $5,198 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Stearns and Foster Warranty
The Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm mattress comes with a 10-year limited warranty, providing standard coverage within the industry. This warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship, ensuring that the mattress meets the company’s quality standards. For the warranty to be applicable, the mattress must exhibit sagging or body impressions greater than 1.5 inches. If significant sagging within this threshold occurs during the warranty period, the mattress may be eligible for repair or replacement.
This warranty reflects Stearns and Foster’s confidence in the durability and longevity of their product. However, some users feel the sagging threshold could be more accommodating, and additional coverage for various issues would enhance peace of mind. Despite these concerns, the warranty ensures that your investment is protected against major manufacturing defects for a decade.
Stearns and Foster also offers a 30 to 90-day sleep trial, allowing you to test the mattress at home. This trial period gives you sufficient time to determine if the mattress suits your sleep needs. However, it is important to note that returns within this period may incur a return fee of up to $175, which can be a drawback for some customers. Nonetheless, this trial period, combined with the warranty, underscores Stearns and Foster’s commitment to customer satisfaction and product quality.
Check out all 5 of our Top Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Recently Updated
We’ve recently re-reviewed all of our top mattress picks for back pain, incorporating additional feedback from testers and updated data from our thorough analysis. You can trust that if it’s on this list, it has undergone rigorous testing and research, and we stand by each recommendation to help you find the best option for a restful night’s sleep. See our full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product. Our commitment to providing diverse perspectives ensures that every recommendation on this list is well-informed and unbiased, helping you confidently choose the best option for a restful and pain-free night’s sleep.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Mattresses For Back Pain
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 8.2/10
-
Our Review Process: We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product.
Written and edited by:
Lisa Libutti, Sleep Wellness SpecialistTuft and Needle Mint Mattress Review and Recommendation
#1 Top-Rated Mattress for Sleeping CoolIs your dream bed cozy, cool, and simple to order? Maybe you’re searching for something that feels luxurious without blowing your budget. And if you’re planning to share, wouldn’t you prefer a mattress made from quiet, motion-absorbing foam?
If these features check all your boxes, the Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid mattress might be worth considering. Slightly pricier than their original model, this bed-in-a-box is designed for hot sleepers who crave a plush, pressure-relieving surface to sink into after a long day.
But what are the pros and cons? No mattress fits everyone’s needs, so doing your research is key. Before heading to their website to make a purchase, we’ve got all the details you need to decide if the Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid is the right choice for you.
Tuft and Needle Mint Hybrid Mattress Rating
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 8/10
8/10
-
2. Firmness & Pressure Relief - 8/10
8/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
4. Edge Support - 9/10
9/10
-
5. Cooling - 9/10
9/10
-
6. Eco-Friendly & Off-Gassing - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
7. Motion Transfer / Motion Isolation - 7/10
7/10
-
8. Warranty - 9.5/10
9.5/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 9/10
9/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 9/10
9/10
8.8/10Performance Score
Mattress Performance Score
Pros
- Balanced feel with adaptive foam for various sleeping positions
- Effective temperature regulation with cooling gel and graphite
- Excellent motion isolation, ideal for couples
- Enhanced edge support for stability
- Durable construction with individually wrapped coils
Cons
- Too firm for some side sleepers
- Noticeable initial off-gassing odor
- Higher price compared to standard models
- Heavy and difficult to move
- Minor heat retention in hot climates
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Adaptive foam, individually wrapped coilsTrial Period
100 night sleep trialShipping
Free within the continental U.S.Firmness
6.5-7/10Warranty
10 year limited warranty with only a 3/4 inch sag requirementAverage Price Range
$796 – $1,596PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did the Tuft and Needle Mint Hybrid Mattress perform?
Score: 8.8/10
1. How is back alignment and overall support? (Score: 8/10)
Users generally report good support from the Tuft & Needle mattress, particularly praising its effectiveness for back and stomach sleepers. Many have noted significant relief from back pain due to its balanced support system. The mattress’s adaptive foam design helps maintain proper spine alignment during sleep, ensuring a comfortable and supportive experience throughout the night. This focus on alignment is crucial for preventing aches and promoting a healthier sleeping posture.
2. How is the firmness and pressure relief? (Score: 8/10)
The Tuft & Needle mattress is rated medium-firm, around 6.5 to 7 out of 10 on the firmness scale. It provides adequate pressure relief, especially for back and side sleepers, who benefit from its ability to distribute weight evenly and reduce pressure points. However, some stomach sleepers find it too soft and may require more support for optimal comfort. This suggests that while the mattress performs well for most, those with specific firmness preferences might need to consider additional options.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 9.5/10)
The Tuft and Needle Mint Hybrid Mattress is ideal for back and stomach sleepers due to its medium-firm support and buoyant nature, which helps maintain spinal alignment. However, side sleepers may find the lack of pressure relief on the shoulders and hips uncomfortable. The mattress provides good edge support and cooling technology, though motion transfer can be felt.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 9/10)
Edge support receives mixed reviews from users. Some find it adequate, noting that they feel secure when sitting or sleeping near the edge of the bed. Others believe it could be improved, experiencing a slight dip or less stability when positioned at the edges. This aspect may be important for individuals who frequently utilize the edge of the bed, whether for sitting, sleeping, or getting in and out of bed.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 9/10)
The mattress is generally praised for its cooling properties, thanks to its graphite and gel-infused foams. These materials help dissipate heat, allowing the mattress to sleep cool and comfortable. Most users find that it effectively regulates temperature throughout the night, although a few in very warm climates might experience minor heat retention. Overall, the cooling features are well-regarded, making it a suitable option for those who tend to sleep hot.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 9.5/10)
The Tuft & Needle mattress is CertiPUR-US certified, ensuring it uses low emissions and eco-friendly materials. Users report minimal off-gassing, with most odors dissipating within a few hours to a couple of days. This makes it a good choice for those sensitive to smells or concerned about indoor air quality. The certification and positive feedback on off-gassing contribute to the mattress’s reputation as an environmentally conscious product.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 7/10)
Motion isolation is a strong point for the Tuft & Needle mattress. Users appreciate its ability to minimize movement transfer, which is particularly beneficial for couples or those with restless sleepers. This feature ensures that disturbances caused by a partner’s movements are significantly reduced, contributing to a more restful and uninterrupted sleep experience. The mattress’s design effectively absorbs and isolates motion, enhancing overall sleep quality.
8. Warranty (Score: 9.5/10)
The Tuft & Needle mattress comes with a 10-year limited warranty, which is standard in the mattress industry. This warranty provides a reasonable assurance of durability and support over time, covering defects in materials and workmanship. While it offers good protection, some users might prefer longer warranties available with other brands. Nevertheless, the 10-year coverage is generally sufficient for most consumers, reflecting the manufacturer’s confidence in the mattress’s longevity.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 9/10)
Tuft & Needle offers a generous 100-night sleep trial, which is highly appreciated by customers. This trial period allows users ample time to decide if the mattress meets their needs without risk. If unsatisfied, customers can return the mattress for a full refund. This customer-friendly policy helps reduce the anxiety of purchasing a mattress online, ensuring that users can thoroughly test the product in their own home before making a final decision.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 9/10)
The Tuft & Needle mattress has an average customer rating of 4.6 out of 5 across multiple review platforms, indicating high satisfaction. Trusted reviews also generally favor the mattress for its comfort, support, and value. Users consistently praise its balance of firmness and softness, its cooling properties, and its affordability. These positive ratings reflect a strong consensus that the mattress delivers on its promises, making it a popular choice among a wide range of sleepers.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid Materials
Top Layer: Adaptive Foam
The top layer of the Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid mattress features a proprietary adaptive foam designed to provide a comfortable and responsive sleeping surface. This layer is infused with graphite and cooling gel to help regulate temperature by drawing heat away from the body. Users frequently praise this foam for its ability to conform to their body shape while maintaining a supportive feel, contributing to a balanced mix of softness and support that enhances overall comfort.
Middle Layers: Transition and Support Foam
Beneath the top layer, the mattress includes additional layers of foam that serve as transitional and supportive elements. These layers are engineered to provide a gradual transition from the softer top layer to the firmer base, ensuring even weight distribution and enhanced pressure relief. The transition foam helps reduce the pressure points, especially for side sleepers, while the support foam offers a more solid foundation that prevents excessive sinkage and maintains spinal alignment.
Coil System: Individually Wrapped Coils
At the core of the Mint Hybrid mattress lies an individually wrapped coil system. This layer of coils adds a significant level of support and durability to the mattress, helping to prevent sagging and extending the mattress’s lifespan. The coils are designed to move independently, providing targeted support and reducing motion transfer. This feature is particularly beneficial for couples, as it minimizes disturbances caused by a partner’s movements, leading to more restful sleep.
Edge Support: Reinforced Perimeter
The edge support of the Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid is enhanced by reinforced foam around the perimeter of the mattress. This additional edge support helps maintain the mattress’s shape and provides a stable sitting or sleeping surface along the edges. Users who frequently sit or sleep near the edge of the bed appreciate this feature, as it prevents the feeling of rolling off and increases the usable surface area of the mattress.
Base Layer: High-Density Foam
The base layer of the Mint Hybrid mattress is constructed from high-density foam that acts as a durable foundation for the entire mattress. This layer supports the coil system and enhances the overall structural integrity of the mattress. The high-density foam base ensures that the mattress remains stable and supportive, providing a solid platform that contributes to the mattress’s long-term performance and comfort.
Cover: Breathable and Soft
The cover of the Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid mattress is made from a breathable and soft fabric designed to enhance the mattress’s cooling properties and provide a plush sleeping surface. The cover is also removable and washable, allowing for easy maintenance and cleanliness. Users often note the quality and feel of the cover, which adds to the overall luxurious experience of the mattress.
Certifications: CertiPUR-US Certified
All foam layers within the Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid mattress are CertiPUR-US certified, ensuring that they are made without harmful chemicals and have low emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). This certification reflects the mattress’s commitment to using eco-friendly materials and providing a healthier sleeping environment. Users who are environmentally conscious or sensitive to chemical odors appreciate this certification as a mark of safety and quality.
These materials and their thoughtful integration highlight the Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid’s commitment to providing a high-quality, comfortable, and supportive sleep experience. The combination of adaptive foam, individually wrapped coils, and reinforced edge support creates a well-rounded mattress that addresses various sleep needs and preferences.
Video Review ☆ Watch On YouTube
PROS & CONS
Here is a list of the pros and cons of the Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid mattress based on user reviews:
PROS
- Comfort and Support: Users appreciate the balanced feel of the Mint Hybrid, which offers a blend of softness and support catering well to various sleeping positions. The mattress is designed to provide a comfortable sleeping experience without sacrificing support. Many users have reported significant relief from back and joint pain, attributing this to the mattress’s supportive yet adaptive foam layers that conform to the body while maintaining proper alignment.
- Cooling Features: The mattress is frequently praised for its cooling properties, which are enhanced by the inclusion of graphite and gel-infused foams. These materials help to regulate temperature by dissipating heat away from the body, providing a cooler sleep surface. Additionally, the hybrid design, which incorporates both foam and coils, enhances airflow throughout the mattress, further contributing to a cooler and more breathable sleep environment.
- Motion Isolation: The Mint Hybrid mattress is well-regarded for its ability to minimize motion transfer, making it an excellent choice for couples or those who share their bed with restless partners. Users highlight that the hybrid construction, which combines foam layers with a supportive coil system, effectively absorbs and isolates movement. This ensures that disturbances caused by a partner’s movements are significantly reduced, allowing for a more stable and undisturbed sleep surface.
- Edge Support: Compared to all-foam models, the Mint Hybrid provides better edge support, a feature that is particularly beneficial for those who frequently sit or sleep near the edge of the bed. Users note that the reinforced edges of the mattress offer greater stability and prevent the sensation of rolling off. This enhanced edge support also makes getting in and out of bed easier and more comfortable.
- Durability: Reviewers often mention the durability of the Mint Hybrid mattress, noting that the hybrid construction contributes to its longevity and resistance to sagging over time. The combination of high-quality foam and sturdy coils ensures that the mattress maintains its supportive properties even after extended use. Many users feel confident in the mattress’s ability to provide long-lasting comfort and support, making it a worthwhile investment.
CONS
- Firmness Level: A few users find the mattress too firm, particularly side sleepers who may prefer a softer surface for better pressure relief on the hips and shoulders. While the Mint Hybrid is designed to provide balanced support, some individuals may find it lacks the plushness they desire. Additionally, there is often an adjustment period for those transitioning from softer mattresses, during which they might find the firmness level uncomfortable.
- Initial Odor: While generally minimal, some users report a noticeable odor upon unboxing the mattress, which can take a few days to dissipate. This off-gassing is a common issue with foam mattresses and, although it fades with time, it can be bothersome to those sensitive to smells. Users are advised to allow the mattress to air out in a well-ventilated room to speed up the dissipation process.
- Price Point: The Mint Hybrid is more expensive than the standard Tuft & Needle models, which might be a deterrent for budget-conscious buyers. Although the mattress offers several enhancements, such as improved cooling and edge support, some users feel that the higher price does not always justify the incremental benefits over less expensive models. This price point can make it less accessible to those looking for a more affordable option.
- Weight and Handling: Due to its hybrid construction, the mattress is heavier, making it more challenging to move or rotate. Some users find the setup process cumbersome, especially when handling the mattress alone. The added weight can make routine maintenance, such as rotating the mattress to ensure even wear, more difficult without assistance, potentially causing inconvenience for some users.
- Heat Retention: Despite its cooling features, a small number of users in very warm climates report experiencing minor heat retention. While the graphite and gel-infused foams are designed to regulate temperature, extremely hot sleepers might find these cooling properties less effective compared to some specialized cooling mattresses. This indicates that while the Mint Hybrid performs well in most conditions, it may not be the perfect solution for those who are particularly sensitive to heat during sleep.
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
The Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid mattress offers a well-balanced blend of comfort and support, making it a versatile choice for various sleepers. Its combination of adaptive foam and individually wrapped coils ensures effective pain relief, strong motion isolation, and enhanced durability. The mattress’s cooling features, including graphite and gel-infused foams, are well-received, though some users in very warm climates report minor heat retention. Edge support is improved compared to all-foam models, adding stability for those who sit or sleep near the edge.
Customer Insights
Customer reviews highlight the Mint Hybrid’s ability to provide significant back and joint pain relief, thanks to its supportive yet adaptive design. Most users appreciate the medium-firm feel, although some side sleepers find it a bit too firm. The mattress’s cooling properties are generally praised, but a few users notice slight off-gassing upon unboxing. Its durability and solid edge support are also frequently mentioned, along with its higher price point compared to other Tuft & Needle models. The mattress’s weight can make handling difficult, especially during setup or routine maintenance.
The Final Verdict 8.8/10
The Tuft & Needle Mint Hybrid mattress scores highly in areas of comfort, support, and durability, making it a strong contender in the hybrid mattress market. Its cooling features and motion isolation are particularly beneficial for couples and hot sleepers. While its higher price and firmness might not suit everyone, the overall quality and customer satisfaction make it a worthwhile investment for those seeking a balanced and supportive mattress.
Lisa Libutti's author bioLisa Libutti
Sleep Solutions Specialist
SLEEP EXAMINERMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Weight Price Twin 39" x 75" x 12" 72 lbs $1,395 Twin XL 39" x 80" x 12" 77 lbs $1,595 Full 54" x 75" x 12" 94 lbs $1,795 Queen 60" x 80" x 12" 112 lbs $1,995 California King 72" x 84" x 12" 138 lbs $2,595 Split King Two 38" x 80" pieces 139 lbs $2,595 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Tuft & Needle Warranty
Tuft and Needle offer a 10 year limited warranty covering their mattresses, but can only be taken advantage of if you are in the United States. This warranty can’t be transferred and only extends to the original purchaser and current owner of the mattress as long as it was purchased directly from Tuft and Needle or an authorized distribution channel. Tuft and Needle mattresses are intended for household use only, not commercial. Be sure to read all terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep all receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What the Tuft & Needle warranty covers
This warranty specifically covers material defects resulting from defective materials or workmanship in the mattress. Deterioration causing the mattress to have a visible indentation greater than three-fourths of an inch (0.75) is covered, as long as it isn’t associated with use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or adjustable bed base. Clear edge defects greater than 1 inch that put the mattress out of dimensional specifications are covered, as well as any physical flaws that cause the material to split or crack despite proper handling and normal use.
The Tuft & Needle warranty does not cover
Natural changes caused by normal use aren’t covered, and neither or changes caused by any abuse or improper handling of the mattress. Physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage, including mold are not covered.
In other words, don’t take your mattress for a ride down some stairs or a river and expect a free replacement. Uneven surfaces or imperfect shaped corners are not considered defects. Improper use of your mattress could void your warranty completely, so be sure to go over your warranty before contacting customer service so you know whether or not filing a claim is possible.
Check out all 5 of our Top Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Recently Updated
We’ve recently re-reviewed all of our top mattress picks for back pain, incorporating additional feedback from testers and updated data from our thorough analysis. You can trust that if it’s on this list, it has undergone rigorous testing and research, and we stand by each recommendation to help you find the best option for a restful night’s sleep. See our full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product. Our commitment to providing diverse perspectives ensures that every recommendation on this list is well-informed and unbiased, helping you confidently choose the best option for a restful and pain-free night’s sleep.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Mattresses For Back Pain
-
Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm Mattress Review
Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm mattress combines high-quality materials and advanced construction techniques to provide a supportive, comfortable, and durable sleeping experience. Full Review… →
-
Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress Review
The Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress is a premium hybrid mattress designed for those seeking a perfect balance of comfort and support. This mattress features caters to a wide range of sleepers. Full Review… →
-
Back Science Series 2 Mattress Review
The Back Science Series 2 mattress combines cutting-edge technology with exceptional comfort. Designed to provide optimal spinal support and alignment, this mattress significantly enhances sleep quality. Full Review… →
-
Tuft and Needle Mint Hybrid Mattress Review
Is your idea of a dream bed something soft, cool and preferably easy to order? We reviewed and rated the bestselling Tuft & Needle Mint hybrid mattress with cool comfort and pressure relief, designed for two sleepers that includes a washable mattress cover. Full Review… →
-
Avocado Green Standard Firm Organic Mattress Review
For those who prioritize comfort and value sustainability, the Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress stands out in the eco-friendly mattress market. This mattress offers a firm feel while promoting proper spinal alignment. Full Review… →
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 8/10
-
Our Review Process: We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product.
Written and edited by:
Lisa Libutti, Sleep Wellness SpecialistAvocado Green Standard Firm Organic Mattress Review and Recommendation
#1 Top-Rated Eco-Friendly Organic MattressFor those who prioritize comfort and value sustainability, the Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress stands out in the eco-friendly mattress market. Combining GOTS-certified organic cotton, natural latex, and wool, along with individually wrapped zoned coils, this mattress offers a well-balanced firm feel while promoting proper spinal alignment for back and stomach sleepers. However, if you are a side sleeper, you may want to consider an extra two-inch layer of added comfort and explore the Medium Pillow-top or Back-Top Plush options.
For those who prioritize both comfort and sustainability, the Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress is a standout in the eco-friendly mattress market. Crafted from GOTS-certified organic cotton, natural latex, and wool, along with zoned, individually wrapped coils, it delivers a balanced firm feel that promotes proper spinal alignment—ideal for back and stomach sleepers. Side sleepers, however, may prefer the added comfort of the two-inch pillow-top or explore the Medium or Back-Top Plush options for a softer, more cushioned experience.
Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress Rating
-
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 7.8/10
7.8/10
-
2. Firmness & Pressure Relief - 7/10
7/10
-
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility - 8/10
8/10
-
4. Edge Support - 8/10
8/10
-
5. Cooling - 9/10
9/10
-
6. Eco-Friendly & Off-gassing - 10/10
10/10
-
7. Motion Transfer / Motion Isolation - 7/10
7/10
-
8. Warranty - 9/10
9/10
-
9. Sleep Trial - 9/10
9/10
-
10. Customer & Trusted Ratings - 9/10
9/10
8.4/10Summary
Mattress Performance Score
Pros
- Eco-conscious consumers
- Back and stomach sleepers
- People with chemical sensitivities
- Back support mattress seekers
- Long-term investment seekers
Cons
- Side sleepers
- Budget-conscious shoppers
- Lightweight sleepers
- Soft mattress enthusiasts
- People seeking advanced cooling features
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Organic cotton, latex, woolTrial Period
1 yearShipping
Free (Shipping surcharge for Alaska and Hawaii)Firmness
Firm (7/10)Warranty
25 year limitedAverage Price Range
$1,190 – $2,465PERFOMANCE SCORE
How did the Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress perform?
Score: 8.4/10
1. How is back alignment and overall support? (Score: 7/10)
The Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress excels in providing back alignment and overall support, particularly benefiting those who sleep on their backs and stomachs. Its hybrid design, incorporating Dunlop latex and over 1,400 individually wrapped coils, ensures a firm, supportive surface that keeps your spine properly aligned throughout the night. The zoning of the coils adds to the mattress’s ability to offer tailored support, with firmer zones under the lumbar region and softer zones at the head and feet. This design helps in maintaining a balanced weight distribution and prevents the body from sinking too much into the mattress, which is crucial for preventing back pain and maintaining spinal health.
2. How is the firmness and pressure relief? (Score: 7/10)
The Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress is rated around 6.5 to 7 on the firmness scale, making it a firm mattress. To ensure an accurate assessment of firmness and pressure relief, we evaluated this mattress using the Mattress Checker APP tool, created by Dr. Rick Swartzburg, This firmness level provides excellent support for back and stomach sleepers but may fall short for side sleepers who often need more cushioning at pressure points such as shoulders and hips. For those who find the mattress too firm, Avocado offers an optional pillow-top, which adds an extra layer of latex, providing better pressure relief and a softer sleeping surface. This option can be particularly beneficial for lighter individuals who might otherwise experience discomfort on the firmer base model.
3. Sleeping Position Compatibility (Score: 8/10)
The Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress is best suited for back and stomach sleepers. Its firm support structure ensures that these sleepers receive adequate support without excessive sinking, which is crucial for maintaining proper spinal alignment in these positions. Side sleepers, especially those weighing under 130 lbs, might find the mattress too firm, leading to discomfort at pressure points. However, heavier side sleepers generally find the mattress supportive enough to prevent sagging and maintain comfort throughout the night. The addition of the pillow top can enhance the mattress’s compatibility for side sleepers by offering more cushioning.
4. How is the edge support? (Score: 8/10)
Edge support is a strong point for the Avocado Green Mattress, thanks to its reinforced coil design. The extra strong coils around the edges prevent sagging and provide a stable surface, whether you’re sitting or lying near the edge of the bed. This feature maximizes the usable sleep surface and is particularly beneficial for couples who need the full width of the mattress. It also ensures that you won’t feel like you might roll off when sleeping near the edge, adding to the overall security and comfort of the mattress.
5. How is the cooling? (Score: 9/10)
The Avocado Green Mattress excels in temperature regulation, making it an ideal choice for hot sleepers. The mattress features a breathable organic cotton cover and a layer of natural New Zealand wool, which helps to wick away moisture and regulate temperature. These materials, combined with the latex comfort layer, ensure that the mattress remains cool throughout the night. Latex is naturally more breathable than memory foam, which contributes to a cooler sleep environment. This cooling capability is crucial for maintaining comfort, particularly in warmer climates or for individuals who tend to overheat while sleeping.
6. Eco-friendly? How is the off-gassing? (Score: 10/10)
The Avocado Green Mattress stands out for its environmental friendliness, utilizing 100% organic and sustainably sourced materials. The mattress features GOLS-certified organic latex and GOTS-certified organic cotton and wool. These certifications ensure that the materials are free from harmful chemicals and produced under environmentally friendly practices. The mattress is also Greenguard Gold certified, indicating low VOC emissions and minimal off-gassing, which typically dissipates within a day. This makes it a safe choice for those concerned about indoor air quality and the environmental impact of their purchases.
7. Does it have good motion isolation? (Score: 7/10)
The Avocado Green Mattress performs decently in terms of motion isolation, thanks to its pocketed coil system and latex layers. Pocketed coils can compress individually, limiting the spread of motion across the bed, while the latex layers add a degree of absorption. However, it is not as effective as memory foam mattresses in isolating motion, so light sleepers who are easily disturbed by a partner’s movements might experience some disruptions. For couples who need minimal motion transfer, adding a mattress topper can help reduce the sensation of movement.
8. Warranty (Score: 9/10)
The Avocado Green Mattress comes with a robust 25-year warranty, one of the most extensive in the industry. It covers sagging and body impressions greater than 1 inch. If your mattress develops significant sagging within this threshold during the warranty period, it may be eligible for repair or replacement.
The Avocado warranty also covers significant indentations and manufacturing defects, reflecting the company’s confidence in the durability and longevity of their product. Such a comprehensive warranty provides peace of mind, ensuring that your investment is protected for many years. This long warranty period is a testament to the high-quality materials and construction used in the mattress.
9. Sleep Trial (Score: 9/10)
Avocado offers a generous 365-night sleep trial, allowing you to thoroughly test the mattress in the comfort of your own home. This extensive trial period gives you ample time to adjust to the mattress and determine if it meets your sleep needs. If you decide it’s not the right fit, returns within this period are free, including the pickup of the mattress. This hassle-free return policy enhances the overall buying experience, making it easier for customers to make a risk-free purchase decision.
10. Customer and Trusted Ratings (Score: 9/10)
The Avocado Green Mattress enjoys high customer satisfaction, with an average rating of 4.7 out of 5 from users. Trusted review sites also rate it highly, praising its use of natural materials, support, and cooling properties. Customers appreciate the eco-friendly aspect of the mattress, as well as its durability and comfort. The consistently positive feedback from both customers and experts highlights the mattress’s quality and the value it offers to consumers.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at the Avocado Green Mattress Materials
Organic Latex
The mattress uses 100% GOLS (Global Organic Latex Standard) certified organic latex, sourced from rubber trees. This latex is free of synthetic materials and harmful chemicals. It provides a firm, responsive support and helps with pressure relief.
Organic Wool
GOTS (Global Organic Textile Standard) certified organic wool is used in the mattress. This wool is sourced from ethical and sustainable farms. Wool is naturally fire-resistant, so the mattress does not require chemical flame retardants. Wool also helps with temperature regulation and moisture-wicking.
Organic Cotton
The cover of the mattress is made from GOTS certified organic cotton. Cotton is soft, breathable, and provides a comfortable sleep surface. It’s also hypoallergenic and free from pesticides and other harmful chemicals.
Support Coils
The mattress includes an array of individually wrapped recycled steel coils. These coils provide targeted support and motion isolation. The coils are arranged in a zoned configuration to offer enhanced lumbar support and to reduce pressure points.
Natural Dunlop Latex
Another layer of Dunlop latex is used for additional support and durability. This natural latex layer adds to the firmness and overall longevity of the mattress.
Adhesives
The mattress uses GOTS-certified organic wool as an adhesive layer instead of chemical adhesives, ensuring the layers stay in place without compromising the mattress’s eco-friendly nature. These materials combine to create a mattress that is not only comfortable and supportive but also environmentally responsible and sustainable.
Video Review ☆ Watch On YouTube
PROS & CONS
Here is a list of the pros and cons of the Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress based on user reviews:
PROS
- Environmental Friendliness: Made from organic and sustainably sourced materials, including GOLS-certified latex and GOTS-certified cotton and wool. Greenguard Gold certified for low VOC emissions, ensuring minimal off-gassing and a healthier indoor environment.
- Strong Support and Durability: Hybrid design with over 1,400 pocketed coils and Dunlop latex provides excellent support, especially for back and stomach sleepers. Firm support helps maintain spinal alignment and evenly distributes weight, reducing back pain.
- Cooling Properties: The breathable organic cotton cover and natural wool layer aid in temperature regulation, making it suitable for hot sleepers. Latex is naturally more breathable than memory foam, contributing to a cooler sleep experience.
- Edge Support: Reinforced coils along the mattress edges prevent sagging and maximize the usable sleep surface. Strong edge support is beneficial for couples and those who sit on the edge of the bed frequently.
- Generous Sleep Trial and Warranty: 365-night sleep trial allows ample time to test the mattress at home. 25-year warranty covers significant indentations and defects, providing peace of mind and protecting the investment.
- High Customer Satisfaction: Users rate the mattress highly for its comfort, support, and eco-friendly materials. Consistent positive feedback from customers and trusted review sites.
CONS
- Firmness: The mattress is rated around 6.5 to 7 on the firmness scale, which may be too firm for side sleepers, particularly those under 130 lbs. Side sleepers might need the optional pillow-top for additional pressure relief and comfort.
- Motion Transfer: Although the mattress performs decently in isolating motion due to its pocketed coil system and latex layers, it is not as effective as memory foam mattresses. Light sleepers who are easily disturbed by a partner’s movements might experience some disruptions.
- High Price Point: The mattress is more expensive compared to other options in the market, which might be a consideration for budget-conscious buyers. The additional cost for the pillow-top option further increases the price..
- Initial Off-gassing: Some users report a natural latex and wool scent upon unboxing, which can be strong initially but typically dissipates quickly.
- Heavy Weight: The mattress is heavy, especially in larger sizes, making it difficult to move or set up without assistance. Optional white-glove delivery service is available but comes at an additional cost..
FINAL SLEEP RATING ANALYSIS
Our Analysis
The Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress stands out as a premium, eco-friendly choice designed to deliver exceptional comfort and support. Crafted from natural and organic materials, this mattress seamlessly blends sustainability with durability, making it perfect for environmentally conscious consumers. Its firm support caters especially well to back and stomach sleepers, providing a balanced feel that promotes proper spinal alignment.
Customer Insights
Customers frequently commend the Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress for its blend of firmness and comfort, as well as its commitment to using eco-friendly materials. Many users appreciate the mattress’s ability to offer supportive and pressure-relieving sleep, contributing to improved overall sleep quality.The Final Verdict: 8.4/10
Overall, the Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress is an excellent choice for environmentally conscious consumers who prioritize firm support and cooling properties. However, side sleepers and those needing more pressure relief should consider the optional pillow-top. Whether you’re upgrading your current mattress or dedicated to making more environmentally responsible choices, the Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress offers an excellent balance of quality, sustainability, and comfort at a fair price.
Additionally, we’d like to point out that the Avocado Green mattress comes with 3 options, Standard Firm, Medium Pillow-Top, and Box-Top Plush. For this review, we tested the Avocado Green Standard Firm version of the Avocado organic mattress.
Lisa Libutti's author bioLisa Libutti
Sleep Solutions Specialist
SLEEP EXAMINERMATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
SIZE DIMENSIONS PRICE Twin 75" x 38" $1,399 Twin XL 80" x 38" $1,499 Full 75" x 54" $1,699 Queen 80" x 60" $2,099 King 80" x 76" $2,899 California King 80" x 72" $2,899 PRODUCT WARRANTY & VALUE
Avocado Sleep Warranty
The Avocado Green Mattress comes with a robust 25-year warranty, one of the most extensive in the industry. It covers sagging and body impressions greater than 1 inch. If your mattress develops significant sagging within this threshold during the warranty period, it may be eligible for repair or replacement.
The Avocado warranty also covers significant indentations and manufacturing defects, reflecting the company’s confidence in the durability and longevity of their product. Such a comprehensive warranty provides peace of mind, ensuring that your investment is protected for many years. This long warranty period is a testament to the high-quality materials and construction used in the mattress.
Avocado offers a generous 365-night sleep trial, allowing you to thoroughly test the mattress in the comfort of your own home. This extensive trial period gives you ample time to adjust to the mattress and determine if it meets your sleep needs. If you decide it’s not the right fit, returns within this period are free, including the pickup of the mattress. This hassle-free return policy enhances the overall buying experience, making it easier for customers to make a risk-free purchase decision.
Check out all 5 of our Top Mattresses for Back Pain
For an in-depth look at our top picks, complete with detailed reviews, comparisons, and an easy-to-read analysis chart, visit our best mattresses for back pain review, where we feature our comprehensive 10-point mattress performance rating system.
Recently Updated
We’ve recently re-reviewed all of our top mattress picks for back pain, incorporating additional feedback from testers and updated data from our thorough analysis. You can trust that if it’s on this list, it has undergone rigorous testing and research, and we stand by each recommendation to help you find the best option for a restful night’s sleep. See our full disclosure here.
Our Review Process
We take pride in our passion for relaxation, sleep, and wellness. We’ve recently revisited and updated our best mattress picks for back pain, drawing on our meticulous research and analysis of each product. Our commitment to providing diverse perspectives ensures that every recommendation on this list is well-informed and unbiased, helping you confidently choose the best option for a restful and pain-free night’s sleep.
Table of contentsFEATURED REVIEWS:
Top-Rated Mattresses For Back Pain
-
Back Science Series 2 Mattress Review
The Back Science Series 2 mattress combines cutting-edge technology with exceptional comfort. Designed to provide optimal spinal support and alignment, this mattress significantly enhances sleep quality. Full Review… →
-
Avocado Green Standard Firm Organic Mattress Review
For those who prioritize comfort and value sustainability, the Avocado Green Standard Firm Mattress stands out in the eco-friendly mattress market. This mattress offers a firm feel while promoting proper spinal alignment. Full Review… →
-
Tuft and Needle Mint Hybrid Mattress Review
Is your idea of a dream bed something soft, cool and preferably easy to order? We reviewed and rated the bestselling Tuft & Needle Mint hybrid mattress with cool comfort and pressure relief, designed for two sleepers that includes a washable mattress cover. Full Review… →
-
Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress Review
The Helix Midnight Luxe Mattress is a premium hybrid mattress designed for those seeking a perfect balance of comfort and support. This mattress features caters to a wide range of sleepers. Full Review… →
-
Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm Mattress Review
Stearns and Foster Lux Hybrid Firm mattress combines high-quality materials and advanced construction techniques to provide a supportive, comfortable, and durable sleeping experience. Full Review… →
Avocado Sale: Organic Mattresses are even Cooler on Sale!
The Avocado Green mattress delivers unparalleled comfort and luxury, ergonomic back support and pressure-point relief, and a naturally cooler night’s sleep. It’s the highest-rated mattress on Consumer Reports® across every category and price point since 2018, and the first innerspring mattress in the United States to achieve OEKO-TEX® STANDARD 100.
Avocado Green Standard Firm Organic Mattress Review
Avocado Green Standard Firm Organic Mattress stands out in the eco-friendly mattress market, especially for those who prioritize comfort and value sustainability.
Product Brand: Avocado Sleep
Editor's Rating:
4Pros
- Multiple Firmness Options
- Generous Sleep Trial
- Solid Safety Certifications
- Great for Back Sleepers in Pain
Cons
- Not Necessarily Budget Friendly
- Too Heavy to Set Up Alone
- May Be Firmer Than Expected
- Long-Term Reviews Suggest Durability Issues
All mattresses are on sale! Save up to 20%
Save up to 50% on select bedding
Save 10% on furniture, pillows, yoga, and more!
Free shipping on most items -
1. Back Alignment & Overall Support - 7.8/10
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4.6Summary
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
In the market for a durable memory foam bed with that just right feeling? Tempflow presents a large variety of models to suit your needs and offers top tier customer service to ensure satisfaction. What’s more, Tempflow can brag about having more safety certifications than the average mattress company.
Tempflow’s Elite Contour comes in four different firmnesses: soft, medium-hybrid, medium and firm. If you’re searching for that perfect medium, this review will focus on the medium firmness option of Tempflow Elite Contour. Read on to take a dive into the details and decide if the the Elite Contour medium is the best mattress made for you.
Product Details
Material
Memory FoamTrial Period
120 nightsShipping Method
Free, Return fees applyFirmness
Medium, CustomizableWarranty
40 year limitedPrice Range
$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights
Tempflow EliteContour features four different firmness choices with an optional airflow transfer system, making it easy to see why the company slogan is: “the mattress that breathes.” The medium EliteContour incorporates a durable construction with unique patented Biogreen memory foam that contours and promotes pressure relief in all the right places for a deeper, more refreshing sleep.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best mattress for
- Those that want a less expensive alternative to Tempur-Pedic, without compromising on the quality.
- Those that want a far longer warranty than other Memory Foam Mattresses.
- Back sleepers (especially for the medium and firm versions)
- Side sleepers (especially for the soft and medium versions)
- Heavier weight sleepers (especially for the medium and firm versions)
- Those that want the true NASA created memory foam contouring.
- Those concerned with material safety
Not recommended for
- Those on a strict budget
- Those who prefer a more traditional mattress
A Closer Look at Tempflow Elite Contour Materials
Tempflow’s Elite Contour mattress is 12 inches thick and made with what they refer to as Biogreen proprietary viscoelastic memory foam, boasting multiple environmentally friendly safety certifications including: eko-Tex®*, Certipur-US®* and GreenGuard. Tempflow’s Biogreen memory foam is lab tested to ensure a truly non-toxic experience, as well as strength and durability in extreme conditions. This means that not only is the off-gassing hardly noticeable compared to other memory foam brands, the Tempflow Elite Contour can withstand the test of time.
Firmness
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is just that, medium! While most of Tempflow’s mattresses are described as “soft, but firm,” the Tempflow Elite Contour’s medium model sits in that middle sweet spot. If rated on a scale from 1 to 10, 1 being the softest, the Tempflow Elite Contour would likely fall at a 6.5. The Elite Contour is one of the more supportive models, but keep in mind that firmness tends to be subjective, and depends on weight and body type.
Let’s take a look at the layers:
- Kool-Flow Cover: a breathable blend of polyester and bamboo, this knit fabric cover is featured on each Tempflow mattress and micro-vents for better airflow.
- Comfort Layer: 2 inches of Tempflow’s HD-Plush foam that you can really sink into!
- Transition Layer: 2 inches of Tempflow’s HD memory foam, the same foam designed by NASA to cradle and contour important pressure points.
- Support Layer: 8 inches of Tempflow’s dense channeled base foam to support the structure and promote durability.
- Optional Airflow Transfer System: a patented technology that channels airflow through the mattress both vertically and horizontally, promoting ventilation and efficient cooling.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" x 74" $2,024.00 Twin Long 38" x 80" $2,024.00 Full 53” x 75” $2,289.00 Queen 60" x 80" $2,399.00 Eastern King 76" x 80" $2,924.00 California King 72" x 84" $2,924.00 Split Eastern King Two 38" x 80" pieces $4,049.00 Split California King Two 36" x 84" pieces $4,049.00 Pros and Cons
Who is the Tempflow Elite Contour Medium mattress best for?
The Tempflow Elite Contour Medium option has the most use of the firmer Biogreen pure HD (high density) memory foam material in the surface layer, providing optimal support and reducing pressure in the shoulders and hips. Because of this, the Tempflow Elite Contour medium should be a nice fit for heavier weight sleepers as well as those who struggle with back pain.
Tempflow took a potential downside and turned it into an upside with their commitment to eco-friendly materials and having the lowest possible V.O.C. (volatile organic compound) off-gassing. While there still may be a newer foam smell that seems to permeate all new foam mattresses, Tempflow has had extensive testing and even passed the most stringent testing criteria when they received their Greenguard Gold Certification on their mattresses and pillows by using their proprietary low V.O.C. Biogreen memory foam that doesn’t use any dangerous fire resistant chemicals like PBDE, TDI, Boric Acid and Bromine, as well as being free of formaldehyde, making this a great option for those who are allergic or sensitive to certain mattress materials.
How is it for couples?
When couples are looking into purchasing a memory foam mattress, it’s usually for the benefits of motion isolation provided by the material. Tempflow’s Elite Contour is a great option for couples in search of fewer disturbances at night from their partner, kids or pets. The layers of Elite Contour successfully isolate movement so couples can sleep more soundly.
While the foam provides excellent traction and contouring, it may prove difficult to quickly move positions during intimacy. Couples who prefer a more responsive bounce in their bed during the “horizontal mambo” may want to take this into consideration.
What’s The Catch?
While Tempflow mattress company has been in business for over 20 years now, the sales of Tempflow mattresses are limited to online at the Tempflow site, in their flagship Tempflow showroom in Agoura Hills, CA, as well as a handful of dealers dealers, there are not many publicly available reviews. The EliteContour represents a new line of models that have been revamped and renamed, so it is difficult to find as anywhere near the feedback of their main competitor, Tempur-Pedic. Also, many reviews fail to mention the edge support of the EliteContour, but in videos like the one from the review company SleepSherpa, it was vocalized that their edge support is superior, lending credence to Tempflow’s extra long warranty for being more dense overall.
If you are comparing the Tempflow to Tempur-Pedic, the price may seem a bargain, but it is worth noting that their are much less dense memory foam mattresses that are far more price friendly, though there will be a difference in the support and longevity. Tempflow has gone to great lengths to give the same feel and support, if not better, than Tempur-Pedic, so if you are looking for a cheaper alternative and don’t mind taking a chance on the less widely known “name brand,” then here is where saving your dollars can also pay-off in the long run.
Another advantage comes if you sleep hot and choose to opt for Tempflow’s Airflow System or get their Glacier mattress models that come stock with the Airflow Transfer system, since their testing has show that it is up to a 100 times more breathable than without this extra airflow system that uses small holes in the surface to communicate with open air flow channels below to give a full ventilation through the mattress that will transmit to the user, provided that you use breathable bedding as well.
Lastly, the EliteContour is too heavy of a density to get compressed into a smaller box, making it too heavy for one person to set-up, so you will need to either have an extra set of hands or you may want to opt for their extra set-up delivery service if you want to save your back the extra work and potential pain.
The Best Tempflow Elite Contour (Medium) Reviews
The EliteContour medium is comparable to their previous model known as Eros. Knowing this, satisfied customers often mention Tempflow’s excellent customer service first before swearing that their Tempflow mattress eased their chronic pain and allergy issues. Long term owners of Tempflow mattresses note how well it seems to hold up over time, and how little the mattress smelled initially. The cooling system Tempflow can optionally incorporate is said to be one of the few that genuinely work, and is vouched for by pleased owners who say they don’t sleep as hot as they used to.
The Worst Tempflow Elite Contour (Medium) Reviews
Due to the limited reviews, it is difficult to find negative feedback on Tempflow mattresses. In fact, in most places on the internet they’re rated at four stars and above and they have been around for long enough to dispel the belief that they are hiding anything. So, it is a good bet that you’ll be happy from the start, but worth noting that Tempflow also offers a no cost exchange policy with free modifications. With their top-rated customer service being a common theme with their customers, we have a hard time seeing how anyone wouldn’t come out as happy sleepers after purchasing their Tempflow EliteContour mattress.
Tempflow Warranty
Tempflow offers a 40-year limited warranty, second best only to the Lifetime warranty offered by other companies. In the first ten years of mattress ownership, Tempflow will take responsibility for any defective parts, labor and materials and perform repairs at no cost. However, shipping and handling fees during the return process will be the customers responsibility.
From the 11th year of ownership on, defect repairs are available at a pro-rated amount, plus shipping and handling fees. The pro-rated amount is calculated by dividing number of years owned by 40, then multiplied by the original mattress cost. In order to return your Tempflow mattress, you must obtain a Return Material Authorization before sending it back to their manufacturing plant. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep any receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What the Tempflow Mattress Warranty Covers
Tempflow mattresses are warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 40 years from the original purchase date. Sags greater than 3/4 of an inch are covered, so remember to use a proper foundation and regularly rotate the mattress to ensure longevity. Tempflow mattresses naturally soften a bit through the break-in period, which is not considered a defect.
What The Tempflow Mattress Warranty Doesn’t Cover
Physical abuse or neglectful damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage isn’t covered by Tempflow’s warranty. While they don’t have specific instructions on using a proper foundation or base, Tempflow’s warranty also doesn’t cover damage by use of an improper foundation, such as a slated foundation that allows the mattress to bend and sink between the slats. With proper care, Tempflow mattresses are designed to last as long as possible.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial Period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICETempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Summary Analysis
The only red flag found in search of Tempflow Elite Contour medium feedback is that these beds aren’t more well known! Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products. Tempflow’s standards and quality of materials are both high, making it easy to see why they’re so well rated.
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Performance Score
Comfort: 4.8/5
Back Support: 4.5/5
Edge Support: 4.3/5
Affordability: 4.3/5
Cooling: 4/5
Trial & Warranty: 5/5
Customer Service: 5/5The Verdict: 4.6/5
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities or allergies, their prices are more approachable than many other companies, and the patented airflow technology is vouched for by happy customers. All in all, your biggest regret may be not ordering a Tempflow EliteContour Medium sooner!
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Cloud has the potential to be a crowd pleaser among memory foam fans who can afford the investment. With Tempur-Pedic’s classic pressure relieving foam at a medium firmness, it’s a great choice for older couples and guests. Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Helix Twilight Elite Mattress Review
-
Comfort/Pressure Relief
-
Back Support
-
Firmness/Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Support
4.2Performance Score
Experience unmatched luxury with the Helix Twilight Elite mattress, offering a firm feel tailored for side sleepers with ultimate support and cutting-edge cooling technology.
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Copper Gel-Infused Memory Foam, pocketed coils, polyfoam baseTrial Period
100 NightsShipping
Free, Shipping rates apply for Alaska, Hawaii, and CanadaFirmness
8.5Warranty
15 year warrantyPrice Range
$1,999-$3,599VIDEO SLEEP REVIEW & RECOMMENDATION
Sleep Product ☆ Video Review
Helix Twilight Elite Mattress Review
Experience luxurious comfort with the Helix Twilight Elite Mattress. It features five foam layers for a firm, cradling feel, perfect for side sleepers. Dual microcoil layers provide cushioning and pressure relief, while the advanced support system includes individually wrapped steel coils and zoned lumbar support. Stay cool with GlacioTex™ Elite Technology for temperature-regulated sleep. The Twilight Elite is GREENGUARD Gold certified, made in Arizona, and a masterpiece in the Helix Elite Collection.
The Twilight Elite features the Helix GlacioTex Elite cooling cover, ensuring optimal temperature regulation for cooler and deeper sleep. It offers cushioned pressure relief for hips and shoulders with multiple layers of soft memory foam and durable micro coils. Beneath these, over a thousand individually wrapped durable steel coils promote spinal alignment and relieve back pain. The advanced support system includes zoned lumbar support.
Best Mattress For
- Someone seeking a very High end luxury mattress
- People who sleep hot and want to feel cool
- Extra back support
- Reinforcement in your chest, stomach, and hips
- Lumbar support
- Side sleepers
- Back sleepers
- Stomach sleepers
Not Recommended For
- Extensive comfort systems could limit surface mobility
- Even slight movements can generate motion transfer that ripples
- It might not be firm enough for some
- Higher price-point than the average hybrid
- This mattress requires a specific bed type. Bed Frame cannot be used by itself
- A much heavier mattress than the average
- Heavier Sleepers over 230 lbs
OUR ANALYSIS
Helix Twilight Elite Mattress Sleep Rating: 4.2/5
Experience the epitome of luxury with the Helix Twilight Elite Mattress, featuring five unique foam layers that provide a firm yet cradling feel, ideal for side sleepers. Dual microcoil layers offer exceptional cushioning and pressure relief, while the advanced support system includes individually wrapped steel coils and zoned lumbar support for unwavering comfort.
Stay cool throughout the night with GlacioTex™ Elite Technology, ensuring temperature-regulated sleep. Meticulously crafted for ultimate comfort, the Twilight Elite is a testament to innovative luxury. GREENGUARD Gold certified and manufactured in Arizona, it stands as a true masterpiece within the Helix Elite Collection.
The Final Verdict
Experience unmatched luxury with the Helix Twilight Elite mattress from the Elite Collection, offering a firm feel tailored for side sleepers with ultimate support and cutting-edge cooling technology. This mattress features memory foam instead of polyfoam in the topmost layers. The use of memory foam ensures closer contouring for a very deep sleep. Dual microcoil layers provide cushioning and pressure relief. The mattress cover is specifically engineered to dissipate body heat making this one of the coolest mattresses on the market.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at Helix Twilight Elite Materials
Experience Elite Luxury
The Helix Elite Collection is their most premium mattress line, combining high-end luxury with personalized comfort. They’ve elevated luxury with the Helix Elite Collection, offering 5 distinct foam layers that provide a firm feel while cradling your hips and shoulders in side sleeping positions.
Microcoil Comfort Layers
Experience the comfort of two individually wrapped microcoil layers, meticulously designed to provide exceptional cushioning, alleviate back pressure, and deliver a truly rejuvenating sleep experience.
A Superior Support System
Each Elite mattress utilizes the support of hundreds of individually wrapped steel coils, incorporates zoned lumbar support, and includes full perimeter reinforcement for a consistently sturdy and supportive feel every night.
Advanced GlacioTex™ Elite Cooling Technology
Treat yourself with their most advanced cooling feature. This fabric optimizes your sleep temperature from the minute you lie down providing you with all-night cooling comfort.
MATTRESS SIZES & PRICES
(price may not include discount or sale items)
SIZE DIMENSIONS PRICE Twin 38" x 75" x 16" $1,999 Twin XL 38" x 80" x 16" $2,199 Full 54" x 75" x 16" $2,649 Queen 60" x 80" 16" $2,999 King 76" x 80" x 16" $3,599 California King 72" x 84" x 16" $3,599 PROS & CONS
Who sleeps best on the Helix Elite Mattress
Recommended for those seeking a high-end luxury mattress, the Helix Twilight Elite is ideal for people who sleep hot and prefer a cool feel. It offers extra back support, with specific reinforcement for the chest, stomach, and hips, as well as lumbar support. The mattress caters to heavy sleepers and accommodates side, back, and stomach sleepers.
However, the Helix Twilight Elite may not be suitable for everyone. Its extensive comfort systems could limit surface mobility, and even slight movements might generate noticeable motion transfer. Some may find it not firm enough, and it comes with a higher price point than the average hybrid mattress. Additionally, it requires a specific bed type and cannot be used on a bed frame by itself, as it is much heavier than the average mattress.
Who will love it?
Ideal for those seeking a high-end luxury mattress, the Helix Twilight Elite caters to hot sleepers wanting a cool feel, offering extra back support with reinforcement for the chest, stomach, and hips, as well as lumbar support. It suits heavy sleepers and accommodates side, back, and stomach sleepers.
Who should avoid it?
The Helix Twilight Elite’s extensive comfort systems might limit surface mobility and lead to noticeable motion transfer from even slight movements. Some may find it not firm enough, and it comes with a higher price point than the average hybrid mattress. This mattress requires a specific bed type and cannot be used on a bed frame by itself, as it is much heavier than the average mattress. Those over 230 pounds may sink too deeply into softer mattresses, increasing pressure.
How is the mattress cooling?
Elite models get a cooling boost due to airflow through the microcoil layers and the cover. As our testers found, extra air circulation near the surface makes a noticeable difference in how cool the bed feels.
How is it for back pain?
Softer, more adaptive mattresses relieve pressure points, but body type matters. The Twilight Elite impressed testers up to 230 pounds, contouring to the spine and reducing pressure in shoulders and hips. Those over 230 pounds may sink too deeply into softer mattresses, increasing pressure.
How is the edge support?
The Twilight Elite is a very supportive mattress. We felt little to no sinkage when sitting or lying along the edges.
How is it for couples?
These models may be problematic if you or a sleep partner frequently change sleep positions or toss and turn during the night, as even slight movements can generate motion transfer that ripples to the other side of the bed.
PRODUCT WARRANTY
Helix Sleep Warranty
Helix’s Limited Warranty and Responsibilities (Manufacturer Text)
Helix warrants the Standard Mattress in its original packaging sold to you against the defects in material and workmanship set forth below (“Defects”) for a period of 10 years from the time your Standard Mattress is purchased by you, when the Standard Mattress is used normally for its intended purposes.
Helix warrants the Plus Mattress, Luxe Mattress, and Elite Mattress in its original packaging sold to you against the defects in material and workmanship set forth below (“Defects”) for a period of 15 years from the time your Plus Mattress, Luxe Mattress, or Elite Mattress, is purchased by you, when the Plus Mattress, Luxe Mattress, or Elite Mattress is used normally for its intended purposes.
Removing the Mattress Cover from your Mattress will automatically void any warranty claim.What This Limited Warranty Covers
This limited warranty applies to the following Defects in your Mattress: Deterioration causing the Mattress to have a visible indentation greater than one and one-half (1.5) inches that is not associated with an indentation or sag which results from use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or adjustable bed base. Normal wear requires that a Mattress be continuously supported by a matching foundation or adjustable bed base with a proper bed frame sufficient to support the collective weight of the Mattress and foundation. Any foundation, box spring, frame, or other base on which the Mattress is placed that has slats greater than 5 inches apart will be considered improper for your Mattress and will void the warranty.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Comfort/Pressure Relief
-
Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid Mattress
-
Comfort/Pressure Relief
-
Back Support
-
Firmness/Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4.4Summary
The Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid Mattress represents the epitome of luxury mattresses from Nectar, combining the comfort of foam with the support of coils for a balanced sleep experience. This mattress delivers pressure relief, a subtle bounce, and supports proper spinal alignment, showcasing Nectar’s enduring dedication to producing high-quality, cost-effective mattresses.
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Copper Infused Cover, Innerspring coils, Plush Memory FoamTrial Period
365 NightsShipping
FreeFirmness
6.5Warranty
Lifetime warrantyPrice Range
$$$OUR RECOMMENDATION
Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid Mattress Review
Experience the height of luxury with the Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid, combining plush foam comfort with coil support for the ultimate sleep experience. This 14-inch mattress is designed for hot sleepers and those with joint pain, featuring extra comfort layers and cooling properties for a restful night’s sleep.
Enjoy pressure relief, gentle bounce, and proper spinal alignment. Backed by a decade of excellence, Nectar offers high-quality, affordable mattresses with direct shipping, generous trials, and warranties. Elevate your sleep with the Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid, the ultimate choice for luxurious comfort and quality.
Best Mattress For
- People who sleep hot and want to feel cool
- Those who need back pain relief
- Side sleepers
- Back sleepers
- Light Stomach sleepers
Not Recommended For
- Stomach sleepers weighing over 130 pounds, a firmer mattress is typically more suitable. However, stomach sleepers under 130 pounds might find adequate support, but others in this category are likely to prefer a firmer bed.
- If you’re on a tight budget, the Nectar hybrid mattress may not be the most affordable option from this brand. For those still interested in a Nectar hybrid model, we suggest considering the Nectar Classic Hybrid, which offers a hybrid design at a lower price point.
OUR ANALYSIS
Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid Mattress Sleep Rating: 4.4/5
The Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid mattress stands as Nectar’s pinnacle of luxury mattresses, combining the plush comfort of foam with the added support of coils. A hybrid version of the esteemed all-foam Nectar Premier Copper, this mattress offers a harmonious blend of comfort and durability for a truly luxurious sleep experience.
Standing tall at 14 inches, the Premier Copper Hybrid mattress is designed to address the needs of hot sleepers and those with joint pain. Its opulence is evident in its extra comfort layers and cooling properties, ensuring a restful night’s sleep.
Expect a mattress that provides both pressure relief and a gentle bounce. The foam layers offer excellent contouring while maintaining the necessary support for proper spinal alignment, ensuring a comfortable and supportive rest.
With a decade of experience, Nectar has established itself as a reputable provider of high-quality mattresses and bedding accessories. Offering direct-to-customer shipping, generous sleep trials, and warranties, Nectar has made it easier than ever to find the perfect mattress. Available online and in select physical stores, Nectar’s commitment to quality and affordability shines through in every product.
While Nectar is known for its affordable yet high-quality mattresses, the Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid mattress is a standout in their lineup. Ideal for hot sleepers, this cooling hybrid mattress is a top choice for those seeking luxurious comfort.
The Final Verdict
The Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid mattress represents the epitome of luxury mattresses from Nectar, combining the comfort of foam with the support of coils for a balanced sleep experience. With a height of 14 inches, it caters to hot sleepers and individuals with joint pain, offering additional comfort layers and cooling features. This mattress delivers pressure relief, a subtle bounce, and supports proper spinal alignment, showcasing Nectar’s enduring dedication to producing high-quality, cost-effective mattresses. Standing out in Nectar’s range, the Premier Copper Hybrid is especially attractive to hot sleepers in search of lavish comfort
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid Materials
Layer #1: Copper-Infused Quilted Cover
The mattress cover of the Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid is infused with copper, providing temperature regulation to ensure a cooler sleep. This cover also features an antimicrobial finish for added cleanliness.Layer #2: Plush Memory Foam Comfort Layer
Beneath the cover lies a two-inch layer of plush memory foam designed to contour to the body, offering excellent pressure relief by reducing pressure points and accommodating various body types.Layer #3: Supportive Memory Foam Layer
Deeper within the mattress is a two-inch layer of firmer, supportive memory foam. This layer provides additional lift and bounce, ideal for combination and back sleepers seeking enhanced support.Layer #4: Transition Foam Layer
Located just above the coil layer, this one-inch transition foam layer adds extra responsiveness to the mattress. Unlike the softer layers above, this foam enhances the bed’s bounce while ensuring your body remains lifted off the innersprings.Layer #5: Innerspring Coil Support Layer
The core of the Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid consists of eight inches of pocketed coils. This layer promotes breathability and responsiveness, making it suitable for sleepers who move frequently during the night.Layer #6: Sturdy Foam Base Layer
At the base of the mattress is a layer of high-density foam, providing foundational support for the innerspring coils and the entire bed. While not directly slept on, this layer enhances the durability and longevity of the mattress.Mattress Sizes & Prices
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" x 75" x 14" $1,099 Twin XL 38" x 80" x 14" $1,299 Full 54" x 75" x 14" $1,299 Queen 60" x 80" x 14" $1,399 King 76" x 80" x 14" $1,799 California King 72" x 84" x 14" $1,799 Split King 76" x 80" x 14" $2,598 PROS & CONS
Who sleeps best on a Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid Mattress
The Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid mattress is ideal for individuals who sleep hot and desire a cooler experience, those in need of back pain relief, side sleepers, back sleepers, and light stomach sleepers. However, it may not be the best fit for stomach sleepers weighing over 130 pounds, as they typically prefer firmer mattresses. Stomach sleepers under 130 pounds might find sufficient support.
Additionally, those on a tight budget might find the Nectar mattress less affordable. For a more budget-friendly hybrid option, consider the Nectar Classic Hybrid.
Who will love it?
- People who sleep hot and want to feel cool will benefit from the cooling features of this mattress, ensuring a more comfortable sleep temperature.
- Those who need back pain relief will find the mattress supportive enough to alleviate discomfort and promote better spinal alignment.
- Side sleepers will appreciate the mattress’s ability to contour to their body, providing pressure relief and a comfortable sleep surface.
- Back sleepers will find the mattress offers the right balance of support and comfort, maintaining proper spinal alignment throughout the night.
- Light stomach sleepers will find the mattress supportive enough to prevent their midsection from sinking too deeply into the mattress, ensuring a comfortable sleep position.
Who should avoid it?
- Stomach sleepers who weigh more than 130 pounds typically favor firmer mattresses for improved support, whereas those weighing less than 130 pounds may find enough support but might also lean toward a firmer mattress.
- If you’re budget-conscious, the Nectar mattress may not be the most cost-effective option within this brand’s range. However, if you’re considering a Nectar hybrid model, the Nectar Classic Hybrid offers a hybrid design at a lower price point.
How is the mattress cooling?
An exceptional feature of this mattress is its dual-action cooling cover infused with copper fibers, aiding in temperature regulation. The cover stays cool to the touch, enhancing the overall comfort of sleep, particularly for those prone to sleeping hot.
How is it for back pain?
We discovered that this mattress effectively maintains your body’s alignment, promoting proper sleep posture. Consequently, individuals with back pain should experience greater relief when sleeping on their back or side.
How is the edge support?
This mattress boasts outstanding edge support, with coils in the support layer extending from one edge to the other. This design allows sleepers to utilize the entire mattress surface. We believe you’ll feel well-supported along the edges, a crucial feature for couples and individuals who prefer to spread out while sleeping.
How is it for couples?
What qualities define the best mattresses for intimacy? Typically, they are cooling, quiet, and responsive. Interestingly, the Nectar Premier Copper Hybrid embodies all of these characteristics. Therefore, while this bed might not be explicitly designed for shared sleep, it still excels in that regard.
PRODUCT WARRANTY
Nectar Sleep Warranty
WHAT THE WARRENTY COVERS (Manufacturer text):
POLICY: FOREVER WARRANTY™ MATTRESS WARRANTY POLICY
EFFECTIVE DATE: JULY 15, 2021
APPLICABLE PRODUCT(S): NECTAR MATTRESS; NECTAR PREMIER MATTRESS; NECTAR PREMIER COPPER MATTRESS; NECTAR HYBRID MATTRESS; NECTAR PREMIER HYBRID MATTRESS; AND, NECTAR PREMIER COPPER HYBRID MATTRESS
WARRANTY COVERAGE – LIMITED WARRANTY TERMS:
Your new Nectar Sleep mattress is covered by a Limited Nectar Sleep Forever Warranty™ (the “Warranty”) for the full period of the original owner’s (“you”, “your”) ownership and use.WHO IS COVERED:
This warranty is valid only for the original purchaser from the original purchase date of the Mattress and is non-transferable. The “original purchaser,” for the purposes of this Warranty, is the first purchaser of the Mattress from Nectar Sleep or a Nectar Sleep-authorized retailer. Please retain a copy of your receipt as proof of purchase and owner. If the original purchaser sells or otherwise relinquishes ownership of the mattress to another, this Warranty terminates and the subsequent owner accepts the product “as is” and “with all faults.”WHAT IS WARRANTED:
This Warranty extends to mattresses sold by Nectar Sleep and purchased directly from Nectar Sleep or Nectar Sleep’s authorized retailers (the “Mattresses”). Nectar Sleep warrants the Mattress in its original packaging sold to you against the defects in material and workmanship set forth below (“Defects”) for the full period of ownership by you and use by you commencing from the time your Mattress is purchased by you. Replaced or repaired Mattresses are subject to the same Warranty as the original Mattress. For example, if you obtain a replaced or repaired Mattress the warranty term of the replaced or repaired Mattress begins from the date of purchase of the original Mattress. Mattresses must be physically located in the contiguous United States, Alaska, and Hawaii to be eligible for return and/or warranty claims.THE FOLLOWING DEFECTS ARE COVERED
- Deterioration causing the Mattress to have a visible indentation greater than one and one half inches (1.5”) that is not associated with an indentation or sag which results from use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or bed base. Normal wear requires that a Mattress be continuously supported by a matching foundation or adjustable bed base with a proper bed frame sufficient to support the collective weight of the Mattress and any user(s).
- Any physical flaw in the Mattress that causes the foam material to evidence degradation, split or crack, despite normal usage and proper handling.
- Any manufacturing defect in the assembly of the Mattress cover.
THIS MATTRESS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER
- Any Mattress that has had the cover removed for any reason (removing the Mattress cover will void this warranty);
- Any damage to the Mattress due to environmental causes;
- Any Mattress which has been subject to misuse, neglect, accident or used in violation of instructions, including, without limitation, instructions to place the Mattress on a proper bed frame;
- A normal increase in softness of the foam pressure-relieving material which does not affect the pressure-relieving qualities of the Mattress;
- Comfort preference;
- Defects caused by physical abuse or damage to the structure and/or cover material of the Mattress, including, without limitation, burns, cuts, tears, liquid damage, or stains;
- Mattresses sold “as-is”, “preconditioned”, “reconditioned”, “used”, “returned”, “previously owned”, or any other similar wording indicating that the Mattress is not “new” or of “first quality”, or has previously been purchased or used by another consumer, unless otherwise required by applicable law; and,
- Any shipment of replacement Nectar Sleep mattresses outside of the contiguous United States, Alaska, and Hawaii.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
Avocado Green Standard Firm Organic Mattress Review
Avocado Green Standard Firm Organic Mattress stands out in the eco-friendly mattress market, especially for those who prioritize comfort and value sustainability.
Editor's Rating:
4Pros
- Multiple Firmness Options
- Generous Sleep Trial
- Solid Safety Certifications
- Great for Back Sleepers in Pain
Cons
- Not Necessarily Budget Friendly
- Too Heavy to Set Up Alone
- May Be Firmer Than Expected
- Long-Term Reviews Suggest Durability Issues
-
Comfort/Pressure Relief
-
Avocado Green Pillow-Top Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4.1Summary
Seeking restful sleep and eco-conscious comfort, many sleepers are turning to the Avocado Green Mattress. This organic cotton and latex mattress offers a supportive and comfortable sleep experience, while also catering to environmentally conscious consumers.
PRODUCT DETAILS
Material
Latex HybridTrial Period
365 NightsShipping
Free, fees to Alaska & HawaiiFirmness
7 or medium-firmWarranty
25 year limitedPrice Range
$$$OUR RECOMMENDATION
Avocado Green Medium Firmness Pillow-Top Mattress Review
The Avocado Green Medium Firmness Pillow-Top mattress holds a prominent position among organic mattresses, renowned for its eco-friendly construction and luxurious comfort. Its construction, including pocketed coils and a bouncy latex layer, caters to combination sleepers who often change positions throughout the night.
Whether you prioritize comfort, “going green”, or both, the Avocado Green Mattress offers a solution for a good night’s sleep and a clear conscience. This review delves into the experience of sleeping on this popular choice, exploring its strengths and potential drawbacks, so you can make an informed decision.
Best Mattress For
- Side, back and combo sleepers
- Anyone seeking ergonomic support
- Hot sleepers
Not Recommended For
- Stomach Sleepers: Some stomach sleepers may seek a less plush, more firm mattress.
- Restless Partners: Motion transfer could be noticeable on larger sizes for couples with one light sleeper.
- Price: More expensive than many conventional mattresses due to organic materials.
- Motion transfer: May be noticeable on larger sizes, potentially affecting sleep partners.
- Not ideal for all side sleepers: May be too firm for lightweight side sleepers who require deeper contouring.
- Firmer feel: Might not be suitable for everyone who prefers a plush mattress.
OUR ANALYSIS
Avocado Green Mattress Sleep Rating: 4.1/5
Hop into bed with this eco-warrior of a mattress, where sustainable dreams are made! It’s like sleeping on a cloud that’s got its green certification badge proudly pinned on – thanks to its GOTS-certified organic goodies.
This mattress doesn’t just talk the eco-talk; it walks the walk with zoned pocketed coils that hug your body in all the right places, Dunlop latex for that cloud-nine feeling, and a pillow-top to kiss those pressure points goodbye. And oh, it breathes like a yogi in deep meditation, all thanks to its airy organic cotton and latex ensemble, making sure you stay cool as a cucumber through the night.
But hey, perfection’s hard to come by – it’s a bit pricier due to its eco-luxe materials, might make you notice your partner’s midnight dance moves more, and it’s on the firm side, so not all side sleepers or plush lovers might sign its fan club. Just a heads-up, it might not fit every taste or wallet out there, but it’s definitely trying to make Mother Earth proud!
The Final Verdict
The Avocado Green Medium Firmness Pillow Top Mattress is a well-made, eco-friendly option with good overall support and pressure relief. It’s ideal for back, and combination sleepers, as well as average weight side sleepers who don’t require extreme contouring.
A CLOSER LOOK
A Closer Look at Avocado Green Mattress Materials
The Avocado Green Mattress delivers instant comfort and zero off-gassing, offering supportive balance for all sleep positions. I found it particularly accommodating for side sleepers, like myself, thanks to its just-right firmness. Upgraded pressure relief for a comfortable night’s sleep.
- Plush Comfort: 2-inch GOTS-certified organic Dunlop latex Pillow-Top for added comfort
- Supportive Core: 5 inches of GOTS-certified organic Dunlop latex for lasting support
- Total Height: 13 inches for a balanced sleep experience
Organic Cotton Mattress Cover with Breathable Comfort & Moisture Wicking
The Avocado Green Mattress boasts a soft, breathable organic cotton cover, hand-tufted with GOTS-certified wool. This moisture-wicking design keeps you cool and comfortable throughout the night, promoting restful sleep.
Pillow-Top: Bounce, Cooling, and Plushness
The Avocado Green Mattress features a GOLS-certified organic latex pillow top known for its supportive bounce, cooling properties, and plush comfort. This layer regulates sleep temperature and adds a touch of luxury.
Mattress Firmness: 7 or Medium-Firm
The Avocado Green Mattress incorporates a Dunlop latex comfort layer for added cushioning and bounce, further promoting a comfortable and supportive sleep experience.
Zoned Pocketed Coils: Targeted Support for Deep Sleep
The pocketed coil system for individualized support. This unique design targets your hips, shoulders, and lower back for a deeper, more restful sleep.
Mattress Sizes & Prices
(price may not include discount or sale items)
SIZE DIMENSIONS PRICE Twin 75" x 38" $1,399 Twin XL 80" x 38" $1,499 Full 75" x 54" $1,699 Queen 80" x 60" $2,099 King 80" x 76" $2,899 California King 80" x 72" $2,899 PROS & CONS
Who sleeps best on an Avocado Green Medium Pillow-Top Mattress
- You require extra back support: No matter your weight.
- You sleep hot: Say goodbye to night sweats! This breathable design helps you stay cool throughout the night.
- You prioritize eco-friendly and ethical practices: The mattress uses organic, sustainable materials and responsible sourcing practices.
- You deal with allergies or health concerns: The breathable, natural materials can be beneficial for those who suffer from allergies or sensitivities.
- You experience back pain: The supportive comfort may help alleviate back discomfort.
- You prefer a medium-firm mattress: The latex hybrid construction offers a balance of support and bounce.
Who Might Want to Look Elsewhere?
While the Avocado Green Mattress boasts numerous benefits, it might not be the ideal choice for: budget-conscious shoppers; lightweight side sleepers; ethically conscious, 100% vegan mattress seekers.
How cool is it?
Our GOTS-certified organic wool (CU 863637) boasts a unique combination of benefits. It wicks away moisture, keeping you cool and fresh throughout the night.
How is the edge support?
The Avocado Green Mattress boasts exceptional edge support, ensuring users feel fully supported while sitting or lying near the edges. This eliminates any concerns about rolling off during sleep. This feature aligns with the brand’s claim of supportive coils extending to the entire perimeter of the mattress, guaranteeing a comfortable sleep experience across the entire surface.
How is it for couples?
While the Avocado Green Mattress motion isolation wasn’t ideal in my testing, particularly on the twin size, it may not be a dealbreaker for everyone. This is especially true for solo sleepers who are less likely to be disturbed by partner movement. However, couples on larger mattresses might want to consider a mattress with better motion isolation if one partner is a restless sleeper.
What the Avocado Green warranty covers
“Any VISIBLE indentation equal or greater than one and a half (1.5) inches (three-fourths of an inch (3/4″) for Crib mattresses) that are NOT associated with or resulting from a faulty, improper, or unsupportive foundation, box spring, or platform that is not designed or constructed so that it is capable of handling the combined weight of the foundation and its intended users.
For the Avocado Luxury Plush Pillow-top and Ultra Plush Box-Top Mattress, the VISIBLE indentation must be equal to or greater than two (2) inches. The indentation must be visible to the naked eye when no weight is applied to the top of the Mattress. If the purchaser uses an inappropriate foundation, box spring, or base as determined by Avocado Mattress, the Mattress Warranty, without limitation, will be void. Avocado Mattress may require the purchaser to provide proof of the quality of the foundation, box spring, or base used.
Any physical flaw in the natural latex foam that causes it to split or crack under conditions of normal use and proper handling. Any manufacturing defect in the Mattress cover, such as the fabric tearing or stitching unraveling. Any cosmetic damages to the Mattress, NOT caused by normal wear and tear or that affect the performance of the Mattress. Size variations greater than 2 inches in any dimension after 30 days of regular usage.”
The Avocado Green warranty does not cover
Normal wear and tear, misuse or abuse, lack of cleanliness, or exposure to unsanitary conditions. Naturally occurring changes in softness or comfort preferences. Mold, odors, discoloration due to improper ventilation or placement. Damage from spills, humid conditions, or improper bed support. Minor imperfections or cosmetic flaws. Normal body impressions less than 1.5 inches (2 inches for specific models). Personal allergies or sensitivities, and natural material scents. Damage from abusive handling, neglect, incorrect cleaning, or improper storage. Exclusions also apply to conditions from using an unsuitable bed frame, any unsanitary condition, burns, physical abuse, incorrect cleaning methods. Improper storage, and purchases from unauthorized resellers.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Airpedic 800 & 850 Air Bed
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4Summary
The Air-Pedic 800 mattress and Air-Pedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Air-Pedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number alternative.
Air-Pedic 800 & 850 Adjustable Air Bed Review
If you care about your quality of sleep, finding the right mattress is a difficult process. It’s even more difficult when you want something offered by several companies. Which brand should you go with? If you’re in the market for a luxury mattress that adjusts to your individual needs as a couple, but aren’t sure where to purchase it, consider Air-Pedic mattresses from SelectaBed.
Air-Pedic mattresses are made to order in the US, allowing for a personalized experience custom to your needs by a company that’s been in business for nearly two decades. Marketed as a direct competitor of Sleep Number, they feature technology that allows firmness customization on both sides of the bed, a great function for couples who can’t agree on a single firmness mattress.
In this mattress review, we’ll dive into the features of the Air-Pedic 800 & 850 Series mattresses to give you an informed idea of what makes these beds unique so you can determine if either model is worth your investment.
Product Details
Material
Memory Foam, Adjustable AirTrial Period
120 nightsShipping Method
Delivery, setup, and return fees may applyFirmness
Medium, AdjustableWarranty
30 year limitedPrice Range
$$$Our Recommendation
Air-Pedic 800 Air Bed Sleep Rating: 3.8/5
The Air-Pedic 800 is a great choice for couples and seniors alike in search of a Sleep Number alternative. Multi-zoned air chambers that allow separate lumbar support control is a luxurious feature that is sure to impress friends and family. Not only is their customer service fabulous, the optional AirFlow cooling system really works!
Air-Pedic 850 Air Bed Sleep Rating 3.9/5
The Air-Pedic 850 model is very similar to the 800, but has a slight difference in construction. Thanks to a thicker layer of plush cooling hyper gel, the 850 offers a bouncier feel than the 800, an appealing characteristic for those who like a more traditional feel to a luxury mattress. Throw in the optional AirFlow cooling system, and the 850 is a particularly pleasant choice for those who sleep hot.
Best Mattress For
- Those who sleep hot
- Sufferers of chronic pain
- Those looking for a Sleep Number alternative
- Couples and seniors
- Heavier weight sleepers
Not Recommended For
- Those on a budget
- Bed hogs
- Cuddly sleepers
A Closer Look at Air-Pedic Bed Materials
To protect them from unnecessary damage, all Air-Pedic mattresses are delivered fully assembled. SelectaBed prides itself on producing hypoallergenic, non-toxic, environmentally friendly products with certifications many competitors lack. Not only are Air-Pedic mattresses Certi-PUR US certified, they also boast a certification from Greenguard as well as the Green Bear Mark of Excellence. This means there’s hardly any off-gassing with Air-Pedic beds, so the “new bed smell” produced by VOC’s won’t be as noticeable as it often is with other brands.
All Air-Pedic mattresses come with two handheld remotes, an optional smartphone remote app, a quiet and fast working air pump, and dual sided adjustable firmness using 6 chamber, multi-zoned technology for adjustable comfort and separate lumbar support control. SelectaBed guarantees indiscernible center support in their flexible construction that allows for an even feel across the whole mattress, meaning you shouldn’t feel any humps in the center of either mattress. While the Air-Pedic 800 & 850 are both 13.5″ thick, they differ slightly in their construction. Let’s take a look:
Construction of the Air-Pedic 800 Smart Bed
- Kool-Flow® Cover: a stretch knit covering micro-vented viscous blend of bamboo for comfort and breathability
- Cooling Layer: 1 inch of Hypergel Plush-Top for an initial cooling sensation
- Support Layer: 1.5 inch gel-infused support layer
- Comfort Layer: 1.5 inch HD Flex-Comfort™ layer
- 2 Inch Resili-Flex™ Support Layer: dense flex-comfort or Resili-flex foam for pressure relief in all the right places.
- Optional Airflow Transfer System: a patented technology that channels airflow through mattresses both vertically and horizontally, promoting ventilation and efficient cooling.
- Air Chambers: 6 inches of medical grade, ultra-flexible urethane chambers resistant to air leaks, bacteria and mold.
Construction of the Air-Pedic 850 Smart Bed
- Kool-Flow® Cover: a stretch knit covering micro-vented viscous blend of bamboo for comfort and breathability.
- 4 Inch Hypergel Plush-Top Cooling Layer: this thick gel infused layer offers more buoyant support, as well as lower temperature comfort that lasts all night.
- 2 Inch Resili-Flex™ Support Layer: dense flex-comfort or Resili-flex foam for pressure relief in all the right places.
- Optional Airflow Transfer System: a patented technology that channels airflow through mattresses both vertically and horizontally, promoting ventilation and efficient cooling.
- Air Chambers: 6 inches of medical grade, ultra-flexible urethane chambers resistant to air leaks, bacteria and mold.
Firmness: Finding Your Setting
What makes Air-Pedic Air Beds special are their ability to change the overall mattress comfort settings in three different zones:
- Shoulders
- Hips
- Legs
This sets Air-Pedic apart from other air bed designs that only use a 2-zone system with single air chambers on both sides. Air-Pedic mattresses feature 89 settings that can be adjusted using the handheld remote that comes with purchase or through the Wi-Fi connected remote app. As is with other air bed brands, the higher the number, the more the air chambers fill, increasing firmness within the section.
By allowing separate lumbar support control, Air-Pedic has virtually eliminated the hammock phenomenon that can often occur on an air bed that only features one air chamber. Since the hip section is often where many people carry the most weight, raising the comfort number in the lumbar section on an Air-Pedic helps retain alignment of the spine by preventing the lower back and hips from sinking in too much. For example, the perfect comfort settings on an Air-Pedic might look like: 35, 70, 35. Air-Pedic offers several models that feature different levels of default comfort from firm to plush that can be further adjusted with the air chamber technology.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price may not include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Air-Pedic 800 Price Air-Pedic 850 Price Twin Long 38" x 80" $3,149.00 $4,698.00 Queen 60" x 80" $3,599.00 $5,298.00 Eastern King 76" x 80" $4,299.00 $5,998.00 California King 72" x 84" $4,299.00 $5,998.00 Split-Top King 76" x 80" $4,999.00 $6,898.00 Split King Two 38" x 80" pieces $4,999.00 $6,898.00 Pros and Cons
Who are Air-Pedic 800 & 850 mattresses best for?
If you like the idea of a Sleep Number bed but want to make sure there isn’t a better choice, consider Air-Pedic. Anyone looking for a trustworthy company should note SelectaBed’s long-standing good reputation and use of non-toxic materials. Couples and seniors will love the isolated multi-zone control of Air-Pedic’s 6 air chambers, allowing separate lumbar support control on each side.
Air-Pedic mattresses are compatible with adjustable bases, making them a great choice for those in recovery from injuries or sufferers of chronic pain. Heavier weight sleepers who need more support for their middle section should benefit from either models ability to adjust the middle chamber separately. Lastly, if you opt for the AirFlow technology system, Air-Pedic beds are a solid choice for those who sleep hot, especially the 850, which features a thick cooling plush top layer.
How is the motion isolation?
The 850 is described as more buoyant than the 800, but all adjustable air beds have a reputation for having a “water bed” effect that is mildly disturbing if you or your partner adjust sleeping positions often. This effect is more prevalent in models with less materials around the air chambers. The thick foam featured in the top layers of both mattresses should dampen this effect considerably.
How is it for sex?
Since Air-Pedic beds are made with an extra encasement for the foam, the edge support is far better than the average memory foam mattress. Air-Pedic’s careful seamless construction means it’s less likely you’ll experience trenching in the middle, something often said to occur with other air beds. Based on these two facts, we think both the Air-Pedic 800 and the 850 would be a decent bed for intimacy, though it may or may not require adjusting the comfort settings to neutral temporarily for a more even feel. If you’re a couple that likes to sleep together in the middle, the purpose of the Air-Pedic is more or less defeated.
How does the AirFlow cooling system work?
If the gel-infused foam in Air-Pedic mattresses doesn’t completely impress those who sleep hot, the AirFlow technology system offered by SelectaBed is said to be one of the few that actually works. Using a series of holes and grooves, Air-Pedic’s optional AirFlow system creates a pathway for air to dispel, pulling heat away from the body.
Unlike many competitor mattresses, Air-Pedic mattresses genuinely have the ability to stay cooler than other mattresses that feature memory foam—as long as you opt for the AirFlow technology for an extra fee. Since the 850 features such a thick cooling layer, you may or may not need it.
What’s The Catch?
Air-Pedic mattresses are heavy, and therefore difficult to move, because they come fully assembled. The biggest downside to Air-Pedic mattresses is mainly their prices. While SelectaBed does offer special discount prices during certain times of the year, the average Air-Pedic can still cost anywhere from 2-4k and up. If you choose one of their compatible flex base foundations, you’re looking at an even higher total.
If your bank account is ready, then the biggest catch is waiting for your bed to arrive. Due to Covid, white glove delivery may or may not be an option, so you could need some help with set up. The EMF’s (electromagnetic frequencies) from the Wi-Fi related technology may elicit an unpleasant feeling for those with a heart condition, so keep this in mind for you or whoever you’re sharing the mattress with.
The Best Air-Pedic Mattress Reviews
Owners of Air-Pedic mattresses usually speak highly of SelectaBed’s excellent customer service first and foremost, emphasizing the patience and knowledge of the staff. Often times those who ended up purchasing an Air-Pedic mattress were originally shopping for something like a Sleep Number, discovering SelectaBed’s website after a Google search for air beds. Some of the best reviews say not only do Air-Pedic mattresses perform as advertised, the ordering process is made easy by the top notch customer service. Those who ended up with an 800 or 850 state they’ve never slept better.
The Worst Air-Pedic Mattress Reviews
Poor reviews of Air-Pedic mattresses are difficult to find. Since updating their models, the biggest complaint they seem to have is simply how long it takes for delivery. If you’re unsatisfied with an aspect of the mattress, SelectaBed will work with you on upgrades or replacements with little to no hassle, especially if you’re within the 120 night trial period. Return and shipping fees will apply. The 800 or 850 model may or may not be the mattress for you, but consulting a sales representative should determine if these models would be a good fit for you based on your needs.
Air-Pedic Warranty
SelectaBed Warranty offers a 30 year limited warranty for their Air-Pedic mattresses, with the first 2 years from date of purchase covered, and the rest prorated at an increasing percentage as the years go on. Air-Pedic will cover the cost of shipping up to two years after the purchase date for orders within the United States, but the customer is responsible for shipping costs beyond that period.
Their warranty is valid through Air-Pedic only and applies to the original purchaser from the original purchase date, and cannot be transferred. The warranted product or component must be returned in sanitary condition to Air-Pedic, and they reserve the right to substitute products of equal or better quality in the repair or replacement. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep any receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What The Warranty Covers
The mattress, foundation (if purchased from SelectaBed) and/or pump processor and hand control are warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 30 years from the original purchase date. This assures that the foam won’t crumble, bow out, or become deformed, and the box foundation parts will stay intact. Mattress and/or foam sagging of 3/4 of an inch or greater are also assured by Air-Pedic’s warranty. The customer is responsible for installation of parts replaced under warranty.
What The Warranty Doesn’t Cover
The Air-Pedic warranty does not apply to tears, punctures, or cuts caused by accidents, abuse, improper installation of the components, or any negligence by the owner. Damages caused by the shipper, dealer or installation crew aren’t covered. Tampering of components or opening the Air-Pedic processor or hand control isn’t covered, and Air-Pedic disclaims all liability for damages caused by misuse of any kind. Since the owner is responsible for the use and maintenance, it’s important to take excellent care of your mattress to get the most out of it. It is strongly recommended to go over the warranty before contacting customer service, so you know whether or not you’d be wasting your time by making a claim.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Back Support, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial Period, Warranty and Customer Service.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICEAir-Pedic Adjustable Air Bed Summary Analysis
Launched in 2014, Air-Pedic mattresses are produced by SelectaBed, a subsidiary of Relief-Mart, Inc. Select-A-Bed has been in business for nearly 20 years, and manufacture just about any kind of mattress you can think of, from latex foam, to memory foam, to hybrid mattresses. SelectaBed will even work with you to customize your mattress to ensure you get exactly what you need!
All of their products are made to order in the USA, assembled from top to bottom in Agoura Hills, California, and are backed by Dr. Rick Swartzburg, D.C., author of the #1 Back Pain Site and Memory Foam Mattress.org. Air-Pedic goes the extra mile with the GreenGuard Gold certification, making their mattresses some of the safest on the market.
Complaints about SelectaBed are hard to find. According to the Better Business Bureau, Select-a-Bed has officially closed just 2 complaints in the last 3 years. With their stringent safety certifications, personable customer service, and one of the longest trial period and warranties around, it’s clear they care about their customers as well as their products.
Air-Pedic Adjustable Air Bed Performance Score
Comfort: 4.3/5
Back Support: 4/5
Edge Support: 4/5
Affordability: 2.7/5
Cooling: 4.3/5
Trial & Warranty: 4/5
Customer Service: 4.5/5The Verdict: 4/5
The Air-Pedic 800 mattress and Air-Pedic 850 mattress are both thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Air-Pedic Air Beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number mattress alternative. The biggest downside is their price! Multi-zoned air chambers that allow separate lumbar support control is a luxurious feature that is sure to improve your quality of sleep. Not only is their customer service on point, the optional AirFlow cooling system is vouched for regularly by hot sleepers seeking relief. The cost of one of these luxury models is sure to be worth experiencing a perfect nights sleep customized to your needs.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 Bed
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.8Summary
If you’re willing to make the investment, the Sleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed might be the best mattress for body pain, snoring, recovery and the great debate between couples of which bed to buy. It’s a bed that’s sure to impress your friends at the very least, with modern capabilities unlike any other mattress.
Airpedic 800 & 850 Air Bed
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4Summary
The Air-Pedic 800 mattress and Air-Pedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Air-Pedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number alternative.
Which Adjustable Air Bed Is Best For You?
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Mattresses
The day has come and you’ve finally decided to invest in a luxury smart bed, complete with an app to control the comfort level. It’s 2022, after all, and fighting over the firmness of a mattress is a thing of the past. Why compromise on a bed neither of you really like if you can afford a bed that knows what you want individually?
By now, most people have heard of a company called Sleep Number, which became popular for releasing mattresses with dual-air adjustability at the push of a button. But did you know they’re not the only adjustable beds out there? Air-Pedic is a strong competitor, released by Select-a-Bed, with similar technology. Both companies offer a mattress that can separately adjust the comfort level on each side for a unique experience couples can enjoy together.
So which mattress brand should you go with? Do the mattress differences even matter? In this comprehensive comparison we’ll take a dive into the details of two similar models from each company: the 360 i8 by Sleep Number and the Air-Pedic 800, available through Select-A-Bed.
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Beds
Comparing Mattress Similarities & Differences
Buying a luxury bed is a big decision, one you’ll live with every night. The best thing you can do for yourself before making a large purchase is research. While it’s tempting to go with the first brand that comes to mind, like Sleep Number, it’s important to consider other options in case it’s truly better to invest in one over the other.
Air-Pedic openly advertises itself as the direct competitor of the Sleep Number brand. While not as well known, Air-Pedic clearly understands the need for choice and variety, providing a product that gives Sleep Number a run for their money.
At first glance, the two mattresses seem to be variations of the same thing. Read on to look closer at the key differences and similarities between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800. See our Sleep Number 360 i8 mattress review.
Similarities
- Adjustable Air: Both mattresses have air chambers that fill or deflate on each side to produce an individual comfort level, perfect for couples who can’t agree on a single firmness.
- Technology: Both mattresses can be used with a remote, or adjusted through a smartphone application for your convenience.
- Luxury Price Tag: Both beds are considered luxury items, and should you choose to also purchase an adjustable base (which both are compatible with) you’re looking at a price tag of $3k and up with a small difference between the two brands.
Differences
- Assembly: Sleep Number beds require assembly upon delivery, whereas Air-Pedic mattresses are all delivered fully assembled. On top of that, Air-Pedic delivers their mattresses with pre-filled air chambers.
- Air Chambers: The Sleep Number i8 has two separate-but-connected adjustable air chambers, whereas the Air-Pedic 800 features 6 chambers, 3 on each side, for zoned comfort with an imperceptible seam between the sides.
- Edge Support: Sleep Numbers are notorious for having little to no edge support, and the i8 is no exception. The Air-Pedic 800, however, has fairly impressive support along the edges thanks to a more thoughtful construction.
Comparing The Difference in Mattress Materials
The closer you look the more obvious it becomes that although these two might seem the same at first, they’re quite different despite the similarity in function. For instance, the i8 by Sleep Number is 12” high, whereas the Air-Pedic 800 stands at 13.5”.
The materials also differ in safety certifications. Sleep Number works with CertiPUR-US to ensure their foam is environmentally safe to their standards. The Air-Pedic 800 is not only Certi-PUR US certified, it also boasts a certification from Greenguard as well as the Green Bear Mark of Excellence.
Let’s take a dive into the construction of these mattresses to see what else sets them apart:
Sleep Number 360 i8 Mattress Construction
This particular model in Sleep Number’s Innovative line of smart beds comes with a remote, hose, pump, and an app that tracks your sleep habits through your smartphone. The i8 Smart Bed itself is 12” high and made up of a blend of polyester/polypropylene fabrics, so it’s soft and breathable.
Mattress Layers
- Mattress Top: quilted plush, the stretchy cover is cool to the touch using outlast technology.
- Comfort Layer: 6” of proprietary gel infused foam to provide better temperature control.
- Air Chamber(s): all large models will have two air chambers that adjust independently using the sleep number function.
Air-Pedic 800 Mattress Construction
The Air-Pedic 800 is 13.5” high and comes with two handheld remotes, an optional smartphone remote app, a quiet and fast working air pump, and dual sided adjustable firmness using 6 chamber, multi-zoned technology for adjustable comfort and separate lumbar support control. Select-A-Bed guarantees indiscernible center support in their flexible construction that allows for an even feel across the whole mattress.
Mattress Layers
- Mattress Top: a stretch knit covering micro-vented viscous blend of bamboo for comfort and breathability, referred to as Kool-Flow.
- Cooling Layer: 1 Inch gel-infused support or hypergel plush-top for an initial cool sensation, typically featured in their higher number models like the 800.
- Support Layer: 5” dense gel infused flex-comfort or resili-flex foam for pressure relief in all the right places.
- Airflow Transfer System: (optional) a patented technology that channels airflow through mattresses both vertically and horizontally, promoting ventilation and efficient cooling.[INSERT IMAGES HERE]
Comparing the Pros and Cons
Both Air-Pedic 800 and Sleep Number i8 beds offer customization for sleepers and couples, along with their own temperature balancing technologies.
The 360 i8 offers sleep tracking and temperature balancing technology, and is one of the softest in the collection. Sleepers of all kinds looking for a luxury bed get a bonus with the i8, which features SleepIQ technology that gets to know you and supports your sleep habits, evolving and changing with you as you need it to.
The Air-Pedic 800 is a great choice for couples and seniors alike in search of a Sleep Number alternative. Multi-zoned air chambers that allow separate lumbar support control is a luxurious feature that is sure to impress friends and family. Not only is their customer service fabulous, the optional AirFlow cooling system really works!
Sleep Number 360 i8 Adjustable Air Bed
Best Mattress For
If you’re a couple just getting into the concept of dual-air technology, Sleep Number is a well known brand offering just that. They can benefit those who suffer from chronic pain or even snoring, since the bed tracks your movements and adjusts accordingly. Their comprehensive app can prove useful for those interested in tracking and improving their sleep habits at any given time.
Not Recommended For
If you’re a couple that likes to snuggle, you might not like the i8, as it’s said to have a rather obvious seam that can often lead to trenching in the middle. Since the air chambers are connected, this can lead to poor motion isolation, so if you or your spouse move around a lot in the night, this could lead to some interrupted sleep. Finally, if you’re a heavier weight sleeper, you may experience poor support in your middle section on the 360 i8.
Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed
Best Mattress For
Couples looking to treat themselves to individually targeted comfort while sharing the same bed should love the Air-Pedic 800. It’s not only great for couples of all ages, but particularly older couples and those who suffer from chronic pain. If you sleep hot, you’ll be especially pleased with the optional airflow system, a well reviewed option on Select-a-Beds testimonial page. Lastly, if you’re concerned with off-gassing and material safety, Air-Pedic goes the extra mile to guarantee a safe product.
Not Recommended For
If you’re on a budget, then the Air-Pedic 800 likely isn’t for you, but that’s obvious. Despite being just slightly cheaper than the Sleep Number i8, depending on your options the 800 can cost you around the same price. Bed hogs who can’t help but take up most of the bed need not apply, as it turns the settings into a moot point. Ultimately, if you prefer a more traditional bed, definitely skip this future forward mattress that has its own app.
Side by Side Mattress Comparison
By now, you’re up to speed on both mattresses, but let’s go into depth about how each one feels. Always keep in mind that the firmness experience of a mattress is often subjective, and dependent on weight and body type.
The firmness of the Sleep Number 360 i8 arrives at a medium, around a 6 on a scale of 10, 10 being the most firm. Sleep Number uses a comfort scale from 1-100, the latter being the most firm, but the average Sleep Number owner ranges from 30-60 in firmness. The higher the number, the more the air chambers fill, increasing the firmness of the bed. With gel infused foam on the top comfort layer, it’s a nice option for those who prefer a medium-firm mattress with slight possible adjustments.
The Air-Pedic 800 has the same concept as the i8, and is also typically experienced as a medium-firm, featuring 89 settings that can be adjusted using the handheld remote or smartphone app. What makes the Air-Pedic 800 special is the ability to change the overall comfort settings in three different zones for the best spinal alignment possible. Its dense construction and zoned air chambers create a firmness that most should experience as the Goldilocks of beds: just right.
While both mattresses do approximately the same thing, the Air-Pedic 800 offers individual adjustments in the neck, hips and legs section, making it more suitable for heavier weight sleepers. If you sleep hot, the gel-infused foam on the Sleep Number 360 i8 might not cool you off enough, but the airflow system offered by Air-Pedic has an excellent reputation among hot sleepers.
The Best Mattress Reviews
At their best, the Sleep Number 360 i8 and Air-Pedic 800 are both described as cloud-like, with the perfect amount of support and room for adjustment. The innovative technology has the power to reduce and relieve pain exactly where you need it, especially on the Air-Pedic 800. Owners of the 360 i8 particularly enjoy tracking their sleep habits on the app, and owners of the Air-Pedic 800 love to brag about the cooling airflow system.
The Worst Mattress Reviews
While complaints about the Air-Pedic 800 are hard to find, complaints about the sleep number i8 smart bed include: poor motion isolation, poor temperature control, faulty firmware, poor edge support, molding in the hose, and trenching in the middle. At their worst, beds like these are described as glorified air mattresses. Depending on your wifi strength, you may have some trouble with the app connection. Owners of the Sleep Number 360 i8 have had to shell out extra cash to deal with faulty parts not covered by the warranty, though it doesn’t look like the Air-Pedic 800 has the same problems by any means. It seems the worst problem Select-a-Bed customers had was waiting for their Air-Pedic during the pandemic.
★ Sleep Number 360 i8 Adjustable Air Bed • Product Details
Material
Adjustable Air, FoamTrial Period
100 nightsShipping Method
FreeFirmness
Medium, CustomizableWarranty
15-yearsPrice Range
$$$★ Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed • Product Details
Material
Memory Foam, Adjustable AirTrial Period
120 nightsShipping Method
Delivery, setup, and return fees may applyFirmness
Medium, CustomizableWarranty
30 year limitedPrice Range
$$$Comparing Trial Period & Mattress Warranty
Finally, you might be wondering how long you can try these mattresses out for, and what to do if you need to return them. The Sleep Number 360 i8 and Air-Pedic 800 have several major differences in their trial period and warranty terms you should be aware of prior to purchase.
Sleep Number Warranty
Sleep Number offers a 1 year full warranty with a 100 night trial period followed by a 15 year limited warranty, and covers defects in material or craftsmanship despite normal use.
The warranty is available exclusively in the United States, and covers an ownership transfer within the 1 year period. The full warranty only applies to the original owner, and you’ll be asked for verification details upon making a claim. There is a law label attached to all Smart Beds that you should not remove, as this may void your warranty altogether.
If you’re planning on making a claim with Sleep Number, keep in mind they don’t cover return shipping/delivery fees, and must authorize the return to begin with. The smart bed remote control, if purchased, is covered by a separate warranty, and the warranty doesn’t apply to the app technology at all. Lastly, if you’re caught using an inappropriate base or foundation, Sleep Number reserves the right to void your warranty completely.
Air-Pedic Warranty
Select-A-Bed offers a 30 year limited warranty for their Air-Pedic mattresses, with the first 3 years from date of purchase covered, and the rest prorated at an increasing percentage as the years go on.
Air-Pedic will cover the cost of shipping up to two years after the purchase date for orders within the United States, but the customer is responsible for shipping costs beyond that period.
Their warranty is valid through Air-Pedic only and applies to the original purchaser from the original purchase date, and cannot be transferred. The warranted product or component must be returned in sanitary condition to Air-Pedic, and they reserve the right to substitute products of equal or better quality in the repair or replacement. The mattress, foundation (if purchased from Select-a-Bed) and/or pump processor and hand control are warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 30 years from the original purchase date.
As with most mattress manufactures, neither warranties cover physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage. Since the owner is responsible for the use and maintenance, it’s important to take excellent care of your mattress to get the most out of it. Always go over your warranty before making a claim with customer service. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep any receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Back Support, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial Period, Warranty and Customer Service. Learn more about our review process here.
★ Our Recommendation
Sleep Rating: 3.7/5 Sleepers & Couples Recommend
The Sleep Number 360 i8 and Air-Pedic 800 are both future forward beds perfect for couples with individual comfort needs who still wish to share a bed. This may apply to older couples or those who struggle with chronic pain in general. However, there are several key differences between the two beds that should be taken into consideration, such as material safety and durability.
Best Mattress features for Sleep Number 360 i8 Bed
- Known brand
- Automatic adjustments
- Sleep tracking technology
Best Mattress features for Air-Pedic 800 Bed
- Zoned air chambers
- Safe materials
- Great customer service
Our Analysis
Our Mattress Comparison Summary Analysis
While Sleep Number has maintained its reputation for producing a popular product, Air-Pedic puts them to shame in nearly every aspect. Air-Pedic is provided by Select-a-Bed, a subsidiary of Relief-Mart, and has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Those who review Air-Pedic beds have a lot of kind things to say, particularly about the customer service they received from the company. In general, it looks as though most Air-Pedic owners are quite satisfied with their purchase. Sleep Number customers, however, report a slew of troubles with the warranty and durability of the parts, leaving them with an expensive investment they’re forced to keep paying for.
Mattress Comparison Performance Score
Comfort: 4/5
Back Support: 4.2/5
Edge Support: 3.2/5
Affordability: 2.7/5
Cooling: 3.2/5
Trial & Warranty: 3.3/5
Customer Service: 3.4/5The Verdict: 3.4/5 Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. While these beds certainly share a concept and function, beyond that the differences are staggering. From a stronger construction, to the zoned air chambers, Air-Pedic seems to out-do Sleep Number in nearly every way, including better customer service. Overall, if you’re in search of a luxury smart bed that adjusts to your individual needs, the Air-Pedic 800 is your champion bed.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4.6Summary
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities.
TEMPUR-ProAdapt Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
The Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt medium mattress is a luxury memory foam mattress with several selections of firmness, including a hybrid option. Tempur-Pedic’s memory foam contours and relieves pressure where you need it, giving you deeper and more refreshing sleep.
Which Memory Foam Mattress Is Best For You?
Tempflow Mattresses vs Tempur-Pedic Mattresses
Buying a luxury mattress is a big decision. If you’re reading this, chances are you’re carefully weighing your options, in search of the perfect memory foam mattress. Tempur-Pedic is a well known brand with a reputation for producing high quality luxury memory foam mattresses. But is it the best choice? Tempflow has announced itself as the direct competitor of the Tempur-Pedic brand. While not as well known, Tempflow may be the only other high density memory foam competitor that gives Tempur-Pedic a run for their money. Let’s take a look at how two of their most similar mattresses compare!
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium vs TEMPUR-ProAdapt (Medium) Mattresses
Comparing Mattress Similarities & Differences
As we dive into the aspects of these mattresses, let’s discuss their key differences and similarities. We also encourage you to check out our separate comprehensive review of the Tempur-Pedic Pro-Adapt medium and the Tempflow Elite Contour medium.
Similarities
- Material type: Both mattresses are 12 inches thick and have classic high density and slow reacting NASA inspired memory foam that offers full body contouring, and pressure relief exactly where you need it.
- Motion isolation: Both mattresses are excellent at isolating motion, which means you won’t feel disturbed by movements from a restless partner, pets or kids.
- Luxury price tag: Both high-quality mattresses have a higher price tag, so they may not be viable options for budget shoppers, though Tempflow handily beats Tempur-Pedic with their various promotion sales that seem to be constantly changing, but ensuring that they are often quite lower than Tempur-Pedic.
Differences
- Safety of materials: The Tempflow EliteContour mattress features unique foam that boasts multiple safety certifications, most notably the lowest industry V.O.C. (Volatile Organic Compound out-gassing emissions) awarded with their GreenGuard Gold Certification on their mattresses and pillows, ensuring it to be a nice choice for those who are sensitive or allergic to certain mattress materials. The Tempur-Pedic Pro-Adapt mattress only has the basic Certi-PUR-US certification, which allows for double the amount of V.O.C.s, and some reviewers complain that the initial off-gassing can be pretty overwhelming.
- Price tag: While both mattresses are more expensive due to their quality, the difference in price could be a lead factor for those in search of a luxury bed. Depending on the options you choose, the EliteContour is more likely to prove cheaper. For example, a mattress and foundation from Tempur-Pedic with the Pro-Adapt can cost an upwards of $4,000, whereas a set from Tempflow with the EliteContour has routinely been closer to $3,000 on average.
- Temperature Regulation: Tempflow offers an optional patented Airflow Transfer System that combines thousands of surface holes and open air flow channels underneath that has been tested to give up to 100 times more breathability when compared to a memory foam mattress made the exact same way without it. Many happy customers often vouch for as one of the few cooling systems around that genuinely works. The Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress doesn’t offer a cooling option, however both the Tempflow and Tempur-Pedic offer a special cooling gel-type of add-on that will make the mattress cooler and likely only more cool to the touch when you choose their upper line models like the Tempur-Breeze or in the case of the Tempflow, their Glacier collection. These cooling gel-like phase change technologies do bring down your body temperature at first, but it is worth noting, that they may not work continuously if you do not move around on the mattress.
Comparing The Difference in Mattress Materials
While the Tempflow EliteContour and Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt have the same thickness and use similar NASA inspired materials, there are several differences in their construction that set them apart. From their covers to their bases, take a look at what makes each memory foam mattress unique:
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress
- Kool-Flow Cover: a breathable blend of polyester and bamboo, this knit fabric cover is featured on each Tempflow mattress and micro-vents for better airflow.
- Comfort Layer: 2 inches of Tempflow’s HD-Plush foam that you can really sink into!
- Transition Layer: 2 inches of Tempflow’s HD memory foam, the same foam designed by NASA to cradle and contour important pressure points.
- Support Layer: 8 inches of Tempflow’s dense channeled base foam to support the structure and promote durability.
- Optional Airflow Transfer System: a patented technology that channels airflow through the mattress both vertically and horizontally, promoting ventilation and efficient cooling.
Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Medium Mattress
- SmartClimate Dual Cover System: a breathable knit cover, with a stretchy knit layer underneath, both removable and washable!
- Original TEMPUR Comfort Layer: Tempur Pedic’s original NASA inspired foam for advanced personalized contouring support.
- TEMPUR-APR Support Layer: APR stands for Advanced Pressure Relief, to reduce tossing and turning as well as isolate motion.
Comparing the Pros and Cons
Both Tempur-Pedic and Tempflow Similarities
It should be noted that both mattresses use far superior materials to the much cheaper bed-in-a-box memory foam mattresses that don’t seem to compare in feel, support or longevity, so don’t get fooled into thinking you can buy a real Tempur or Tempflow type mattress on the cheap and get the same quality!
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress
Best Mattress For:
If you’re concerned about the safety of mattress materials, you should appreciate the lengths Tempflow has gone to to ensure the lowest off-gassing of volatile organic compounds (aka VOCs) possible and proved it with their Greenguard Gold Certification, making this a great option for those looking for a truly non-toxic experience. If you’re a heavier weight sleeper, the construction of the EliteContour is likely to provide more stability than the ProAdapt, where edge support is lacking.Not Recommended For:
Those who prefer a more responsive mattress may need to opt for a hybrid model or something else entirely instead. While the top layers of the Elite Contour are said to respond slightly faster than the ProAdapt, both mattresses are meant to give the ultimate in pressure relief by enveloping your body with a more deeper contouring. Those on a tight budget will also need to look elsewhere, because although Tempflow’s prices are lower than Tempur-Pedic’s, a good high quality mattress, but will still cost a pretty penny.Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Medium Mattress
Best Mattress For:
If you don’t sleep hot, you won’t mind the pro-adapt occasionally insulating heat and might even appreciate it! Since there’s no outright cooling feature in the construction, mattress users often report that it sleeps a little warm. However, those who have previously owned a Tempur-Pedic mattress and are loyal to the brand, will not be disappointed in another well made, high density (though perhaps not as high of a density as their past models), mattress from a company they can rely on.Not Recommended For:
Those with allergies or sensitivities to mattress materials might need to consider shopping elsewhere, as the safety certifications of the Pro-Adapt are more minimal and reviews contain complaints about the off-gassing seem to abound. If you sleep close to the edge, be aware the ProAdapt is said to be lacking in the edge support department. Those on a budget may not be able to swing the price of a ProAdapt, especially if you’re in the market for a new foundation as well, though even at a significant saving, the Tempflow may not hit their budget mark either.Side by Side Mattress Comparison
Now that you know some basic facts about both mattresses, let’s go into depth about how each one feels. Bear in mind that the firmness experience of a mattress is often subjective, and dependent on weight and body type.
The firmness of the Pro-Adapt medium falls in a neutral range on the scale. If rated from 1 to 10, 1 being the softest, the Pro-Adapt medium would fall anywhere from a 4.5 to 6. Tempur-Pedic mattresses are known to soften a little over time, so keep this in mind when contemplating the Pro-Adapt medium. This mattress is especially fitting for back and side sleepers.
The EliteContour medium from Tempflow is often described as “soft, but firm.” If rated on a scale from 1 to 10, 1 being the softest, the EliteContour would likely fall at a 6.5. The foam in the initial layers is said to contour slightly faster than the Pro-Adapt, but the density of the support layer ads firmness and structure. This mattress is suitable to a majority of sleeper types.
Both mattresses are perfect for those who prefer to “sink in” rather than lay “on” their bed at the end of the day. They’re particularly well matched for average weight back and side sleepers, but the Tempflow EliteContour is likely to be more accommodating for heavier weight and combination sleepers. If you sleep hot, the Tempflow Elite Contour is the superior choice, no questions asked.
The Best Mattress Reviews
Owners of either the TEMPUR-ProAdapt Medium or Tempflow Elite Contour Medium say they work exactly as advertised. Both mattresses contour to relieve pressure and allow deep undisturbed sleep. The medium firmness is a crowd pleaser in general, and are both described as “soft, but firm.” Happy customers enjoy these mattresses for very similar reasons, although customers of Tempflow go out of their way to mention excellent customer service on top of their high quality product.
The Worst Mattress Reviews
While it is difficult to find negative feedback about Tempflow’s Elite Contour, disgruntled customers from Tempur-Pedic don’t hold back. The most common predicament unhappy customers faced was not enjoying the firmness level of either mattress. However, many Tempur-Pedic customers say the ProAdapt is an overhyped and lower quality model than the brand has previously released. If you don’t opt for the cooling system offered by Tempflow, the Elite Contour might sleep hot, but the ProAdapt is an almost guaranteed heat trap for those who overheat at night.
★ Tempflow EliteContour (Medium) • Product Details
Material
Memory FoamTrial Period
120 nightsShipping Method
Free, Return fees applyFirmness
Medium, CustomizableWarranty
40 year limitedPrice Range
$$$★ TEMPUR-ProAdapt (Medium) • Product Details
Material
Foam, Hybrid option includes coilsTrial Period
90 nights, 30 day break-in periodShipping Method
Free, with exceptions to AK and HIFirmness
Soft, Medium, FirmWarranty
10-yearsPrice Range
$$$Comparing Trial Period & Mattress Warranty
Last but not least, you might be wondering how long you can try these mattresses out for, and what to do if you need to return them. The Elite Contour and ProAdapt have several major differences in their trial period and warranty terms.
Let’s take a look:Tempur-Pedic offers a 90 night trial period, requiring a minimum of 30 nights before a return claim is made. All Tempur-Pedic mattresses are covered by a 10-year full replacement limited warranty, meaning for up to 10 years after purchase, any confirmed defects covered under the warranty can be claimed for a repair or replacement with no deductible.
A natural increase in softness of the Tempur material that does not affect the overall quality of the mattress isn’t covered, and neither is overall comfort preference, meaning if you simply find the mattress uncomfortable after the trial period you may be stuck with your mattress.
Tempflow offers a 120 night trial period, or four months to decide whether or not you’d like to keep the Elite Contour. Tempflow offers a 40-year limited warranty, second best only to the Lifetime warranty offered by other companies. In the first ten years of mattress ownership, Tempflow will take responsibility for any defective parts, labor and materials and perform repairs at no cost. However, shipping and handling fees during the return process will be the customers responsibility. From the 11th year of ownership on, defect repairs are available at a pro-rated amount, plus shipping and handling fees.
Both warranties do not cover physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage, and reserve the right to void your warranty if you’re caught using an improper base or foundation. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep any receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial Period, Warranty and Customer Support.
★ Our Recommendation
Sleep Rating: 3.5/5 Sleepers & Couples Recommend
Both the ProAdapt and Elite Contour are excellent choices for couples and those who suffer from chronic pain, but have several key differences that set them apart. A high quality luxury memory foam mattress is a lovely addition to any home, but depending on your budget and personal preferences, you may decide on one over the other.
Best Mattress Features For Tempflow Elite Contour:
- Material safety
- Optional cooling system
- Pressure relief
Best Mattress Features for Temper-Pedic ProAdapt:
- Reliable brand
- Pressure Relief
- Motion isolation
Our Analysis
Our Mattress Comparison Summary Analysis
While Tempur-Pedic has maintained its reputation for producing some of the best, high quality memory foam mattresses, Tempflow is working hard to compete with them directly. As a subsidiary of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Those who review Tempflow mattresses have a lot of kind things to say, particularly about the customer service they received. On the surface, it seems a large majority of Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt owners are also pleased with their purchase. It’s difficult to find unhappy customers of Tempflow, but far easier to find those disappointed by Tempur-Pedic, who sometimes feel left high and dry with an expensive bed they can’t return.
Mattress Comparison Performance Score
Comfort: 3.5/5
Back Support: 3/5
Edge Support: 3/5
Affordability: 2.5/5
Cooling: 3/5
Trial & Warranty: 3.5/5
Customer Service: 3.5/5The Verdict: Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress 3.1/5
When compared side by side, the score of the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt drags down the score of the Tempflow Elite Contour. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the EliteContour from Tempflow is the obvious choice for anyone in search of superior cooling, safer materials, better customer service, and a more affordable price. All in all, if you’re looking for an alternative luxury memory foam bed, the Elite Contour is our recommended choice.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Cloud has the potential to be a crowd pleaser among memory foam fans who can afford the investment. With Tempur-Pedic’s classic pressure relieving foam at a medium firmness, it’s a great choice for older couples and guests. Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Tuft & Needle Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.8Tuft & Needle Mattress Review
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it’s not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice breakdown sooner rather than later. Thankfully, the company has pretty solid customer support.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Tuft & Needle Mattress Review
Since 2012, the Tuft & Needle company has been partially responsible for the rise of the bed-in-a-box trend. Their original mattress has earned popularity through price, making this a great option for anyone hoping to spend a little less on a comfortable mattress. If you’re looking for a memory foam mattress on a limited budget, read on to find out if the Tuft & Needle is the right value for your wallet.
Product Details
Material
Memory FoamTrial Period
100 nightsShipping Method
Free, except for AK and HIFirmness
MediumWarranty
10-yearsPrice Range
$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The Tuft & Needle Mattress
One of the most popular bed-in-a-box models to date, the original Tuft & Needle Mattress is a wonderful budget-friendly choice for sleepers of all styles from light to average weight. The high-quality adaptable memory foam has a great balanced feel, making it an appealing choice for a wide range of people. A high value mattress for the price!
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Light and average weight combination sleepers
- Shoppers on a budget
- Sleepers who want a responsive mattress
Not Recommended For:
- Heavier weight sleepers over 250lbs
- Fans of luxury slow moving foam
- Sleepers who overheat regularly
A Closer Look At Tuft & Needle Materials
The Tuft & Needle mattress has a simple but effective construction of two layers of poly foam, referred to by the company as “T&N adaptive foam.” This is a mattress made in America, with certification from CertiPUR-US™️, tested and certified by OEKO-TEX, meaning it is free from chemical residues, phthalates, and heavy metals according to standards. This particular foam mattress is said not to have a strong smell upon opening, though some may disagree, but allowing the mattress to off-gas for a day or so is still recommended. Set up should be relatively easy, although you may need an extra person for some help.
- Breathable Knit Cover: That unfortunately cannot be removed for cleaning, but is always cool to the touch.
- Top Comfort Layer: 3” open cell poly foam infused with graphite and gel beads, aka “T&N adaptive foam” that promotes cooling and air flow by pulling heat and moisture away from the body.
- Support Core Layer: 7” of high density poly foam and open-cell foam to promote air flow. The dense construction helps with even support, preventing the body from sinking too far.
Firmness
The Tuft & Needle mattress falls into the medium range sweet spot of about a 6 on a 10 scale, much like other foam beds on the market. This is not a classic memory foam bed, so the responsiveness of the foam may feel firmer initially, but the mattress will soften with time, as stated in multiple reviews. Lighter weight sleepers may perceive this bed at a 7, while heavier weight sleepers may feel it at a softer 5.5. Firmness is always subjective to body type. This mattress is not recommended for sleepers over 230lbs who will need more support for their back and midsection.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 39" X 75" $645 Twin XL 39" x 80" $695 Full 54" x 75" $795 Queen 60" x 80" $895 King 76" x 80" $1,095 California King 72" x 84" $1,095 Pros and Cons
Who is the Tuft & Needle mattress best for?
The Tuft & Needle mattress is a crowd pleaser in general. The medium firmness makes it great for all sleep positions, but is particularly perfect for back sleepers. The motion isolation of the memory foam makes it a nice pick for couples and co-sleepers who don’t want to be too disturbed by movement, and the responsiveness of the foam makes moving around easy on this mattress. Lastly, the price is approachable and appealing to anyone who isn’t looking to spend a fortune on a high quality bed.
How is the edge support?
Unfortunately the edge support of the Tuft & Needle bed is lacking. Being a simple foam mattress, the edges may feel a bit saggy or slippery. This could force couples into the middle for intimacy, which may or may not be an issue. The edge probably won’t be the best place to sleep, but might be okay to sit down and tie your shoes.
How is the cooling?
Despite the cooling infusions in the comfort layer, the Tuft & Needle is still an all foam mattress, meaning it’s bound to trap some body heat. While it could prove cooler than a memory foam mattress, it will likely still be a bit warm for those who tend to overheat at night.
What’s The Catch?
There’s not exactly a catch to this bed. With the Tuft & Needle original flagship model, you get what you pay for: a simple memory foam mattress with medium comfort at an affordable price. It’s not exactly made of highly durable materials, so it may not last as long as the company promises, but it’s likely you can get a few good years out of it at least, making it a good value for the money. There’s a slight break in period with the Tuft & Needle, meaning it may need some time to soften up a little. Keep in mind if you’re a heavier weight sleeper, this mattress is unlikely to provide the support you need.
The Best Tuft & Needle Mattress Reviews
Fans of this mattress love the price as well as the comfort level. The foam allows less disturbances and relieves body pain, leading to deeper more satisfying sleep. Those who enjoy the Tuft & Needle flagship model enough tend to be repeat buyers, and express excitement to go to bed every night. They make great beds for guests as well as growing family members.
Tuft And Needle Mattress Complaints
The main complaints about the Tuft & Needle Original tend to be about the firmness or the temperature control. At worst, this bed may form an oven like black hole in the middle, even folding on the sides due to lack of edge support. Some say it’s far too firm, while others claim it’s way too soft. Others still say their pain actually got worse after sleeping on this mattress.
On the plus side, even some of the worst reviews mention the excellence of Tuft & Needle customer service, so if you’re deeply unhappy with their product it looks as though the company will be glad to help.
Tuft & Needle Mattress Warranty
Tuft & Needle offer a 10 year limited warranty covering their mattresses, but can only be taken advantage of if you are in the United States. This warranty can’t be transferred and only extends to the original purchaser and current owner of the mattress as long as it was purchased directly from Tuft & Needle or an authorized distribution channel. Tuft & Needle mattresses are intended for household use only, not commercial. Be sure to read all terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep all receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What the Tuft & Needle Warranty Covers
This warranty specifically covers material defects resulting from defective materials or workmanship in the mattress. Deterioration causing the mattress to have a visible indentation greater than three-fourths of an inch (0.75) is covered, as long as it isn’t associated with use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or adjustable bed base. Clear edge defects greater than 1 inch that put the mattress out of dimensional specifications are covered, as well as any physical flaws that cause the material to split or crack despite proper handling and normal use.
What the Tuft & Needle Doesn’t Cover
Natural changes caused by normal use aren’t covered, and neither are changes caused by any abuse or improper handling of the mattress. Physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage, including mold are not covered. In other words, don’t take your mattress for a ride down some stairs or a river and expect a free replacement. Uneven surfaces or imperfect shaped corners are not considered defects. Improper use of your mattress could void your warranty completely, so be sure to go over your warranty before contacting customer service so you know whether or not filing a claim is possible.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Back Support, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Service.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICETuft & Needle Mattress Summary Analysis
While the Tuft & Needle classic model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it may not be for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. You get what you pay for, which isn’t always a good thing, and some buyers may notice breakdown sooner rather than later. Thankfully, the company has pretty solid customer support. All in all, the Tuft & Needle original has a high value for the price tag.
Tuft & Needle Mattress Performance Score
Comfort: 3/5
Firmness: 3/5
Edge Support: 2/5
Affordability: 4/5
Cooling: 2/5
Trial & Warranty: 3/5
Customer Support: 4/5The Verdict: 3.8/5
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it may not be for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. You get what you pay for, which isn’t always a good thing, and some buyers may notice breakdown sooner rather than later. Thankfully, the company has pretty solid customer support. All in all, the Tuft & Needle original has a high value for the price tag.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Cloud has the potential to be a crowd pleaser among memory foam fans who can afford the investment. With Tempur-Pedic’s classic pressure relieving foam at a medium firmness, it’s a great choice for older couples and guests. Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress
At best, the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze mattress is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Knowing the details of the trial period and warranty will help better equip you in the event that this isn’t the mattress for you.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Review
Tempur-Pedic is known for their luxury memory foam mattresses. They have remained a reliable company to purchase from since 1992. Unfortunately, memory foam built a reputation of “sleeping hot.” To combat this, Tempur-Pedic released a collection of mattresses with new technology exclusive to their brand.
The Breeze collection by Tempur-Pedic was invented for anyone who loves slow moving memory foam, but wishes it was a little cooler to sleep on. If you’re looking for a less-insulating mattress, read on to see if the PRObreeze is the right fit for cooler sleep. The investment just might be worth it!
Product Details
Material
Memory Foam, InnerspringTrial Period
90 nights, 30 night break-in periodShipping Method
Free, with select mattress purchasesFirmness
MediumWarranty
10-yearsPrice Range
$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights for the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze:
The PRObreeze is a luxury model memory foam bed with two medium firmness options: all foam or a hybrid blend of innersprings. It features cutting-edge cooling technology designed to keep you a few degrees cooler than the average memory foam bed. Tempur-Pedic mattresses have advanced technology designed for NASA, so they contour and relieve pressure right where you need it. Sleep cooler and deeper than ever with this upgraded model from a trusted brand.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Those looking to invest in a cooler luxury memory foam mattress
- Those who tend to sleep warm
- Those who suffer from pressure point pain
- Side and back sleepers
Not Recommended For:
- Those on a budget
- Stomach sleepers
- Those who don’t like slow moving memory foam
A Closer Look At The PRObreeze’s Materials
Tempur-Pedic’s history began with NASA, who had been developing a material to absorb the G-Force of astronauts traveling into space. This material was innovated by scientists for their company, making it their proprietary one-of-a-kind technology they’ve been evolving for decades. They’ve taken it a step further with new cooling technology exclusive to the Tempur-Pedic Breeze models.
New mattresses typically have an odor upon initial delivery, and the PRObreeze is no exception. This is known as off-gassing. Be sure to let your mattress breathe in a well-ventilated room for a day or so before use. According to their website, Tempur-Pedic certifies that all products are subject to the Federal Flammability Standard. All Tempur-Pedic mattresses are made in the USA. In addition, Tempur-Pedic mattresses are CertiPUR-US certified, meaning they’re environmentally safe by their standards.
Construction of the PRObreeze mattress:
- Smart Climate Max Dual Cover System: Ultra high-density yarn woven tightly together to help pull heat and moisture away from the body, giving you a cool to the touch feeling as soon as you lay down. Removable and washable.
- PureCool+ Phase-Change Layer: Exclusive to the Tempur-Pedic brand, this layer is designed to help you fall asleep cool and stay cool all night.
- Tempur-CM+ Comfort Layer: An updated version of Tempur-Pedic’s classic foam is designed for enhanced breathability, allowing heat and humidity to be cycled out of the mattress.
- Original Tempur Support Layer: An updated version of Tempur-Pedic’s classic foam is designed for enhanced breathability, allowing heat and humidity to be cycled out of the mattress.
- Innerspring Support Base (Hybrid): 1000+ spring coils provide extra edge support and a more responsive bed. Available in the hybrid option.
Firmness
Both the all foam and hybrid options of the PRObreeze are available in medium firmness only, falling at about a 6.5 on a scale of 10, 1 being the softest. Depending on your body type, this might feel firmer or softer. Heavier weight sleepers may want to opt for the hybrid option for additional support. Tempur-Pedic fans say the PRObreeze feels identical to the ProAdapt, but stays cooler longer.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin Long 38" x 80" $3,899 Full 53" x 74" $4,249 Queen 60" x 80" $4,399 King 76" x 80" $5,099 California King 72" x 84" $5,099 Split King Two 38" x 80" pieces $7,798 Split California King Two 36" x 84" pieces $7,798 Pros and Cons
Who is the PRObreeze mattress best for?
Back and side sleepers who are able to treat themselves to a luxury mattress should feel pressure relief in all the right places with Tempur-Pedic’s advanced memory foam technology. Lighter weight stomach sleepers may even be happy. Above all, the Breeze models are for sleepers who struggle with overheating at night looking for relief, but still love memory foam.
Tempur-Pedic’s innovative new cooling technology is very attractive for anyone who loves memory foam mattresses, but hates how hot they can get. The upgrade is slight, but can be significant. Couples or those with pets will appreciate the motion isolation Tempur-Pedic is known for, creating less disturbances at night.
How is the edge support?
The edge support of the all foam PRObreeze is said to have room for improvement. While not completely terrible, some may feel like there’s too much sinkage when sitting on the edge, which can lead to slippage. The hybrid option will provide more structure and therefore better edge support.
How is it for sex?
Due to the combination of slow moving foam and less-than-perfect edge support, the PRObreeze may not be the best for sex. Couples may have trouble changing positions in the foam, and feel forced to the middle without proper edge support. The hybrid version may provide better support and more responsiveness, making it a better option for sex if you’re set on choosing one of these models.
What is the difference between the PRObreeze and LUXEbreeze?
The PRObreeze mattress serves as the median of the Breeze Collection, offering a medium-hybrid version with a support layer of proprietary coils as well as a balanced medium foam edition, while the LUXEbreeze has a soft and firm option to round out the choices. The PRObreeze is advertised to be up to 3 degrees cooler than the average Tempur-Pedic, while the LUXEbreeze is up to 8 degrees cooler. Those who sleep especially hot and seek more relief may want to spring for the LUXEbreeze.
What’s The Catch?
Complaints about the Breeze models include remarks on the firmness, the cooling technology being unimpressive, and difficulty changing the sheets on such a heavy mattress. Some sleepers may experience the firmness so differently they find it incompatible and uncomfortable. Others may feel the mattress softens too much in the process of breaking it in. If the firmness isn’t quite right, some sleepers could experience pain as opposed to pain relief. Some say the PRObreeze is simply the ProAdapt with a slight cooling effect that doesn’t necessarily last.
The Best PRObreeze Mattress Reviews
For satisfied sleepers, the PRObreeze is absolutely worth the investment. When used with a luxury base, the experience is said to be absolute heaven. At best, the PRObreeze can help cut down on night sweats and provide cooler, deeper sleep.
The Worst PRObreeze Mattress Reviews
Complaints say the mattress did not meet their expectations based on the advertisements. Dissatisfied customers claim this mattress is overhyped and overpriced, and not like the original models at all. Disappointments include uncomfortable firmness that caused pain and unimpressive cooling technology that didn’t make a difference.
Lastly, others complained that the mattress required special sheets that were difficult to change in the first place due to its weight. Customer service can be tricky, leaving some disappointed with an expensive bed they don’t want. Be sure and read your warranty terms before purchasing.
Tempur-Pedic Mattress Warranty
All Tempur-Pedic mattresses are covered by a 10-year full replacement limited warranty, meaning for up to 10 years after purchase, any confirmed defects covered under the warranty can be claimed for a repair or replacement with no deductible. This warranty extends only to mattresses purchased from Tempur-Pedic or an authorized Tempur-Pedic Retailer. Transportation fees associated with repairs or replacements are not covered by Tempur-Pedic.
Registering your product with Tempur-Pedic’s website can help keep record of your purchase for future reference and claims. If you’re making a claim through a third party authorized retailer, you’ll need proof of purchase to make it. Keep in mind the warranty for any replacement runs from the date of the original purchase. Be sure to read all terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep all receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What the Tempur-Pedic mattress warranty covers
Deterioration causing the mattress to have a visible indentation greater than three-fourths of an inch (0.75) is covered, as long as it isn’t associated with use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or adjustable bed base. Physical flaws that cause the Tempur material to split or crack despite proper set up and normal use are covered.
Manufacturing defects in zipper assembly of the cover are also covered, and if the cover needs replacing Tempur-Pedic offers the most current style available, which could be different than the cover originally provided. Note also that any extra pieces such as pumps, hoses or remotes provided with any Tempur-Pedic product is only warranted for 5 years, but may be qualified for replacement if deemed defective.
What the Tempur-Pedic mattress mattress warranty doesn’t cover
Tempur-Pedic emphasizes that they may require proof of the quality of the base you’re using, and reserves the right to invalidate your warranty if they find it inadequate. If you purchased your mattress before 2014, the warranty may have been updated and changed. A natural increase in softness of the Tempur material that does not affect the overall quality of the mattress isn’t covered, and neither is overall comfort preference, meaning if you simply find the mattress uncomfortable after the trial period you may be stuck with your mattress.
Tempur-Pedic does not cover physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage, and the warranty won’t apply to any mattress that is considered used, previously owned or sold through unauthorized retailers. It is strongly recommended to go over the warranty before contacting customer service, so you know whether or not you’d be wasting your time by making a claim.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICETempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Summary Analysis
Once Tempur-Pedic had built a strong reputation selling luxury memory foam mattresses, they bought out fellow mattress company Sealy, forming umbrella company Tempur-Sealy International in 2012. They launched their Breeze line in 2019 to fill a public need for cooler memory foam mattresses. Tempur-Pedic is rather secretive about what their new technology is actually made of, using the word “proprietary” to imply protection under their brand name. All Tempur-Pedic mattresses are made in the USA.
Tempur-Pedic donates mattresses to military personnel, first responders, disaster relief efforts and more. Since they’re so large, you can find their flagship stores to try out mattress models for yourself, though according to reviewers their store models often feel different than the ones that are shipped out. The right frame and initial break in period can factor into how comfortable your mattress ultimately stays, so keep this in mind. Box springs and floor locations aren’t recommended.
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze MattressPerformance Score
Comfort: 4.4/5
Back Support: 4.3/5
Edge Support: 3.2/5
Affordability: 2.5/5
Cooling: 4.7/5
Trial & Warranty: 4.2/5
Customer Service: 4.5/5The Verdict: 4/5
he medium firmness and hybrid option of the PRObreeze are potentially appealing to a wide range of sleepers. At best, the PRObreeze is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Return fees may apply. Knowing the details of the trial period and warranty will help better equip you in the event that this isn’t the mattress for you.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
AirPedic 800 & 850 Air Bed Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Airpedic 800 mattress and Airpedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Airpedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number bed alternative. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Beds
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. Read more…
-
Tempflow Air Bed Mattress Series
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Read more… -
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LuxeBreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want... Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 mattress model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don't sleep hot and you. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Sleep Number 360 i10 smart bed is the answer to a sleepless couple’s prayers - for a price. While any of these models have the potential to solve all of your sleep-related issues, the hefty price tag is impossible to ignore. The i10 is one of the best airbeds money can buy. Read more…
OUR BEST PICKS!
-
Comfort
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.6DreamCloud Premier Mattress
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is understandably off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Waking up at night in pain? Looking to treat yourself to a new bed? You might love the idea of a fresh mattress, but hate the idea of trying to find the right one. There’s so many sites full of reviews, and many of them are too vague to be helpful, while others oversell the product.
If you’re thinking about purchasing the DreamCloud Premier mattress but you don’t feel like scrolling through tons and tons of disingenuous reviews, look no further than this comprehensive dig to decide if this is the right one for you
Product Details
Material
Hybrid, Memory Foam, InnerspringTrial Period
365 nightsShipping Method
FreeFirmness
MediumWarranty
LifetimePrice Range
$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For DreamCloud Premier Mattress
The DreamCloud Premier is a hybrid mattress that offers relief to those who experience regular back pain like sciatica. Treat yourself to a cloud-like experience that allows soft yet firm support for a wide range of sleep styles.
Now boasting a taller layer of comfort atop the dreamy layers of memory foam and innerspring coils to reduce your motion transfer but increase your inner peace. Its plush cashmere Euro Top is the final touch to a bed you’ll hate leaving every day. Dream in luxury, you deserve it!
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Back and side sleepers
- Couples looking to compromise on firmness
- Sufferers of back pain
- Seniors in need of extra support
Not Recommended For:
- Strict stomach sleepers
- Those on a budget
- Fans of original memory foam
- Sleepers over 300lbs
A Closer Look At DreamCloud Premier’s Materials
This mattress is a luxury blend of micro coils and memory foam layers. Potential buyers may be interested to know that the DreamCloud Premier is assembled outside of the US and shipped in from China. All foams are free of harmful chemicals and have reduced off-gassing effects thanks to a CertiPUR-US Certification. We strongly suggest airing out your mattress for 24-48 hours before use to get rid of that “new car smell” though!
- Mattress Cover and Euro Top: Cashmere, quilted filler foam naturally resistant to bed bugs.
- Comfort Layer: Gel memory foam comforts your shape and relieves pressure.
- Sink-In Layer: Motion transfer reduction and added support.
- High Grade Coils: Microcoil compression system cools and provides added edge support.
- Base Layer: High-density foundation foam provides structure and durability.
Firmness
The average firmness rating of the DreamCloud Premier is 6.5. Comfortability may be subjective, and based on honest reviews we’ve given it a 7. Initially the mattress will feel firmer than expected but softens up over time. Some sagging may occur depending on usage and framing, so be sure not to put the DreamCloud Premier on a box spring. Not everyone interprets the DreamCloud Premier’s firmness the same.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" X 75" $1,398 Twin XL 38" x 80" $1,598 Full 54" x 74" $1,898 Queen 60" x 80" $1,998 King 76" x 80" $2,298 California King 72" x 84" $2,298 Pros and Cons
Who is the DreamCloud Premier mattress best for?
The Dreamcloud Premier mattress is recommended for back and side sleepers who are fans of the plush hybrid feel. The layers of supportive foam and coils relieve pressure in all the right points, making this mattress ideal for seniors and those who struggle with back pain. Couples can compromise for DreamCloud Premier’s medium level of firmness as well as gentle motion transfer that is unlikely to disturb, and will enjoy the bouncy responsiveness during sex.
How durable is it?
Let’s be honest, the average life of a bed-in-a-box mattress is anywhere from 3-5 years, but the thick durable profile of the DreamCloud Premier is expected to last 7-10 years with occasional rotation. The outside cashmere layer is naturally resistant to bedbugs, an appealing plus often overlooked by the average buyer. The one year trial period and lifetime warranty give plenty of time for a final say in whether or not this memory foam mattress is the perfect match.
What’s The Catch?
The Dreamcloud Premier mattress might be too pricey for those on a budget. The height and weight of the mattress may prove somewhat difficult to work with; even just making the bed could require an extra set of hands!
While most reviews boast a cooling effect of the DreamCloud’s coil section, the thick layers of foam can run a little too hot for those who tend to overheat at night. Edge support is said to have room for improvement, as well as motion transfer, and heavier weight sleepers may need to find something that offers their midsection more support. Stomach sleepers should look for something else altogether.
The Best DreamCloud Premier Mattress Reviews
Satisfied customers emphasize that the DreamCloud Premier relieved their pain and gave them a better night’s sleep instantly. For many, the medium firmness is just right and they’re still cozy months down the road. Luxury hybrid mattress fans tend to get exactly what they prefer.
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Complaints
Those who returned the DreamCloud Premier usually claim it just wasn’t the right firmness for them, or the mattress was too tall or too heavy. Other customer complaints involved shipping delays. Unfortunately, DreamCloud has inconsistent customer service and ranks anywhere from attentive to disappointing. A final note is the mattress’ initial odor may linger longer than 24 hours.
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Warranty
DreamCloud sleep technically offers a lifetime warranty on their mattresses, but there is some important considerations that make the warranty not everything it seems that we will address in the next paragraph below. First though, their lifetime warranty promises to replace them at no charge for the first 10 years of ownership if you detect a defect in the workmanship or materials. Returns are free as long as a defect is confirmed. The DreamCloud warranty is only valid for the original purchases, and is extended exclusively to mattresses sold by DreamCloud Sleep or a DreamCloud authorized retailer. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep any receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What DreamCloud Premier Warranty Covers
DreamCloud offers to repair, re-cover or replace your mattress at any time if the mattress compresses and forms impressions, as long as the impressions are greater than 1.5 inches. Other defects covered include improper degradation, splitting or cracking, and manufacturing defects in the assembly of the mattress cover. As long as the physical defect has nothing to do with an improper or unsupportive foundation or bed base, you’re covered. This is quite a large amount of sag before coverage goes into effect, so it is worth a consideration.
What DreamCloud Premier Mattress Doesn’t Cover
DreamCloud’s warranty does not cover misuse, neglect, accidental or violation of instructions, including instructions to use a proper bed frame. It also doesn’t cover what is referred to as “comfort preference,” meaning you can’t return it simply because you find it uncomfortable after the trial period. Physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage isn’t covered, and the warranty won’t apply to any mattress that is considered used or previously owned. Go over your warranty before contacting customer service so you know whether or not you’d be wasting your time with a claim.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICEDreamCloud Premier Mattress Summary Analysis
In the end, there is no universal mattress. One person’s heavenly haven of sleep is another person’s brick they decide to send back to the wall it came from. Whether or not a mattress is comfortable tends to be entirely up to the individual. DreamCloud has revised this model several times since 2018, removing layers and materials, which could potentially leave you with an inferior mattress if you need to make a warranty claim in the future. The changes mean that reviews are harder to trust, seeing as they could refer to previous models, and long term reviews are harder to find. The best way to find out, assuming you’re still interested, is with the generous 365 day trial period offered by the company.
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Performance Score
Comfort: 4.5/5
Back Support: 3.8/5
Edge Support: 2.9/5
Affordability: 3.8/5
Cooling: 3.5/5
Trial & Warranty: 3.5/5
Customer Service: 3/5The Verdict: 3.6/5
The DreamCloud Premier isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is understandably off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Cloud has the potential to be a crowd pleaser among memory foam fans who can afford the investment. With Tempur-Pedic’s classic pressure relieving foam at a medium firmness, it’s a great choice for older couples and guests. Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.5Nectar Original Mattress
Performance Score
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Nectar Mattress Review
Since 2016, Nectar’s original flagship mattress has remained their most popular model. The approachable price and medium firmness has satisfied many fans of the memory foam style mattress. If you’re in the market for a good memory foam bed you can sink into at the end of the day, read on to find out if Nectar is the right choice for you
Product Details
Material
Gel-Infused Memory FoamTrial Period
365 nightsShipping Method
Free, extra charge for AK and HIFirmness
MediumWarranty
LifetimePrice Range
$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The Nectar Mattress
The Nectar mattress is a great choice for average weight side sleepers and back sleepers who like to feel hugged by their bed. With an affordable price and gel infused foam that relieves pain and pressure, the lifetime warranty and one year trial period make Nectar an appealing choice.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Those on a budget
- Back and side sleepers who weigh 130-230lbs
- Memory foam fans who like to “sink in”
Not Recommended For:
- Heavier weight and stomach sleepers
- Those who tend to overheat at night
- Those who enjoy a more traditional bouncy bed
A Closer Look at the Nectar Mattress Materials
It should be noted that Nectar has faced a legal charge over claiming their beds were made in the USA. These beds are made in China, which may explain why they’re more affordable as far as memory foam beds go. The foam material is CertiPUR-US™️ Certified, meaning it’s free of harmful chemicals, heavy metals, and ozone depleting materials. That being said, the mattress will likely have an off-gassing odor that will need to be aired out for up to three days before use.
- Top Layer: A 10-cell soft and breathable fabric cover, completely removable and washable!
- Comfort Layer: 3” gel infused memory foam hugs and relieves pressure, while the gel promotes cooling.
- Transition Layer: 2” poly foam prevents further sinkage from the top layer to the base layer.
- Support Core: 7” of high density poly foam provides decent structure and edge support for a memory foam.
Firmness
The Original Nectar Mattress falls into that medium range of firmness a lot of memory foam beds do: right around 6 on a scale out of 10. If you weigh any less than 130lbs, this will feel more like a 7, and possibly be too firm. If you weigh more than 200lbs, it might feel like a 5, and you could need more support. Always remember comfort is subjective, but the average firmness of the Nectar has the potential to be a crowd pleaser overall.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" X 75" $798 Twin XL 38" x 80" $968 Full 54" x 75" $1,198 Queen 60" x 80" $1,298 King 76" x 80" $1,598 California King 72" x 84" $1,598 Pros and Cons
Who is the Nectar mattress best for?
If you’re set on a memory foam mattress, but don’t want to pay out the nose, a Nectar bed might be a nice choice for you. Couples and people who sleep with pets will enjoy the motion absorption of the foam and experience fewer disturbances at night than with a typical mattress. Average weight sleepers may find pain and pressure relief in all the right places. Those who prefer to feel like they’re sleeping in their bed instead of on top of it will appreciate sinking into a Nectar Original Mattress.
How is the cooling?
The Nectar mattress boasts a cooling gel comfort layer and a breathable cover. For the average sleeper, this could mean warmer winters and cooler summers, but there is no memory foam known to man that doesn’t tend to insulate heat. If you sleep hot regularly, it’s best to stay away from memory foam, or try a hybrid.
Is it a good fit for couples?
Nectar beds are great for reducing disturbances and isolating movement. However, couples might feel forced to the middle for sex and have some trouble changing positions on the slow-moving foam.
The edge support is good for a memory foam bed, but still lacking for some. It’s great for people with pets who don’t wish to be disturbed by movement, but couples may want to make sure they like it before sticking with their purchase.
What’s The Catch?
Side sleepers may still find their hips sinking in a bit too much depending on their weight, which is bad news for spine alignment. This mattress is not necessarily recommended for stomach sleepers, and combination sleepers may struggle to change positions, making them feel “stuck.”
According to the BBB, Nectar has a fair amount of customer complaints about shipping delays and defective products. If you don’t order directly from Nectar, there’s a good chance the warranty won’t be honored, which is what happens when you order it from Amazon.
We highly recommend reading the fine print of the warranty and return policy before purchasing from your vendor of choice. You can’t return the Nectar until after the initial month of your trial, which may be frustrating for some.
The Best Nectar Mattress Reviews
Happy customers love the pressure relieving hug of the Nectar Mattress. At best, the Nectar reduces joint pain, back pain and general body soreness. Reduced motion transfer may have couples sleeping soundly with less disturbances. The adaptive foam contours in all the right places, encouraging relaxed muscles and deeper sleep.
Nectar Mattress Complaints
Those who didn’t like the Nectar really didn’t like it. There’s no shortage of bad reviews, and if you sort the reviews on their website by the most votes, you’ll find a plethora of dissatisfied one stars. For some, the mattress was too heavy, never fully inflated to the advertised size and retained a horrible “PVC cement” odor that never really went away. For others, the firmness was all wrong, despite thinking it would be good for their body type and sleep style. Customer complaints range from difficulty returning to never receiving the mattress in the first place.
Nectar Mattress Warranty
Nectar Sleep boasts what they call a “forever warranty,” also known as a lifetime warranty. The Nectar warranty is only valid for the original purchaser, and is extended exclusively to mattresses sold by Nectar Sleep or Nectar Sleep’s authorized retailers. Shipping and returns are free, and Nectar promises an easy return process within the year home trial. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep any receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What the Nectar mattress warranty covers:
Nectar openly offers a free replacement at any time if the mattress compresses and forms impressions, as long as the impressions are 1.5 inches or more. Other defects covered include improper degradation, splitting or cracking, and manufacturing defects in the assembly of the mattress. As long as the physical defect has nothing to do with an improper or unsupportive foundation or bed base, you’re covered.
What the Nectar mattress warranty doesn’t cover:
It’s important to note that removing the mattress cover will void the warranty. Read that again! The Nectar mattress warranty doesn’t cover what they call “comfort preference,” meaning if you’ve kept your mattress past the year trial and you simply find it uncomfortable, there is nothing that can be done. The warranty also doesn’t cover environmental damage and misuse, neglect, or accidental damage. When in doubt, go over your paperwork before calling Nectar Sleep customer service.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICENectar Mattress Summary Analysis
In spite of the negatives, Nectar is a successful well-awarded company, and many sites agree that their flagship mattress is a great value for the price. They’ve become so popular they now have store models, which is good news for anyone who wants a physical test run before considering a purchase. Nectar is owned by parent company Resident, who are also responsible for the DreamCloud and Awara brands. All gently used mattresses are donated to charity to help those in need.
Nectar Mattress Performance Score
Comfort: 4.3/5
Back Support: 3.4/5
Edge Support: 3/5
Affordability: 4.5/5
Cooling: 3/5
Trial & Warranty: 3.5/5
Customer Service: 2.5/5The Verdict: 3.5/5
While the Nectar memory foam mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know which warranty you’re getting if any in case you don’t love it after a while. The right base can factor into the experience, as well as prevent sagging, so be sure you have the appropriate set up.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Cloud has the potential to be a crowd pleaser among memory foam fans who can afford the investment. With Tempur-Pedic’s classic pressure relieving foam at a medium firmness, it’s a great choice for older couples and guests. Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Tempflow Air Beds
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.9Tempflow Memory Foam Mattress
If you sleep hot and still want a memory foam mattress, one of Tempflow’s mattress models just might be the magic mattress for you. While their prices may still be considered high for some shoppers, their mattress models are still more affordable than their competitors.
Compare: Tempflow Air Bed Mattresses
It’s no secret that memory foam beds have a history of insulating heat. Even gel-infused foam, which claims to keep you cooler than average memory foam, still traps airflow. If you’ve got your heart set on a nice memory foam bed, but are wondering if you can find one that genuinely sleeps cooler, look no further than Tempflow mattresses.
Tempflow’s down to earth company promises a memory foam mattress that breathes using their patented technology giving you the best sleep ever. Read on to compare our Tempflow mattress reviews and learn why Tempflow Air Beds are some of the highest-rated mattresses on the market.
Product Details
Material
Memory FoamTrial Period
120 nightsShipping Method
Free, Return Fees ApplyFirmness
Medium-FirmWarranty
40-year LimitedPrice Range
$$$-$$$$Our Recommendation
Sleep Rating: 4.8/5 Sleepers Recommend Tempflow Mattresses
Tempflow is a brand of Relief-Mart, Inc with seven different memory foam mattress models. Some models offer a choice in mattress firmness while others have a hybrid mattress option. From the Original Tempflow, to the Glacier Elite, to the Supreme Contour, there’s something for everyone who loves a luxurious memory foam bed. Tempflow mattresses have special patented AirFlow technology to maintain a comfortable temperature through every season and keep you sleeping longer and deeper than ever.
- Tempflow Contour
- Temflow EliteContour
- Tempflow SupremeContour
- Tempflow Glacier Supreme
- Tempflow Elite
- Tempflow Cloud
- Tempflow Original
We recommend these mattresses for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattresses For:
- Those who sleep hot
- Memory foam fans
- Side sleepers
- Back sleepers
- Those concerned with material safety
Not Recommended For:
- Those on a budget of 1k or less
- Those who prefer a more traditional mattress
- Restless sleepers who move often
A Closer Look at Tempflow’s Materials
Tempflow mattresses are made with what they refer to as Biogreen proprietary viscoelastic memory foam that boasts multiple environmentally friendly safety certifications, including: Certi-Pur US, GreenGuard and GreenBear Mark. Tempflow’s Biogreen memory foam is lab tested to ensure a truly non-toxic experience, as well as strength and durability in extreme conditions. This means that not only is the off-gassing hardly noticeable compared to other memory foam brands, Tempflow mattresses can withstand the test of time. Hand manufactured in their facility in California, Tempflow offers a custom experience to each customer according to their needs.
- Kool-Flow Cover: A breathable blend of polyester and bamboo, this knit fabric cover is featured on each Tempflow mattress and micro-vents for better airflow.
- Airflow Transfer System: A patented technology that channels airflow through mattresses both vertically and horizontally, promoting ventilation and efficient cooling.
- Biogreen Memory Foam: a specialized foam that is extremely low in volatile organic compounds (aka VOCs), Biogreen is lab tested and proven to be without residual toxins.
Firmness
Firmness is subjective, and can depend on weight and body type. While most Tempflow mattresses are described as “soft but firm,” several of their models offer a plush option as well as a hybrid option for a more responsive experience than an all foam model. On average, they sit at a 6 or 7 on a scale of 10, 1 being the softest. Tempflow mattresses naturally soften a little over time, and the company recommends a semi-regular rotation of their mattresses to ensure you get the most out of them.
Pros and Cons
Who are the Tempflow mattresses best for?
Tempflow mattresses are best for those in search of a breathable memory foam bed. Anyone concerned with the safety of memory foam mattress material can appreciate the lengths Tempflow has gone to to incorporate non-toxic certified foam that virtually eliminates off-gassing odors. Sleepers of all types in search of the motion isolation memory foam is known for can find a Tempflow model for them.
How is it for sex?
Couples should love the motion absorption of the Tempflow memory foam layers because it means less disturbances at night from their partner, kids or pets. The foam may provide good traction, but can be limiting as far as easy motion goes, which can make it more difficult to change positions. Lastly, couples may feel limited to the middle of the bed unless they opt for one of the hybrid Tempflow models for added edge support and bounce.
How is the cooling?
While many other memory foam mattress brands boast about cooling technology, Tempflow’s patented AirFlow technology system is said to be one of the few that actually works. Tempflow mattresses overall do a great job at regulating temperature, ventilating heat and adjusting with the seasons.
If someone isn’t satisfied with Tempflow’s cooling technology, the company recommends their Organic Cotton mattress protector, which absorbs sweat and promotes extra air circulation.
What’s The Catch?
Depending on the model, Tempflow memory foam mattresses may have poor edge support. Couples may have trouble moving around on the foam during intimate moments. If you sleep extremely hot, even a Tempflow mattress may not be the solution, though it could be worth a trial period to find out. Heavier weight sleepers may need to opt for the hybrid models for extra support. Other than that, the biggest catch for some is likely the sticker price.
The Best Tempflow Mattress Reviews
Owners of Tempflow mattresses recommend them over larger commercial brands because their prices are more accessible, and their warranty is superior. Tempflow’s customer service is highly spoken of in reviews. Happy owners of Tempflow mattresses say they have indeed solved the two main problems that usually come with memory foam mattresses: off-gassing and cooling. Tempflow mattresses are proven to be far less toxic than the average mattress, and most reviewers say the airflow technology works extremely well!
The Worst Tempflow Mattress Reviews
Bad reviews of Tempflow mattresses are difficult to find. The biggest complaints are over the firmness and break-in period, though the company promises to work with any complaints to find a solution. Some individuals may not be impressed with the airflow technology and may still experience night sweats. Tempflow’s reputation is so good, it’s hard to say much else.
Tempflow Mattress Warranty
Tempflow offers a 40-year limited warranty, second best only to the Lifetime warranty offered by other companies. In the first ten years of mattress ownership, Tempflow will take responsibility for any defective parts, labor and materials and perform repairs at no cost. However, shipping and handling fees during the return process will be the customers responsibility.
From the 11th year of ownership on, defect repairs are available at a prorated amount, plus shipping and handling fees. The prorated amount is calculated by dividing the number of years owned by 40, then multiplied by the original mattress cost. In order to return your Tempflow mattress, you must obtain a Return Material Authorization before sending it back to their manufacturing plant. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep any receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What The Tempflow Warranty Covers
Tempflow mattresses are warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 40 years from the original purchase date. Sags greater than 3/4 of an inch are covered, so remember to use a proper foundation and regularly rotate the mattress to ensure longevity. Tempflow mattresses naturally soften a bit through the break-in period, which is not considered a defect.
What The Tempflow Warranty Doesn’t Cover
Physical abuse or neglectful damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage isn’t covered by Tempflow’s warranty. While they don’t have specific instructions on using a proper foundation or base, Tempflow’s warranty also doesn’t cover damage by use of an improper foundation, such as a slatted foundation that allows the mattress to bend and sink between the slats. With proper care, Tempflow mattresses are designed to last as long as possible.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial Period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICETempflow Mattress Summary Analysis
Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products. Tempflow’s standards and quality of materials are both high, making it easy to see why they’re so well rated.
Tempflow Mattress Collection Performance Score
Comfort: 4/5
Back Support: 4/5
Edge Support: 3/5
Affordability: 3.5/5
Cooling: 4/5
Trial & Warranty: 4/5
Customer Service: 5/5The Verdict: 3.9/5
If you sleep hot and still want a memory foam mattress, Tempflow just might be the magic mattress for you. While their prices may still be considered high for some shoppers, Tempflow models are still more affordable than many of their competitors. With plenty of environmentally safe options and patented airflow technology, Tempflow is easily recognized as the superior choice to many other memory foam models.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
AirPedic 800 & 850 Air Bed Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Airpedic 800 mattress and Airpedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Airpedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number bed alternative. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Beds
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. Read more…
-
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
At best, the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze mattress is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Read more…
-
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LuxeBreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want... Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 mattress model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don't sleep hot and you. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Sleep Number 360 i10 smart bed is the answer to a sleepless couple’s prayers - for a price. While any of these models have the potential to solve all of your sleep-related issues, the hefty price tag is impossible to ignore. The i10 is one of the best airbeds money can buy. Read more…
OUR BEST PICKS!
-
Comfort
-
TEMPUR-Cloud Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.8TEMPUR-Cloud Mattress
The TEMPUR-Cloud mattress has the potential to be a crow pleaser among memory foam fans who can afford the investment. With Tempur-Pedic’s classic pressure relieving foam at a medium firmness, it’s a great choice for older couples and guests.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
TEMPUR-Cloud Mattress Review
Fans of memory foam mattresses have been coming to Tempur-Pedic for their innovative NASA designed beds since the 90’s. With the growing competition and rise of the bed-in-a-box trend, Tempur-Pedic responded with a revamped version of their Cloud Collection: The TEMPUR-Cloud.
If you’re looking for a luxury memory foam mattress, but aren’t necessarily looking to break the bank, TEMPUR-Cloud may be the one for you. Read this comprehensive dig to find out!
Product Details
Material
Memory FoamTrial Period
90 nightsShipping Method
FreeFirmness
MediumWarranty
10-yearsPrice Range
$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The TEMPUR-Cloud Mattress
With a more approachable price than other Tempur-Pedic models, the TEMPUR-Cloud is a crowd pleasing luxury memory foam mattress great for average weight sleepers, particularly side sleepers. The motion isolation of the slow-moving foam is great for couples and families looking for less disturbances at night. Sleep deeper and longer, cradled by the TEMPUR-Cloud in all the right places.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Side and back sleepers
- Memory foam fans
- Couples and people who sleep with their children or pets
- Restless sleepers
Not Recommended For:
- Shoppers on a budget
- Those who sleep hot
- Those who prefer a more traditional mattress
- Heavy weight sleepers
- Stomach sleepers
A Closer Look at TEMPUR-Cloud Materials
The TEMPUR-Cloud mattress is a compressed “Bed in a box” mattress, meaning it will need to decompress for a day or two after setup. It is heavy foam, so be prepared with an extra person to help. According to the website, the mattress may arrive in a cardboard box instead of the pictured reusable canvas bag due to demand. There will likely be a “new bed smell,” known as off-gassing odor, so be sure and let your mattress breathe for a day or two in a well ventilated area before you sleep on it.
Tempur-Pedic’s custom foam was originally designed in the US with NASA to absorb the G-force of astronauts traveling into space, and became their signature proprietary technology they’ve been developing for decades. According to their website, Tempur-Pedic certifies that all products are subject to the Federal Flammability Standard. In addition, Tempur-Pedic mattresses are CertiPUR-US certified, meaning they’re environmentally safe and up to standards.
Firmness
The TEMPUR-Cloud comes in a universal medium firmness, falling at about a 6.5 on a scale of 10, 1 being the softest. Depending on your body type, this may feel firmer, especially in the first few weeks of the break in period. Tempur-Pedic mattresses are known for softening up over time, so this may put the TEMPUR-Cloud closer to a level 5 firmness after a while. This makes it potentially a great bed for a wide range of sleepers who want something not too firm or too soft.
The TEMPUR-Cloud has a simple but effective construction:
TEMPUR-Cloud’s Layers
-
- 360 Cover: Stretchy and breathable, this Tempur-Pedic designed cover promotes airflow more than some other compressed mattress brands.
- Comfort Layer: A new formulation of Tempur-Pedic’s classic memory foam that sinks deep to relieve pressure.
- Support Layer: A slightly firmer layer of Tempur-Pedic foam that acts as a transition layer, preventing you from sinking to the bottom.
- Base Layer: A thick layer of high-density poly foam curbs deep sinkage, providing stability and shape.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" x 75" x 14" $1,099 Twin XL 38" x 80" x 14" $1,299 Full 54" x 75" x 14" $1,299 Queen 60" x 80" x 14" $1,399 King 76" x 80" x 14" $1,799 California King 72" x 84" x 14" $1,799 Split King 76" x 80" x 14" $2,598 Pros and Cons
Who is the Tempur-Pedic TEMPUR-Cloud mattress best for?
Couples who sleep with their children or pets looking to treat themselves to a memory foam bed should enjoy the motion isolation the TEMPUR-Cloud provides. This mattress is best for light to average weight sleepers, as heavier sleepers may need more support from a different bed. Anyone struggling with back pain on their old mattress may appreciate the pressure relief of the TEMPUR-Cloud. Combination sleepers should be relatively comfortable in any position, particularly side and back. Stomach sleepers could find themselves out of alignment and may need a different mattress.
How is the edge support?
As with most memory foam mattresses, the edge support of the TEMPUR-Cloud could be better, but isn’t terrible. Couples may need to take this into consideration, as it can make the bed feel smaller. You may have difficulty sitting on the edge to tie your shoes, as sinkage will occur.
How is it for sex?
Since the edge support is lacking and the foam is slow moving, this isn’t the greatest mattress for intimacy. Couples may have difficulty moving through the foam, and feel forced to the middle by the sinking edges.
What’s The Catch?
ong time fans of the Tempur-Pedic line claim that this isn’t the same as previous models from the Cloud Collection. Their previous Cloud line was discontinued, and the TEMPUR-Cloud was brought back in 2019 as a nod to the line. They say if you liked the old Cloud Collection, you might prefer the TEMPUR-Adapt over the current Cloud.
Since this is just classic memory foam with no cooling technology beyond the breathable cover, this mattress does insulate and trap heat. Since the bed will soften over time, this could eventually feel like a hot sink trap that is difficult to move out of. Breathable sheets and bedding could make a difference in this case, but since this is a new formulation of Tempur-Pedic foam, it is still more breathable than past models.
The Best TEMPUR-Cloud Mattress Reviews
Satisfied sleepers love the cushy feel of the TEMPUR-Cloud. People suffering from body pain like arthritis mention feeling far less pain on this mattress. Many love that this model is delivered directly, and say it is just the right level of firmness. At best, the TEMPUR-Cloud conforms and comforts, relieving pressure in all the right places. For the majority of their reviewers, Tempur-Pedic has delivered quality sleep once again with this model.
The Worst TEMPUR-Cloud Mattress Reviews
Unhappy campers report dissatisfaction with the firmness level, either stating it is far too hard or too soft. Some reviewers mention the mattress losing its shape quicker than expected, and therefore losing much of the motion isolation quality. Another common complaint is the mattress being too thin to be a Cloud and not having enough support. This results in more pain than pain relief. Others reported never before night sweats, as the TEMPUR-Cloud traps more heat than some would prefer. If you want to return it, you may be facing a charge, so be sure and read the fine print ahead of time.
Tempur-Pedic Mattress Warranty
All Tempur-Pedic mattresses are covered by a 10-year full replacement limited warranty, meaning for up to 10 years after purchase, any confirmed defects covered under the warranty can be claimed for a repair or replacement with no deductible. This warranty extends only to mattresses purchased from Tempur-Pedic or an authorized Tempur-Pedic Retailer. Transportation fees associated with repairs or replacements are not covered by Tempur-Pedic.
Registering your product with Tempur-Pedic’s website can help keep record of your purchase for future reference and claims. If you’re making a claim through a third party authorized retailer, you’ll need proof of purchase to make it. Keep in mind the warranty for any replacement runs from the date of the original purchase. Be sure to read all terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep all receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What the mattress warranty covers
Deterioration causing the mattress to have a visible indentation greater than three-fourths of an inch (0.75) is covered, as long as it isn’t associated with use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or adjustable bed base. Physical flaws that cause the Tempur material to split or crack despite proper set up and normal use are covered.
Manufacturing defects in zipper assembly of the cover are also covered, and if the cover needs replacing Tempur-Pedic offers the most current style available, which could be different than the cover originally provided. Note also that any extra pieces such as pumps, hoses or remotes provided with any Tempur-Pedic product is only warranted for 5 years, but may be qualified for replacement if deemed defective.
What the mattress warranty doesn’t cover
Tempur-Pedic emphasizes that they may require proof of the quality of the base you’re using, and reserves the right to invalidate your warranty if they find it inadequate. If you purchased your mattress before 2014, the warranty may have been updated and changed. A natural increase in softness of the Tempur material that does not affect the overall quality of the mattress isn’t covered, and neither is overall comfort preference, meaning if you simply find the mattress uncomfortable after the trial period you may be stuck with your mattress.
Tempur-Pedic does not cover physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage, and the warranty won’t apply to any mattress that is considered used, previously owned or sold through unauthorized retailers. It is strongly recommended to go over the warranty before contacting customer service, so you know whether or not you’d be wasting your time by making a claim.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICETEMPUR-Cloud Mattress Summary Analysis
Tempur-Pedic bought out fellow mattress company Sealy after building a strong reputation selling luxury memory foam mattresses, forming umbrella company Tempur-Sealy International in 2012. Tempur-Pedic donates mattresses to military personnel, first responders, disaster relief efforts and more. Since they’re so large, you can find their flagship stores to try out mattress models for yourself, though according to reviewers their store models often feel different than the ones that are shipped out. The right frame and initial break in period can factor into how comfortable your mattress ultimately stays, so keep this in mind.
TEMPUR-Cloud is their first and only bed-in-a-box so far, launched in response to the rising trend among competition. Considering the prices of their other models currently available, the TEMPUR-Cloud is the most affordable and still holds quality compared to other brands who make similar beds.
TEMPUR-Cloud Performance Score
Comfort: 4.2/5
Back Support: 4/5
Edge Support: 2.5/5
Affordability: 4/5
Cooling: 3/5
Trial & Warranty: 4.2/5
Customer Service: 4.5/5The Verdict: 3.8/5
The TEMPUR-Cloud has the potential to be a crowd pleaser among memory foam fans who can afford the investment. With Tempur-Pedic’s classic pressure relieving foam at a medium firmness, it’s a great choice for older couples and guests. However, the poor mattress cooling and lack of edge support might prove unpleasant for hot or heavier weight sleepers. If you don’t know your trial and warranty terms you could have trouble with customer support, so always read the fine print.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
AirPedic 800 & 850 Air Bed Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Airpedic 800 mattress and Airpedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Airpedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number bed alternative. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Beds
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. Read more…
-
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
At best, the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze mattress is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Read more…
-
Tempflow Air Bed Mattress Series
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Read more… -
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LuxeBreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want... Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 mattress model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don't sleep hot and you. Read more…
OUR BEST PICKS!
-
Comfort
-
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4.1Summary
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LUXEbreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Fans of Tempur-Pedic sometimes say they feel the brand isn’t what it used to be.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
It’s no secret that memory foam mattresses have a reputation of “sleeping hot.” That’s why Tempur-Pedic launched a new line of their memory foam mattresses designed to address this problem with brand new technology exclusive to their brand. Tempur-Pedic has remained a reliable company to purchase memory foam beds from since 1992, and has since launched a wide range of models to stay up to date with the competition, including their Breeze models. If you’re a fan of memory foam beds but aren’t a fan of just how insulating they can be, read on to see if the Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze could be a perfect fit for a cooler night’s sleep.
Product Details
Material
Memory FoamTrial Period
90 nights, 30 night break-in periodShipping Method
Free, with select mattress purchasesFirmness
Soft, FirmWarranty
10-yearsPrice Range
$$$$+Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress
As the name suggests, the LUXEbreeze is a luxury model memory foam bed with cutting-edge cooling technology to give you a mattress up to 8 degrees cooler than their previous models. Using advanced technology designed for NASA, Tempur-Pedic’s foam contours and relieves pressure where you need it. With two firmness levels to choose from, the LUXEbreeze is designed for cooler, deeper sleep.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Sleepers looking to invest in a luxury memory foam mattress
- Side and back sleepers
- Those who suffer from back and body pain
- Sleepers who tend to overheat at night
Not Recommended For:
- Anyone on a budget
- Sleepers who don’t like slow moving foam
- Stomach sleepers
A Closer Look At LUXEbreeze’s Materials
Tempur-Pedic’s history began with NASA, who had been developing a material to absorb the G-Force of astronauts traveling into space. This material was innovated by scientists for their company, making it their proprietary one-of-a-kind technology they’ve been evolving for decades. They’ve taken it a step further with new cooling technology exclusive to the TEMPUR-Breeze models.
The off-gassing odor of the LUXEbreeze is said to be relatively strong, so be sure and let your mattress breathe in a well ventilated area for a day or so before use. According to their website, Tempur-Pedic certifies that all products are subject to the Federal Flammability Standard. All Tempur-Pedic mattresses are made in the USA. In addition, Tempur-Pedic mattresses are CertiPUR-US certified, meaning they’re environmentally safe.
Firmness
The Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze comes in two choices of firmness: soft and firm. The soft is said to be more of a medium, once again in the sweet spot of about a 5-6 on a scale of 10, 1 being the softest. The firm will likely feel closer to a 7 or 8, depending on your body type.
The firm edition of the LUXEbreeze has a slightly thinner comfort layer and thicker support layer than the soft edition. Tempur-Pedic mattresses are known to soften up over time. Firmness is subjective from person to person, and heavier weight sleepers in particular may have a hard time adjusting positions on soft Tempur-Pedic foam.
Construction Layers of the LUXEbreeze Mattress
- SmartClimate Max Dual Cover System: Ultra high density yarn woven tightly together to help pull heat and moisture away from the body, giving you a cool to the touch feeling as soon as you lay down. Removable and washable.
- PureCool+ Phase Change Layer: Exclusive to the Tempur-Pedic brand, this layer is designed to help you fall asleep cool and stay cool all night.
- Comfort Layer: Made with Tempur-CM+Material, this updated version of Tempur-Pedic’s classic foam is designed for enhanced breathability, allowing heat and humidity to be cycled out of the mattress.
- Support Layer: Ventilated TEMPUR-APR (advanced pressure relief) material, originally designed by NASA to absorb the force of going into space, enhanced with an ultra-breathable design.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin Long 38" x 80" $4,899 Queen 60" x 80" $5,399 King 76" x 80" $6,099 California King 72" x 84" $6,099 Split King Two 38" x 80" pieces $9,798 Split California King Two 36" x 84" pieces $9,798 Pros and Cons
Who is the Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze mattress best for?
Back and side sleepers looking to treat themselves to a luxury mattress should feel pressure relief in all the right places with Tempur-Pedic’s advanced memory foam technology. Above all, the LUXEbreeze models are for sleepers who struggle with overheating at night looking for some relief. Tempur-Pedic’s innovative new cooling technology is very attractive for anyone who loves memory foam mattresses, but hates how hot they can get. Couples can appreciate the motion isolation Tempur-Pedic is known for, creating less disturbances at night.
How is the edge support?
While both soft and firm editions of the LUXEbreeze mattress are relatively sturdy, some sleepers may find the edge support lacking. The memory foam compresses quite a lot for heavier weight sleepers, but won’t necessarily bottom out. Anyone who likes to sleep close to the edge may feel like they’re about to slip off, depending on their body type. This means couples may feel forced to the middle for intimacy, and could have trouble changing positions in the slow moving foam.
What’s the difference between the LUXE and PRObreeze models?
While the LUXEbreeze mattress has a soft and firm option, the PRObreeze mattress serves as the median of the two choices, offering a medium hybrid version with a support layer of proprietary coils as well as a balanced medium foam edition. The LUXEbreeze is 8 degrees cooler than the average Tempur-Pedic while the PRObreeze is only about 3 degrees cooler, so those who sleep especially hot will want to opt for the LUXE as opposed to the PRO.
What’s The Catch?
Complaints about the Breeze models include remarks on the firmness, the cooling technology being unimpressive, and difficulty changing the sheets on such a heavy mattress. Some sleepers may experience the soft LUXEbreeze as firm, and the firm LUXEbreeze as stiff as a board. Others may feel the mattress is far too soft, or softens too much in the process of breaking it in. If the firmness isn’t quite right, some sleepers could experience pain as opposed to pain relief.
The Best LUXEbreeze Mattress Reviews
Those who love the Breeze models, particularly the LUXEbreeze, rave that it works exactly as advertised. Night sweats eliminated, comforted by the contouring memory foam, happy owners of the LUXEbreeze boast genuinely cooler deeper sleep. For those who experience the relief they’re looking for, this mattress is entirely worth the investment.
The Worst LUXEbreeze Mattress Reviews
The flip side of this mattress is it may not work as advertised. Haters of the LUXEbreeze emphasize the discomfort they experience from the mattress, from the firmness not meeting their expectations to still feeling overheated at night. Dissatisfied customers claim this mattress is overhyped and overpriced. Lastly, others complained that the mattress required special sheets that were difficult to change in the first place due to its weight. Customer service can be tricky, leaving some disappointed with an expensive bed they don’t want.
Tempur-Pedic Mattress Warranty
All Tempur-Pedic mattresses are covered by a 10-year full replacement limited warranty, meaning for up to 10 years after purchase, any confirmed defects covered under the warranty can be claimed for a repair or replacement with no deductible. This warranty extends only to mattresses purchased from Tempur-Pedic or an authorized Tempur-Pedic Retailer. Transportation fees associated with repairs or replacements are not covered by Tempur-Pedic.
Registering your product with Tempur-Pedic’s website can help keep record of your purchase for future reference and claims. If you’re making a claim through a third party authorized retailer, you’ll need proof of purchase to make it. Keep in mind the warranty for any replacement runs from the date of the original purchase. Be sure to read all terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep all receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What the Tempur-Pedic mattress warranty covers:
Deterioration causing the mattress to have a visible indentation greater than three-fourths of an inch (0.75) is covered, as long as it isn’t associated with use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or adjustable bed base. Physical flaws that cause the Tempur material to split or crack despite proper set up and normal use are covered.
Manufacturing defects in zipper assembly of the cover are also covered, and if the cover needs replacing Tempur-Pedic offers the most current style available, which could be different than the cover originally provided. Note also that any extra pieces such as pumps, hoses or remotes provided with any Tempur-Pedic product is only warranted for 5 years, but may be qualified for replacement if deemed defective.
What the Temper-Pedic mattress warranty doesn’t cover:
Tempur-Pedic emphasizes that they may require proof of the quality of the base you’re using, and reserves the right to invalidate your warranty if they find it inadequate. If you purchased your mattress before 2014, the warranty may have been updated and changed. A natural increase in softness of the Tempur material that does not affect the overall quality of the mattress isn’t covered, and neither is overall comfort preference, meaning if you simply find the mattress uncomfortable after the trial period you may be stuck with your mattress.
Tempur-Pedic does not cover physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage, and the warranty won’t apply to any mattress that is considered used, previously owned or sold through unauthorized retailers. It is strongly recommended to go over the warranty before contacting customer service, so you know whether or not you’d be wasting your time by making a claim.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICETempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Summary Analysis
Once Tempur-Pedic had built a strong reputation selling luxury memory foam mattresses, they bought out fellow mattress company Sealy, forming umbrella company Tempur-Sealy International in 2012. They launched their Breeze line in 2019 to fill a public need for cooler memory foam mattresses. Tempur-Pedic is rather secretive about what their new technology is actually made of, using the word “proprietary” to imply protection under their brand name.
Tempur-Pedic donates mattresses to military personnel, first responders, disaster relief efforts and more. Since they’re so large, you can find their flagship stores to try out mattress models for yourself, though according to reviewers their store models often feel different than the ones that are shipped out. The right frame and initial break in period can factor into how comfortable your mattress ultimately stays, so keep this in mind.
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Performance Score
Comfort: 4.9/5
Back Support: 4.3/5
Edge Support: 3/5
Affordability: 3/5
Cooling: 4.7/5
Trial & Warranty: 4.2/5
Customer Service: 4.5/5The Verdict: 4.1/5
The TEMPUR-Breeze models from Tempur-Pedic have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LUXEbreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Fans of Tempur-Pedic sometimes say they feel the brand isn’t what it used to be. Knowing the details of the trial period and warranty will help better equip you in the event that this isn’t the mattress for you.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Comfort
-
TEMPUR-Adapt Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4.2TEMPUR-Adapt Mattress
The Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress appeals to both loyal customers of Tempur-Pedic as well as newcomers. With a medium firmness that works for most sleepers and a selection between an all foam or hybrid model, the Tempur-Adapt is a great choice for anyone looking to invest in their sleep experience.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
TEMPUR-Adapt Mattress Review
Tempur-Pedic has remained a staple brand to purchase memory foam beds from since the early 90s, and has launched a wide range of models since then to stay up to date with the competition. In 2018, Tempur-Pedic debuted a revamped line of Adapt models with new technology. If you’re in the market for a durable memory foam bed from a trusted brand, read on to find out if the TEMPUR-Adapt is the right mattress for you to invest in.
Product Details
Material
Memory Foam or HybridTrial Period
90 nightsShipping Method
Free, with exceptions to AK and HIFirmness
MediumWarranty
10-yearsPrice Range
$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The TEMPUR-Adapt Mattress
The TEMPUR-Adapt mattress appeals to both loyal customers of Tempur-Pedic as well as newcomers. With a medium firmness that works for most sleepers and a selection between an all foam or hybrid model, the TEMPUR-Adapt is a great choice for anyone looking to invest in their sleep experience. Tempur-Pedic’s premium and proprietary materials in their products made them famous as body contouring mattresses that adapt to your weight and shape, and the TEMPUR-Adapt is no exception.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Side and back sleepers who prefer a traditional memory foam feel
- Those suffering from pressure point pain
- Shoppers looking for a choice between memory foam or hybrid
Not Recommended For:
- Those with a budget under $1k
- Sleepers who tend to overheat at night
- People who prefer traditional pillow tops or latex foam
A Closer Look at The TEMPUR-Adapt’s Materials
The history of Tempur-Pedic’s material started with NASA designing a material that would absorb the G-Force of astronauts traveling into space. This material was innovated by scientists for their company, making it their proprietary one-of-a-kind technology they’ve been evolving for decades. This technology has been updated in their Adapt Collection, sleeping cooler and providing more personalized comfort than ever.
The off-gassing odor of most Tempur-Pedic models is said to be relatively strong, so be sure and let your mattress breathe a day or two in a well ventilated area before use. According to their website, Tempur-Pedic certifies that all products are subject to the Federal Flammability Standard. In addition, Tempur-Pedic mattresses are CertiPUR-US certified, meaning they’re environmentally safe to their standards. Tempur-Pedic models are a durable investment meant to last a decade or more.
The original TEMPUR-Adapt offers both a medium and medium hybrid comfort levels with simple but effective construction. Let’s take a closer look at the layers:
Medium
- Cover Layer: A cool to the touch tightly knit cover, promotes airflow and breathability.
- Comfort Layer: Tempur-ES material with a softer feel designed to cradle and relax in tandem with the other layer.
- Support Layer: Tempur-Pedic’s original material for durability, support and advanced pressure relief.
- (Hybrid Only) Coil Layer: 1,000+ premium wrapped spring coils for a bouncier more traditional mattress feel that adds support and durability to the medium design.
Firmness
The TEMPUR-Adapt is considered a medium firmness, though this may be experienced differently depending on weight and body type. Overall, it lands at about a 6.5 on the firmness scale of 10, 1 being the softest. Tempur-Pedic mattresses are known to soften up over time, so it could fall closer to a 5 after the break in period. The hybrid version is recommended for heavier sleepers who need more support, as the solo memory foam may not be supportive enough.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" x 74" $1,899 Twin Long 38" x 80" $1,899 Full 53” x 75” $2,249 Queen 60" x 80" $2,399 King 76" x 80" $3,099 California King 72" x 84" $3,099 Split King Two 38" x 80" pieces $3,798 Split California King Two 36" x 84" pieces $3,798 Pros and Cons
Who Is The TEMPUR-Adapt Best For?
The TEMPUR-Adapt models are great for fans of the original slow moving memory foam that hugs and conforms to contours, isolating movement and allowing a deeper sleep with less interruptions. It’s great for all sleep types, though stomach sleepers may have a harder time experiencing proper alignment. The updated technology of TEMPUR-Adapt’s materials are built to relieve pain and pressure so you sleep deeper and rise refreshed.
Couples looking for less disturbances in the night benefit from the motion isolation of Tempur-Pedic’s mattresses, but the foam can be limiting as far as easy motion goes, meaning it may be difficult to change positions. The TEMPUR-Adapt hybrid option offers extra edge support and bounce for couples looking for a more responsive mattress.
Which Adapt Model Should I Get?
The TEMPUR-Adapt Collection includes 3 options with sub model selections for your consideration:
- Adapt is made with the original memory foam, and is very straightforward with a hybrid option. It stands at 11” tall with basic features, and is the most affordable of the collection.
- ProAdapt stands at 12” tall and has 4 different layer combinations and firmness options to choose from. It has 20% more of Tempur material and a washable cover. This has been mentioned as the closest to the original Tempur-Pedic models by reviewers.
- LuxeAdapt is the most premium (also known as most expensive) of the Adapt Collection. At 13” tall, it has 40% more Tempur material, a washable cover, and is their most conforming model. Tempur-Pedic calls the LuxeAdapt the most pressure relieving of the three models, and comes in soft or firm comfort levels.
How is the Cooling?
While memory foam models aren’t known to be the coolest mattresses ever, Tempur-Pedic has updated their technology to offer a cooler line in the Adapt Collection. The breathable cover and firmness should provide some temperature control. For some, it might be just right, but for anyone who sleeps too hot it might not be enough.
How Is The Edge Support?
The average foam mattress doesn’t have perfect edge support, but the TEMPUR-Adapt has a dense foam border that provides relatively good stability. You should be able to spread out freely without feeling like you’ll slip off the side. If you’re a heavier weight sleeper needing more support, the hybrid option should be just the thing.
What’s The Catch?
The main complaints about the TEMPUR-Adapt usually have to do with the firmness. People either find it too soft or far too firm, which can lead to serious body misalignment and pain. For some, it simply doesn’t live up to the hype. Many Tempur-Pedic models have an initial smell some say doesn’t go away quick enough.
The TEMPUR-Adapt can sleep hot and soften up too much for some over time, creating a stove-like crater that is difficult to escape. Lastly, if you aren’t educated on your trial and warranty period you could run into trouble with customer support or a costly return.
The Best TEMPUR-Adapt Reviews
Satisfied customers report the TEMPUR-Adapt mattress working exactly as it should, relieving pain and providing a deeper, more restful sleep. Couples report less disturbances at night thanks to the motion isolation of the memory foam. Happy owners of the Tempur-Pedic Adapt mattress say it’s worth the price for peaceful less restless sleep.
The Worst TEMPUR-Adapt Reviews
Unhappy buyers typically don’t like the firmness or poor thermoregulation of the Tempur-Adapt. Some have had delayed shipping, problems with packaging, or trouble with the mattress breaking down sooner than they expected. The materials used can sometimes cause headaches due to the flame retardants used in production.
While it’s relatively easy to file a claim with Tempur-Pedic, be sure and keep your proof of purchase as well as educate yourself on the mattress trial period and warranty terms. Purchasing a Tempur-Pedic from a third party source usually voids their warranty. Those who misunderstood terms were stuck with a pricey mattress they couldn’t return.
Tempur-Pedic Mattress Warranty
All Tempur-Pedic mattresses are covered by a 10-year full replacement limited warranty, meaning for up to 10 years after purchase, any confirmed defects covered under the warranty can be claimed for a repair or replacement with no deductible. This warranty extends only to mattresses purchased from Tempur-Pedic or an authorized Tempur-Pedic Retailer. Transportation fees associated with repairs or replacements are not covered by Tempur-Pedic.
Registering your product with Tempur-Pedic’s website can help keep record of your purchase for future reference and claims. If you’re making a claim through a third party authorized retailer, you’ll need proof of purchase to make it. Keep in mind the warranty for any replacement runs from the date of the original purchase. Be sure to read all terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep all receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What The Tempur-Pedic Adapt Warranty Covers
Deterioration causing the mattress to have a visible indentation greater than three-fourths of an inch (0.75) is covered, as long as it isn’t associated with use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or adjustable bed base. Physical flaws that cause the Tempur material to split or crack despite proper set up and normal use are covered.
Manufacturing defects in zipper assembly of the cover are also covered, and if the cover needs replacing Tempur-Pedic offers the most current style available, which could be different than the cover originally provided. Note also that any extra pieces such as pumps, hoses or remotes provided with any Tempur-Pedic product is only warranted for 5 years, but may be qualified for replacement if deemed defective.
What The Tempur-Pedic Adapt Warranty Doesn’t Cover
Tempur-Pedic emphasizes that they may require proof of the quality of the base you’re using, and reserves the right to invalidate your warranty if they find it inadequate. If you purchased your mattress before 2014, the warranty may have been updated and changed. A natural increase in softness of the Tempur material that does not affect the overall quality of the mattress isn’t covered, and neither is overall comfort preference, meaning if you simply find the mattress uncomfortable after the trial period you may be stuck with your mattress.
Tempur-Pedic does not cover physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage, and the warranty won’t apply to any mattress that is considered used, previously owned or sold through unauthorized retailers. It is strongly recommended to go over the warranty before contacting customer service, so you know whether or not you’d be wasting your time by making a claim.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICETEMPUR-Adapt Mattress Summary Analysis
Once Tempur-Pedic had built a strong reputation selling luxury memory foam mattresses, they bought out fellow mattress company Sealy, forming umbrella company Tempur-Sealy International in 2012. Tempur-Pedic donates mattresses to military personnel, first responders, disaster relief efforts and more.
Since they’re so large, you can find their flagship stores to try out mattress models for yourself, though according to reviewers their store models often feel different than the ones that are shipped out. The right frame and initial break in period can factor into how comfortable your mattress ultimately stays, so keep this in mind.
TEMPUR-Adapt Mattress Performance Score
Comfort: 4/5
Back Support: 4.6/5
Edge Support: 4/5
Affordability: 4/5
Cooling: 3.8/5
Trial & Warranty: 4.2/5
Customer Service: 4.5/5The Verdict: 4.5/5
The TEMPUR-Adapt is a great choice for those who are able to invest in their sleep experience. The medium firmness is a crowd pleaser, and the hybrid option provides extra appeal for those who don’t necessarily want an all foam bed. However, the firmness level might not be just right for some, and hot sleepers may want to shop for something more cooling. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before your purchase so you know what you’re getting into.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Rating
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial/Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.7Summary
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 smart bed mattress model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don’t sleep hot and you appreciate the technology, assuming you find it accommodating.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Review
Struggling with an uncomfortable bed, dreaming of a perfect night’s sleep? How much are you willing to pay for a mattress that can solve all of your sleep issues? Known for reinventing the airbed, Sleep Number beds use Responsive Air™️ technology to sense your movements and respond to them automatically. The 360 p5 model is the first in their Performance Series, and has potential to solve all of your sleep related problems – for a price. While some say a good night’s sleep is priceless, it doesn’t hurt to do your research and find out if this is the right bed for you. Let’s take a dive into the popular 360 p5 from Sleep Number!
Product Details
Material
Adjustable Air, FoamTrial Period
100 nightsShipping Method
FreeFirmness
Medium-Soft, AdjustableWarranty
15-yearsPrice Range
$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The Sleep Number Performance Series P5
The Sleep Number 360 p5 airbed is an affordable solution that still brings in their more comfort driven foam layering and pillow-topped comfort layer to promote pressure relief. The most popular model in the Sleep Number Performance Series, the 360 p5, has a reputation for balancing firmness and contoured cushion. With all its features, it still has the most reasonable price point out of the collection. It’s no wonder this is a popular model!
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Older couples
- Side sleepers
- Those who struggle with chronic pain
- Those recovering from injuries
Not Recommended For:
- Stomach sleepers
- Those on a budget
- Those who sleep hot
A Closer Look at the Sleep Number 360 p5’s Materials
The mattress itself is 11 inches deep and made from a blend of rayon and polypropylene fabrics. There will likely be a slightly rubbery “new bed” smell, but this will dissipate faster if you let the mattress breathe in a well ventilated area for 24-48 hours before use. The p5 model also features a European-style quilted foam pillow top and a layer of PlushFit comfort foam, zoned to target 5 areas of your body.
Each airbed comes with a hose, pump, and optional remote. Be aware that your mattress needs to be placed near an outlet, and you’ll need a strong Wi-Fi connection if you choose to use the app on your smartphone as the remote. Each mattress comes with one or two fully-adjustable air chambers depending on their size. Sleep Number works with CertiPUR-US to ensure their foam is environmentally safe to their standards.
- PillowTop Layer: quilted plush, the stretchy cover is cool to the touch using outlast technology.
- Comfort Layer: 6” of proprietary gel infused foam to provide better temperature control.
- Air Chambers: all large models will have two air chambers that adjust independently using the sleep number function.
- Adjustable Base (Optional): A good base is critical when it comes to prolonging the life of your mattress. Sleep Number bases are sold separately but are known to enhance the experience.
Firmness: Finding Your Sleep Number
The entire appeal of Sleep Number mattresses is the adjustable firmness through their DualAir technology, with settings that range from 1-100. The lower the number, the less the air chambers fill. The average Sleep Number owner ranges from 30-65 in firmness. You can find your sleep number by trying out store models, or just assuming your favorite sleeping position and adjusting until it feels right.
The Sleep Number 360 p5 is a nicely-balanced medium, with a plush pillow top and foam layer to counteract the bed’s natural firmness. By default, it’s not too firm or too soft. This is what makes it so popular according to the sales reps at Sleep Number.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" x 75" $2,149 Twin Long 38" x 80" $2,199 Full 54” x 75” $2,474 Queen 60" x 80" $2,599 King 76" x 80" $3,099 California King 72" x 84" $3,099 Split King Two 38" x 80" pieces $3,499 FlexTop King 76" x 80" $3,499 FlexTop California King 72" x 84" $3,499 Pros and Cons
Who is the Sleep Number 360 p5 best For?
Sleep Number beds are great for couples who can’t decide on a single firmness mattress but still wish to sleep in the same bed together. Side sleepers are likely to love the just-right feel of the p5. If you’re struggling with chronic pain from an injury, these beds may be just the thing. Older folks dealing with difficulty sleeping due to physical changes say they appreciate the p5 for its customization. All in all, the p5 is probably best for older couples who sleep on their side and can afford the investment in a future forward mattress.
How is the cooling?
Unfortunately the p5’s temperature regulation has room for improvement. Because the top layer is 4” of foam, it’s slightly more insulating than other models. This means if you sleep hot, the p5 is a risky choice. You might prefer the Sleep Number 360 p6 model, which includes temperature balancing technology the p5 doesn’t.
How is it for sex?
While the Sleep Number airbeds are great for couples who want individual comfort levels, this could cause a slight problem when it comes to meeting in the middle, literally. Depending on how different your sleep number is from your partners, there could be a sagging issue in between the chambers, forming an undesirable “trench effect.” Contrasting sleep numbers create an obvious seam and uneven surface between the two air chambers that’s difficult to ignore. All in all, if you’re a couple that likes to snuggle in the middle a lot, you may need to take this into consideration.
How does it differ from the Classic Series?
The p5 features softer comfort layers, a pillow top and deeper profile than the models in the Classic Series, 360 c2 and 360 c4. Previous models in the Classic Series are on the firmer, thinner side. If you like your bed in the perfect medium range, the 360 p5 is said to be the Goldilocks choice.
What’s The Catch?
While this is a fun and futuristic bed, it is technically a modified air mattress with added bells and whistles. This means there are parts that can break down and require a replacement, like the hose or pump, which could mean paying out of pocket to replace them yourself depending on how long you’ve had the mattress. Oftentimes long term owners have complained about the durability of the 360 p5 in particular, claiming it didn’t last as long as they expected before they started having problems.
Adjusting the firmness can be noisy and potentially disturb your sleeping partner. Drastically different sleep numbers tend to lead to a “trench effect” over time that drags one into the middle. If you have a heart condition, the EMF’s of the sensor technology may elicit an unpleasant feeling, so keep this in mind for you or whoever you’re sharing the bed with. If the Wi-Fi connection isn’t steady enough, your sleep data could be incorrectly recorded.
The Best Sleep Number 360 p5 Reviews
The p5 is popular for a reason. Those who love it enjoy the medium plush feel and adjustable firmness. When it works it works wonderfully, and fans of Sleep Number say this is a great model to choose as your first Sleep Number bed. Using SleepIQ technology in tandem with the adjustable chambers, owners of the p5 can track their sleep habits and find their perfect sleep conditions on a mattress that isn’t too firm or too soft. At best, the p5 can relieve pain and provide a cloud-like experience incomparable to traditional mattress.
The Worst Sleep Number 360 p5 Reviews
Sleep Number beds are often described as “glorified, overhyped air mattresses,” and if you’re not aware of the terms and conditions you could have a lot of trouble with the return process. Complaints include trouble with the app connection, poor durability, improper or slow inflating, trenching in the middle, and extreme discomfort. Long-term owners may find themselves shelling out more money to replace faulty parts that aren’t covered under warranty, making returns difficult as well as expensive.
Sleep Number 360 p5 Mattress Warranty
Sleep Number offers a 1 year full warranty followed by a 15 year limited warranty, and covers defects in material or craftsmanship despite normal use. Their current warranty extends to all Sleep Number smart beds and bases purchased after March 28, 2020. During the first year, Sleep Number offers to repair, replace or refund your warrantied product or part if there is a defect in materials or craftsmanship despite normal use and service at no cost. After that, any repair or replacement cost is prorated and only partially covered. Be sure to go over all their terms and conditions before you make a purchase, and keep all receipts and records in a safe place you can easily access. Sleep Number’s warranty is very specific, so it’s important to know what you’re getting into.
What Sleep Number 360 p5 Warranty Covers
Sleep Number advertises a 15 year limited warranty with their 100 night trial period, available in the United States exclusively. It is far easier to return within the trial period, but be sure Sleep Number authorizes it first. The warranty covers an ownership transfer within the 1 year period, but the SleepIQ technology doesn’t transfer, likely to discourage any handoffs at all. The full warranty only applies to the original owner, and you’ll be asked for verification details upon making a claim. There is a law label attached to all Smart Beds that you should not remove, as this may void your warranty altogether.
What Sleep Number 360 p5 Warranty Doesn’t Cover
If you’re planning on making a claim with Sleep Number, keep in mind they don’t cover return shipping/delivery fees, and must authorize the return to begin with. The warranty doesn’t cover physical abuse or damage caused by tampering or modification to any component, nor does it cover environmental damage. The smart bed remote control, if purchased, is covered by a separate warranty, and the warranty doesn’t apply to the app technology at all. If you’ve purchased a Sleep Number bed for commercial use, only the 1 year warranty applies. If you’re caught using an inappropriate base or foundation, Sleep Number reserves the right to void your warranty completely.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICESleep Number p5 Bed Summary Analysis
Sleep Number started their company in 1987 under the Select Comfort Corporation, and the first Sleep Number bed was produced in 1988. They’ve come far since their original comfort settings that were only from 1-10. Sleep Number beds are made in the USA and can be found in their respective stores across the country. The company has been hit rather hard during the pandemic, furloughing nearly 2,000 workers in 2020, closing locations and discontinuing buybacks as well as deliveries in many cases.
Sleep Number’s customer service is relatively accessible. With a number to call or a virtual chat on their website, they’re typically easy to get a hold of. However, if you don’t know your trial and warranty terms, you might struggle with returns, exchanges, or replacements. They’re very friendly when making a sale, but are known to slap on extra charges or fees. Be sure and equip yourself with knowledge of their terms prior to purchase.
Sleep Number p5 Performance Score
Comfort: 4/5
Back Support: 3.7/5
Edge Support: 3.5/5
Affordability: 4/5
Cooling: 4/5
Trial & Warranty: 3/5
Customer Service: 3.8/5The Verdict: 3.1/5
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don’t sleep hot and you appreciate the technology, assuming you find it accommodating. The futuristic capabilities of Sleep Number beds are sure to impress friends and family, but more bells and whistles could create more problems. Throw in the highly specific warranty, and anyone interested should proceed with caution before purchasing one of these mattresses.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
AirPedic 800 & 850 Air Bed Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Airpedic 800 mattress and Airpedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Airpedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number bed alternative. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Beds
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. Read more…
-
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
At best, the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze mattress is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Read more…
-
Tempflow Air Bed Mattress Series
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Read more… -
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LuxeBreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want... Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Sleep Number 360 i10 smart bed is the answer to a sleepless couple’s prayers - for a price. While any of these models have the potential to solve all of your sleep-related issues, the hefty price tag is impossible to ignore. The i10 is one of the best airbeds money can buy. Read more…
OUR BEST PICKS!
-
Comfort
-
Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.6Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed
The Sleep Number 360 i10 smart bed is the answer to a sleepless couple’s prayers – for a price. While any of these models have the potential to solve all of your sleep-related issues, the hefty price tag is impossible to ignore. The i10 is one of the best airbeds money can buy, and if you like future forward gadgets and soft beds.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed Review
You deserve the best of the best, especially when it comes to your mattress. A good night’s sleep is worth every penny, and if you’re looking to treat yourself to a luxury airbed with innovative technology, Sleep Number is a great place to start. Their innovation series is said to be the best money can buy, particularly the i10 model. Sleep Number beds are known for their adjustable firmness and technology that allows sleep habit tracking, perfect for couples and those struggling to find the right bed.
If you’re ready to make the investment, read on to discover the details of the i10 and other models in Sleep Number’s Innovation series to decide if this is the right mattress for you.
Product Details
Material
Adjustable Air, Memory FoamTrial Period
100 nightsShipping Method
Free, Return Fees ApplyFirmness
AdjustableWarranty
15-yearsPrice Range
$$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The Sleep Number i10 Bed:
The i10 is the most luxurious model Sleep Number has to offer. Designed with couples in mind, the separate adjustable levels of comfort virtually end any arguments over a single firmness mattress. With a layer of reversible memory foam, owners of the i10 can enjoy an even more personalized experience from a mattress that automatically senses your movements and adjusts accordingly. Add in the fact that the i10 features Outlast temperature balancing technology, and this just might be the most amazing mattress in Sleep Number’s collection.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Older couples
- Those who sleep hot
- Sleep nerds who love technology
Not Recommended For:
- Those on a budget
- Solo sleepers
- Side sleepers
A Closer Look at Sleep Number 360 i10 Materials
Each smart bed comes with a hose, pump, and optional remote. Be aware that your mattress needs to be placed near an outlet, and you’ll need a strong Wi-Fi connection if you choose to use the app on your smartphone as the remote. The i10 is only available in larger sizes for couples. Sleep Number works with CertiPUR-US to ensure their foam is environmentally safe to their standards.
The i10 is the tallest and densest model, standing at a max of 15” tall and made from a blend of polyester, polypropylene, and Elastan. It’s unlikely you’ll smell the vulcanized rubber from the air chambers upon setup, but any “new bed” smell should disperse in a few days. The i10 includes a reversible comfort layer of memory foam and PlushFit foam. Plushfit foam has a lighter density than memory foam, but the presence of the extra materials in the i10 makes it the densest, plushest model in the collection.
Sleep Number 360 i10 Layer Construction
- Top Cover: A duvet-style pillow top with hyper soft quilting foam and Outlast temperature balancing technology.
- Comfort System: 7” of Plushfit foam and memory foam, specialized to balance temperatures and relieve pressure without retaining heat. Two separate slabs can be flipped for a slightly different experience depending on preference.
- Air Chamber(s): DualAir technology; two air chambers that inflate and deflate to adjust firmness level.
Firmness
The main appeal of Sleep Number mattresses is, of course, the adjustable firmness through their DualAir technology using number settings that range from 1-100. The lower the number, the less the air chambers fill. The average Sleep Number owner ranges from 30-65 in firmness. You can find your sleep number by trying out store models, or just assuming your favorite sleeping position and adjusting until it feels right.
The i10 is meant to be the softest available Sleep Number mattress. The layers of foam and quilted pillow top give it a fluffy feel overall, but the density of the layers could be experienced as firmer than expected. The default firmness of the i10 falls at about a 5 on a scale of 10. Depending on which side of the reversible comfort layer you choose, memory foam will naturally feel firmer than PlushFit foam.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin Long 38" x 80" $3,349 Full 54” x 75” $3,624 Queen 60" x 80" $3,799 King 76" x 80" $4,499 Split King Two 38" x 80" pieces $5,299 FlexTop King 76" x 80" $5,299 California King 72" x 84" $4,499 Split California King Two 36" x 84" pieces $5,299 FlexTop California King 72" x 84" $5,299 The Innovation Series Family Differences
Sleep Number Innovation models are the softest, most luxurious mattresses the company has to offer. While the i10 is the best of the best, it’s also the most expensive, and with the reversible comfort foam it feels denser than the other models. If the i10 doesn’t sound quite right, you might want to consider one of the other members of the Innovation family:
Sleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed
Features include a 12” profile and memory foam with seven zones to contour and relieve pressure where you need it the most. All innovation models have temperature balancing technology that minimizes temperature swings, so you don’t sleep too hot or too cold. Don’t forget about the SleepIQ technology that allows you to track your heart rate, breathing, movements and more!
Sleep Number 360 iLE Smart Bed
While very similar to the i8, the Innovation Limited Edition model offers a special 5-zoned comfort foam designed to contour the neck, shoulders, lower back, hips and knees. Hypersoft quilting foam in a duvet style pillow top creates a plush surface for a slightly softer feel than the i8. If you don’t need the specific features of the i8 or i10, you might prefer the iLE, which has slightly less zone support than the i8, but is less dense than the i10.
Pros and Cons
Who is the Sleep Number 360 i10 mattress best for?
The i10 is available with dual air chambers exclusively, meaning it’s designed specifically for couples who need a plush, yet dense mattress that conforms to their needs. If you tend to sleep hot, you’ll appreciate the Outlast temperature balancing technology the i10 has to offer. Sleep Number strongly recommends you pair their mattresses with one of their smart bases for the best experience, which adds on a few more thousand to the total price tag. To put it plainly, these beds are for those who can afford the investment. Lastly, because the i10 is so soft, it isn’t recommended for side sleepers, who will likely yearn for more support.
How is it for sex?
The i10 is available with dual air chambers exclusively, meaning it’s designed specifically for couples who need a plush, yet dense mattress that conforms to their needs. If you tend to sleep hot, you’ll appreciate the Outlast temperature balancing technology the i10 has to offer. Sleep Number strongly recommends you pair their mattresses with one of their smart bases for the best experience, which adds on a few more thousand to the total price tag. To put it plainly, these beds are for those who can afford the investment. Lastly, because the i10 is so soft, it isn’t recommended for side sleepers, who will likely yearn for more support.
How is the motion isolation?
The motion isolation of the plush i10 has been described as “not the best in the industry, but still good.” The comfort foam layers are likely to absorb most of the motion waves created by outside movements, though not all of them.
How is the edge support?
The downside to the plush layers of the i10 is poor edge support. Owners of the i10 may feel like they’re dropping off of the sides, and edge sleepers will feel obligated to move closer to the middle to avoid slipping off.
The Innovation Series Family Differences
Sleep Number Innovation models are the softest, most luxurious mattresses the company has to offer. While the i10 is the best of the best, it’s also the most expensive, and with the reversible comfort foam it feels denser than the other models. If the i10 doesn’t sound quite right, you might want to consider one of the other members of the Innovation family:
Sleep Number 360 i8 bed: features include a 12” profile and memory foam with seven zones to contour and relieve pressure where you need it the most. All innovation models have temperature balancing technology that minimizes temperature swings, so you don’t sleep too hot or too cold. Don’t forget about the SleepIQ technology that allows you to track your heart rate, breathing, movements and more!
Sleep Number 360 iLE bed: While very similar to the i8, the Innovation Limited Edition model offers a special 5-zoned comfort foam designed to contour the neck, shoulders, lower back, hips and knees. Hypersoft quilting foam in a duvet style pillow top creates a plush surface for a slightly softer feel than the i8. If you don’t need the specific features of the i8 or i10, you might prefer the iLE, which has slightly less zone support than the i8, but is less dense than the i10.
What’s The Catch?
While these beds are entertaining and futuristic, they are technically modified air mattresses with added bells and whistles. This means there are parts that can break down and require a replacement, like the hose or pump, which could mean paying out of pocket to replace them yourself depending on how long you’ve had the mattress. Long term owners have often complained about the durability of Sleep Number beds, claiming they didn’t last as long as they expected before problems arose.
Adjusting the firmness can be noisy and potentially disturb your sleeping partner. Drastically different sleep numbers can lead to a “trench effect” over time that drags one into the middle, though hardly anyone mentioned this issue with the i10. If you have a heart condition, the EMF’s of the sensor technology may elicit an unpleasant feeling, so keep this in mind for you or whoever you’re sharing the bed with. If the Wi-Fi connection isn’t steady enough, your sleep data could be incorrectly recorded or lost.
The Best Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed Reviews
Those who love the i10 say it is truly the most comfortable bed they’ve ever owned. The i10 offers a heavenly balance of softness and support, providing chronic pain relief and thus resulting in deep, peaceful sleep. Not only does it have just the right amount of sink according to fans, the temperature balancing technology actually works and the mattress does in fact stay cool. When these beds work properly, they’re a match made in heaven. The i8 and iLE have similar feedback, perfect for anyone who wants a cloud-like experience. If you ask a happy owner of any of these models, Sleep Number outdid themselves with the luxurious Innovation series.
The Worst Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed Reviews
Sleep Number beds are sometimes referred to as “glorified overhyped air mattresses.” Some say the i10 just isn’t what it’s cracked up to be, and find the durability lacking. Other complaints include: trouble with the responsive air technology, a gap between chambers, improper or slow inflating, air leaks, trenching or dips in the middle, and extreme discomfort. Long term owners may find themselves shelling out more money to replace faulty parts that aren’t covered under warranty, making returns difficult as well as expensive. If you don’t know the warranty terms, you might be stuck with a bed you don’t like and can’t return.
Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed Warranty
Sleep Number offers a 1 year full warranty followed by a 15 year limited warranty, and covers defects in material or craftsmanship despite normal use. Their current warranty extends to all Sleep Number smart beds and bases purchased after March 28, 2020. During the first year, Sleep Number offers to repair, replace or refund your warrantied product or part if there is a defect in materials or craftsmanship despite normal use and service at no cost. After that, any repair or replacement cost is prorated and only partially covered. Be sure to go over all their terms and conditions before you make a purchase, and keep all receipts and records in a safe place you can easily access. Sleep Number’s warranty is very specific, so it’s important to know what you’re getting into.
What Sleep Number 360 i10 Warranty Covers
Sleep Number advertises a 15 year limited warranty with their 100 night trial period, available in the United States exclusively. It is far easier to return within the trial period, but be sure Sleep Number authorizes it first. The warranty covers an ownership transfer within the 1 year period, but the SleepIQ technology doesn’t transfer, likely to discourage any handoffs at all. The full warranty only applies to the original owner, and you’ll be asked for verification details upon making a claim. There is a law label attached to all Smart Beds that you should not remove, as this may void your warranty altogether.
What Sleep Number 360 i10 Warranty Doesn’t Cover
If you’re planning on making a claim with Sleep Number, keep in mind they don’t cover return shipping/delivery fees, and must authorize the return to begin with. The warranty doesn’t cover physical abuse or damage caused by tampering or modification to any component, nor does it cover environmental damage. The smart bed remote control, if purchased, is covered by a separate warranty, and the warranty doesn’t apply to the app technology at all. If you’ve purchased a Sleep Number bed for commercial use, only the 1 year warranty applies. If you’re caught using an inappropriate base or foundation, Sleep Number reserves the right to void your warranty completely.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial Period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICESleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed Summary Analysis
Sleep Number started their company in 1987 under the Select Comfort Corporation, and the first Sleep Number bed was produced in 1988. They’ve come far since their original comfort settings that were only from 1-10. Sleep Number beds are made in the USA and can be found in their respective stores across the country. The company has been hit rather hard during the pandemic, furloughing nearly 2,000 workers in 2020, closing locations and discontinuing buybacks as well as deliveries in many cases.
Customers can access customer support through their phone number or virtual chat message system. However, if you don’t know your trial and warranty terms, you might struggle with returns, exchanges, or replacements. Sleep Number is a personable company, but is known to add extra fees and charges. Be sure and equip yourself with knowledge of their terms prior to purchase.
Sleep Number 360 i10 Smart Bed Performance Score
Comfort: 5/5
Back Support: 3.5/5
Edge Support: 3.5/5
Affordability: 2.5/5
Cooling: 4/5
Trial & Warranty: 3/5
Customer Service: 3.8/5The Verdict: 3.6/5
The i10 from Sleep Number is the answer to a sleepless couple’s prayers… For a price. While any of these models have the potential to solve all of your sleep-related issues, the hefty price tag is impossible to ignore. The bells and whistles are sure to impress your friends and family, but more parts could also mean more problems. The i10 is one of the best airbeds money can buy, and if you like future forward gadgets and soft beds, this is the one for you. However, be sure to read Sleep Number’s highly specific warranty and know what you’re agreeing to, should you be lucky enough to purchase one of these smart beds.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
AirPedic 800 & 850 Air Bed Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Airpedic 800 mattress and Airpedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Airpedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number bed alternative. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Beds
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. Read more…
-
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
At best, the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze mattress is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Read more…
-
Tempflow Air Bed Mattress Series
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Read more… -
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LuxeBreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want... Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 mattress model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don't sleep hot and you. Read more…
OUR BEST PICKS!
-
Comfort
-
Sleep Number 360 c2 Smart Bed
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.5Sleep Number 360 c2 Smart Bed
The Sleep Number 360 c2 smart bed is a nice choice for people who love the concept. Adjustable firmness is an appealing feature, and at the very least, the bells and whistles are sure to impress your friends and family.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Sleep Number 360 c2 Smart Bed Review
Almost everyone has heard of Sleep Number, the company that reinvented the air mattress and transformed it into a presentable, future forward bed. Their mattresses are especially appealing to couples who can’t decide on a single firmness mattress.
If you’ve ever wanted a bed that could sense your movements, adjust firmness, and change according to your needs, you might be in the right place. Read on to find out if the Sleep Number c2 smart bed is the potential perfect fit for your bedroom!
Product Details
Material
Adjustable Air, FoamTrial Period
100 nightsShipping Method
Free, Return Fee AppliesFirmness
Medium, AdjustableWarranty
15-yearsPrice Range
$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The 360 c2 Adjustable Airbed
The Sleep Number 360 c2 is the firmest and most basic model in the company collection, which means it is also the most affordable. Larger sizes come with two separately adjustable air chambers, perfect for couples who can’t compromise on a mattress with one firmness. Enjoy what feels like a luxury bed that features impressive technology without breaking the bank!
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Back and stomach sleepers
- Older couples
- Those who sleep hot
- Sleep nerds interested in tracking their habits
Not Recommended For:
- Side sleepers
- Fans of traditional or all foam mattresses
- Heavier weight sleepers
- Those with a heart condition
A Closer Look at Sleep Number 360 c2 Materials
The mattress itself is eight inches thick and made from a blend of rayon and polypropylene fabrics. There will likely be a rubber smell initially, but this will dissipate faster if you unzip the cover and let it breathe for a day or so before use. Each smart bed comes with a hose, pump, and optional remote. Be aware that your mattress needs to be placed near an outlet, and you’ll need a strong wifi connection if you choose to use the app on your smartphone as the remote. Sleep Number works with CertiPUR-US to ensure their foam is environmentally safe.
Let’s take a closer look at the construction:
- Mattress Cover: soft and breathable, this zippered cover is not designed to be fully removed. Instead, it is only recommended you unzip the cover to let the mattress breathe after initial delivery, or if you need to access the hose. Spot clean only.
- Comfort Layer: 2” of proprietary gel infused polyfoam provides a cooling, cushy feel above the air chambers.
- Air Chamber: 6” adjustable air chamber that fills or deflates depending on the chosen setting. Full size and larger have a chamber on either side for individual customization.
Firmness
The Sleep Number 360 c2 bed is considered a medium firm by default, but is designed to be adjusted with number settings from 1-100. It is the only model that does not come with a comfort foam cover. The average Sleep Number owner ranges from 30-65 in firmness. 1 would feel like unsupportive mush, while 100 would feel closer to sleeping on concrete. The higher the number, the more the air chambers fill to increase the firmness of the mattress.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" x 75" $699 Twin Long 38" x 80" $799 Full 54” x 75” $899 Queen 60" x 80" $1,099 King 76" x 80" $1,599 Split King Two 38" x 80" pieces $1,799 FlexTop King 76" x 80" $1,799 FlexTop California King 72" x 84" $1,799 Pros and Cons
Who is the Sleep Number 360 c2 mattress best for?
Those who prefer firm beds with a dense feel, little bounce or motion transfer will love the Sleep Number 360 c2 airbed. Best for back or stomach sleepers, side sleepers may feel too much pressure on their hips and shoulders to be comfortable. The air chambers and gel infused comfort layer allows the bed to sleep cool, so it’s unlikely you’ll overheat on the c2. Couples with different needs should love customizing their side, but might not like it for intimacy. Those who struggle with chronic pain and are interested in trying something new may also love the customizable c2.
How is it for sex?
While the Sleep Number smart beds are great for couples who want individual comfort levels, this could cause a slight problem when it comes to meeting in the middle, literally. Depending on how different your sleep number is from your partners, there could be a sagging issue in between the chambers, and an obvious seam between the two is said to be uncomfortable. All in all, if you’re a couple that likes to snuggle in the middle a lot, this might not be right bed for you after all, and could require further compromise.
How is the edge support?
Thanks to the four foam border walls around the Sleep Number 360 c2, the edge support is notoriously better than the average memory foam or latex mattress. If you’re setting up the bed yourself, you’ll be inserting these foam walls during assembly.
What’s The Catch?
Since there is only 2” of foam and 6” of air chamber, heavier weight sleepers who like a soft bed might need to look into something else entirely for better support, as they could feel like they’re sinking to the bottom with a lower sleep number. This isn’t a very plush mattress, so if you prefer a lot of cushion and pressure relief, you probably won’t find it in the thin foam layer.
Adjusting the firmness can be noisy and potentially disturb your sleeping partner. Drastically different sleep numbers tend to lead to a “trench effect” over time that drags one into the middle. If you have a heart condition, the EMF’s of the sensor technology may elicit an unpleasant feeling, so keep this in mind for you or whoever you’re sharing the bed with. If the wifi connection isn’t steady enough, your sleep data could be incorrectly recorded.
While this is a fun and futuristic bed, the added bells and whistles means there are parts that can break down and require a replacement, like the hose or pump. This could mean shelling out extra money to replace them yourself, so be sure and read the details of the warranty before purchase.
The Best Sleep Number 360 c2 Mattress Reviews
Happy owners of the Sleep Number 360 c2 love having a firm bed that adjusts slightly to their needs. The smartphone APP makes tracking your SleepIQ (a number that tells you how well you slept) easy and fun. Couples no longer have to fight over a single bed firmness, and the c2 is a fairly affordable choice considering the features. Once you find that perfect sleep number, they say you’ll sleep like a baby, deep in REM sleep!
The Worst Sleep Number 360 c2 Mattress Reviews
Those who don’t like the Sleep Number 360 c2 claim it is an “overhyped, glorified air mattress.” Complaints include trouble with the app connection, improper or slow inflating, trenching in the middle, and extreme discomfort. Long term owners may find themselves shelling out more money to replace faulty parts that aren’t covered under warranty, making returns difficult as well as expensive.
Sleep Number 360 c2 Mattress Warranty
Sleep Number offers a 1 year full warranty followed by a 15 year limited warranty, and covers defects in material or craftsmanship despite normal use. Their current warranty extends to all Sleep Number smart beds and bases purchased after March 28, 2020. During the first year, Sleep Number offers to repair, replace or refund your warrantied product or part if there is a defect in materials or craftsmanship despite normal use and service at no cost. After that, any repair or replacement cost is prorated and only partially covered. Be sure to go over all their terms and conditions before you make a purchase, and keep all receipts and records in a safe place you can easily access. Sleep Number’s warranty is very specific, so it’s important to know what you’re getting into.
What Sleep Number 360 c2 Warranty Covers
Sleep Number advertises a 15 year limited warranty with their 100 night trial period, available in the United States exclusively. It is far easier to return within the trial period, but be sure Sleep Number authorizes it first. The warranty covers an ownership transfer within the 1 year period, but the SleepIQ technology doesn’t transfer, likely to discourage any handoffs at all. The full warranty only applies to the original owner, and you’ll be asked for verification details upon making a claim. There is a law label attached to all Smart Beds that you should not remove, as this may void your warranty altogether.
What Sleep Number 360 c2 Warranty Doesn’t Cover
If you’re planning on making a claim with Sleep Number, keep in mind they don’t cover return shipping/delivery fees, and must authorize the return to begin with. The warranty doesn’t cover physical abuse or damage caused by tampering or modification to any component, nor does it cover environmental damage. The smart bed remote control, if purchased, is covered by a separate warranty, and the warranty doesn’t apply to the app technology at all. If you’ve purchased a Sleep Number bed for commercial use, only the 1 year warranty applies. If you’re caught using an inappropriate base or foundation, Sleep Number reserves the right to void your warranty completely.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICESleep Number 360 c2 Bed Summary Analysis
Sleep Number started their company in 1987 under the Select Comfort Corporation, and the first Sleep Number bed was produced in 1988. They’ve come far since their original comfort settings that were only from 1-10. Sleep Number beds are made in the USA and can be found in their respective stores across the country. The company has been hit rather hard during the pandemic, furloughing nearly 2,000 workers in 2020, closing locations and discontinuing buybacks as well as deliveries in many cases.
Sleep Number’s customer service is relatively accessible. With a number to call or a virtual chat on their website, they’re typically easy to get a hold of. However, if you don’t know your trial and warranty terms, you might struggle with returns, exchanges, or replacements. They’re very friendly when making a sale, but are known to slap on extra charges or fees. Be sure and equip yourself with knowledge of their terms prior to purchase.
Sleep Number 360 c2 Performance Score
Comfort: 3/5
Back Support: 4/5
Edge Support: 3.8/5
Affordability: 4/5
Cooling: 3/5
Trial & Warranty: 3/5
Customer Service: 3.8/5The Verdict: 3.5/5
The Sleep Number 360 c2 is a nice choice for people who love the concept. Adjustable firmness is an appealing feature, and at the very least, the bells and whistles are sure to impress your friends and family. Sleep Number has created a niche futuristic bed, but this seems to be a double-edged sword. More parts could lead to more problems that cost more money out of pocket, something the warranty seems to purposefully ignore. Those who are interested should proceed with caution, and be sure to read the fine print.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
AirPedic 800 & 850 Air Bed Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Airpedic 800 mattress and Airpedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Airpedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number bed alternative. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Beds
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. Read more…
-
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
At best, the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze mattress is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Read more…
-
Tempflow Air Bed Mattress Series
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Read more… -
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LuxeBreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want... Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 mattress model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don't sleep hot and you. Read more…
OUR BEST PICKS!
-
Comfort
-
TEMPUR-ProAdapt Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
4Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
The Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt medium mattress is a luxury memory foam mattress with several selections of firmness, including a hybrid option. Tempur-Pedic’s memory foam contours and relieves pressure where you need it, giving you deeper and more refreshing sleep.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress Review
Looking to treat yourself with a brand new luxury mattress? What about a mattress that you can customize to your needs? Tempur-Pedic has remained a reliable company to purchase memory foam beds from since 1992, and has since launched a wide range of models to stay up to date with the competition.
Read on if you’re curious about the ProAdapt model from Tempur-Pedic to see if this is the bed of your dreams!
Product Details
Material
Foam, Hybrid option includes coilsTrial Period
90 nights, 30 day break-in periodShipping Method
Free, with exceptions to AK and HIFirmness
Soft, Medium, FirmWarranty
10-yearsPrice Range
$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Bed
The Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt is a luxury memory foam mattress with several selections of firmness, including a hybrid option, making this an appealing choice for a wide range of sleepers. With advanced technology designed for NASA, Tempur-Pedic’s memory foam contours and relieves pressure where you need it, giving you deeper and more refreshing sleep.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Sleepers looking to invest in a luxury memory foam mattress
- Side and back sleepers
- Those who suffer from back and body pain
Not Recommended For:
- Shoppers on a budget
- Those who sleep hot
- Stomach sleepers
A Closer Look At Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Materials
Tempur-Pedic’s history began with NASA, who had been developing a material to absorb the G-Force of astronauts traveling into space. This material was innovated by scientists for their company, making it their proprietary one-of-a-kind technology they’ve been evolving for decades.
The off-gassing odor of this bed is said to be relatively strong with this model, so be sure and let your mattress breathe a day or two in a well ventilated area before use. According to their website, Tempur-Pedic certifies that all products are subject to the Federal Flammability Standard. In addition, Tempur-Pedic mattresses are CertiPUR-US certified, meaning they’re environmentally safe.
Firmness
Depending on the ProAdapt model you choose, the firmness level may rate anywhere from a 4.5 to a 7.5 on a scale of 10, 1 being the softest. These mattresses are known to soften up a bit over time, so we lightly suggest choosing a firmness combination based on this possibility. Firmness is subjective to weight and body type, so not everyone will experience it the same. Heavier weight sleepers may need the hybrid option with the coil layer for added support.
Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress has 4 Combinations of Layers
Firm
- SmartClimate Dual Cover System: A removable zip off breathable knit cover, with a stretchy knit layer underneath
- TEMPUR-APR Comfort Layer: APR stands for Advanced Pressure Relief, to reduce tossing and turning as well as isolate motion
- Original TEMPUR Comfort Layer: Tempur-Pedic’s original NASA inspired foam for advanced personalized contouring support
Medium
- SmartClimate Dual Cover System
- Original TEMPUR Comfort Layer
- TEMPUR-APR Support Layer
Medium Hybrid
- SmartClimate Dual Cover System: A removable zip off breathable knit cover, with a stretchy knit layer underneath
- ES Comfort Layer: ES stands for Extra Soft, meaning you’ll sink in to this layer as it conforms to your body and relieves pressure
- TEMPUR-APR Support Layer
- Coil Support System: 1,000+ premium innerspring coils for additional edge support and easier movement
Soft
- SmartClimate Dual Cover System
- TEMPUR-ES Comfort Layer
- TEMPUR-APR Support Layer
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38” x 75” $2,799 Twin Long 38" x 80" $2,799 Full 54" x 75" $3,149 Queen 60" x 80" $3,299 King 76" x 80" $3,999 Split King 76" x 80" $5,598 California King 72" x 84" $3,999 Split California King 72" x 84" $5,598 Pros and Cons
Who is the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress best for?
The ProAdapt models are great for fans of the original slow moving memory foam that hugs and conforms to contours, isolating movement and allowing a deeper sleep with less interruptions. It’s best for back and side sleepers, but not necessarily stomach sleepers, who may have a harder time experiencing proper alignment and support. The advanced technology of Tempur-Pedic’s materials are meant to relieve pain and pressure so you wake up feeling refreshed.
How is it for couples?
Couples may love the motion absorption of this model’s memory foam layers because it means less disturbances at night from their partner. The foam may provide good traction, but can be limiting as far as easy motion goes, which can make it more difficult to change positions. Lastly, couples may feel limited to the middle of the bed unless they opt for the hybrid model with coils for added edge support and bounce.
How is the the edge support?
Unfortunately the edge support with this particular memory foam mattress is weak because high-density poly-foam does not withstand compression very well. Chances are you won’t exactly feel stable on the edge, and over time you may sink more and more when sleeping or sitting along the edges. The hybrid model includes a support layer of innerspring coils, which stabilizes the memory foam and diminishes this problem significantly.
What’s The Catch?
Despite the claims of cooling technology within the first layer or so, the temperature control of the ProAdapt is lacking. While the coil system included in the medium-hybrid model does promote more cooling than the foam on its own, the foam layers present will still feel too warm for some. Memory foam naturally absorbs and insulates heat, so if you’re an exceptionally hot sleeper, this probably isn’t the mattress for you.
Secondly, despite the safety certifications, trace amounts of lead, antimony and arsenic have been found in previous Tempur-Pedic models. Lab-testing has identified formaldehyde and other unwanted chemicals in their mattresses and pillows which are known to cause cancer over long periods of time.
The Best Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress Reviews
Happy owners of the ProAdapt models attest to improved sleep and pain relief, and particularly enjoy the motion isolation that the foam has to offer. For satisfied sleepers, the ProAdapt is a worthwhile investment, especially after the initial break-in period of 30 nights. These models are great with adjustable frames and make accommodating guest beds.
The Worst Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress Reviews
At worst, some reviewers say this particular model is overhyped, and claim that Tempur-Pedic has lowered their quality for quantity in new models in order to stay in the competition. The ProAdapt can soften up considerably and sleep hot, leaving some disgruntled sleepers overheated and trapped in the foam. Others find that the foam did not ease up and the mattress was too firm to get comfortable on.
Lastly, some customers have complained that Tempur-Pedic’s customer support didn’t work with them well and left them disappointed, unable to get a mattress they enjoy after spending thousands of dollars.
Tempur-Pedic Mattress Warranty
All Tempur-Pedic mattresses are covered by a 10-year full replacement limited warranty, meaning for up to 10 years after purchase, any confirmed defects covered under the warranty can be claimed for a repair or replacement with no deductible. This warranty extends only to mattresses purchased from Tempur-Pedic or an authorized Tempur-Pedic Retailer. Transportation fees associated with repairs or replacements are not covered by Tempur-Pedic.
Registering your product with Tempur-Pedic’s website can help keep record of your purchase for future reference and claims. If you’re making a claim through a third party authorized retailer, you’ll need proof of purchase to make it. Keep in mind the warranty for any replacement runs from the date of the original purchase. Be sure to read all terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep all receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What The TEMPUR-ProAdapt Medium Mattress Warranty Covers
Deterioration causing the mattress to have a visible indentation greater than three-fourths of an inch (0.75) is covered, as long as it isn’t associated with use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or adjustable bed base. Physical flaws that cause the Tempur material to split or crack despite proper set up and normal use are covered.
Manufacturing defects in zipper assembly of the cover are also covered, and if the cover needs replacing Tempur-Pedic offers the most current style available, which could be different than the cover originally provided. Note also that any extra pieces such as pumps, hoses or remotes provided with any Tempur-Pedic product is only warranted for 5 years, but may be qualified for replacement if deemed defective.
What The TEMPUR-ProAdapt Medium Mattress Doesn’t Cover
Tempur-Pedic emphasizes that they may require proof of the quality of the base you’re using, and reserves the right to invalidate your warranty if they find it inadequate. If you purchased your mattress before 2014, the warranty may have been updated and changed. A natural increase in softness of the Tempur material that does not affect the overall quality of the mattress isn’t covered, and neither is overall comfort preference, meaning if you simply find the mattress uncomfortable after the trial period you may be stuck with your mattress.
Tempur-Pedic does not cover physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage, and the warranty won’t apply to any mattress that is considered used, previously owned or sold through unauthorized retailers. It is strongly recommended to go over the warranty before contacting customer service, so you know whether or not you’d be wasting your time by making a claim.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICETempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress Summary Analysis
Once Tempur-Pedic had built a strong reputation selling luxury memory foam mattresses, they bought out fellow mattress company Sealy, forming umbrella company Tempur-Sealy International in 2012. Tempur-Pedic donates mattresses to military personnel, first responders, disaster relief efforts and more. Since they’re so large, you can find their flagship stores to try out mattress models for yourself, though according to reviewers their store models often feel different than the ones that are shipped out. The right frame and initial break in period can factor into how comfortable your mattress ultimately stays, so keep this in mind.
Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Performance Score
Comfort: 4.8/5
Back Support: 4.5/5
Edge Support: 3/5
Affordability: 4/5
Cooling: 3/5
Trial & Warranty: 4.2/5
Customer Service: 4.5/5The Verdict: 4.0/5
The Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress has the potential to provide wonderful support and pain relief, and with four different combinations to choose from it’s hard to imagine not being satisfied. Fans of the original Tempur-Pedic brand and slow moving memory foam in general just might meet their match with a ProAdapt model. However, the lack of edge support in the foam models as well as poor temperature control could be unpleasant for some, and if you don’t know your trial and warranty terms well enough customer service may give you trouble instead of a refund. Proceed with caution.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
AirPedic 800 & 850 Air Bed Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Airpedic 800 mattress and Airpedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Airpedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number bed alternative. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Beds
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. Read more…
-
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
At best, the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze mattress is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Read more…
-
Tempflow Air Bed Mattress Series
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Read more… -
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LuxeBreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want... Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 mattress model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don't sleep hot and you. Read more…
OUR BEST PICKS!
-
Comfort
-
Sleep Number 360 m7 Smart Bed
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.7Summary
The Sleep Number 360 m7 smart bed has so much to offer; cooling memory foam, superior pressure relief, with DualAir and SleepIQ technology all at the touch of a button. At its best, this mattress promises to relieve pain, keep you cool.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Sleep Number 360 m7 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Number has built a solid reputation revolutionizing the air mattress and transforming it into a presentable, future forward bed. With separate adjustable air chambers in their larger mattresses, Sleep Number beds are especially appealing to couples who can’t decide on a single firmness mattress. If you’ve ever wanted a luxury bed that could sense your movements and adjust firmness on both sides all while staying cool, read on to find out if the m7 model from Sleep Number 360 is worth investing in.
Product Details
Material
Foam, Adjustable Air ChambersTrial Period
100 nightsShipping Method
FreeFirmness
AdjustableWarranty
25-yearsPrice Range
$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For Sleep Number 360 m7 Smart Bed
The 360 m7 is the only Sleep Number model with a thick layer of memory foam on top of a layer of gel-infused foam for superior pressure relief. The added feature of SleepIQ technology and adjustable firmness makes this the ultimate luxury mattress, great for couples and anyone suffering with chronic pain. The memory foam allows you to sink into the bed, while the smart technology senses your movements to adjust the air chambers, creating a unique blend of adjustable firmness and soft cushion.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For
- Sufferers of chronic pain
- Couples who prefer different firmness levels
- Those who sleep warm
- Fans of memory foam
Not Recommended For
- Those on a budget
- Stomach sleepers
- Those who prefer a simple mattress
- Those who prefer a firm bed
A Closer Look at Sleep Number 360 m7 Materials
The m7 itself is 11 inches thick and made from a breathable blend of rayon and polypropylene fabrics. There will likely be a rubber smell upon delivery, so be sure and let the mattress breathe in a well-ventilated area 24-48 hours. Each smart bed comes with a hose, pump, and optional remote if you don’t wish to use the app.
Be aware that your mattress needs to be placed near an outlet, and you’ll need a strong Wi-Fi connection if you choose to use the app on your smartphone as the remote. Sleep Number works with CertiPUR-US to ensure their foam is environmentally safe to their standards.
- Cover: Breathable blend of polypropylene and rayon with a soft fiberfill material sewn in
- Comfort Layer: 4” of gel memory foam with CoolFit technology to help you sleep cool and hug your pressure points
- Air Chambers: Sleep Number’s DualAir adjustability is featured in the larger sizes, pumping in or deflating air to customize firmness
- Support Layer: 2” of foam underneath the chambers give added support and height to the feel of the bed
Firmness
One of the biggest appeals of Sleep Number models is the customizable firmness. By default, the m7 arrives at a cushy medium firmness, around a 6 on a scale of 10, 10 being the most firm. Sleep Number uses a comfort scale from 1-100, but the average Sleep Number owner ranges from 30-65 in firmness. 1 would feel like absolute mush on the foam, while 100 would be like sleeping on a rock.
The higher the number, the more the air chambers fill, increasing the firmness of the bed. With the added comfort layer of cooling gel infused foam, just about anyone can find their sleep number, and change it whenever they need to with the push of a button. The settings increase in increments of five, giving you about 20 viable settings to choose from.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin Long 38” x 80” $3,349 Full 54" x 75" $3,624 Queen 60" x 80" $3,799 King 76" x 80" $4,499 California King 72" x 84" $4,499 Split King 76" x 80" $5,299 FlexTop King 76" x 80" $5,299 Split California King 72" x 84" $5,299 Flextop California King 72" x 84" $5,299 Pros and Cons
Who is the Sleep Number 360 m7 smart bed for?
The Sleep Number 360 m7 smart bed is designed with fans of memory foam in mind. The 4” of gel infused foam sinks and conforms to pressure points, hugging your body into the bed rather than supporting it on the surface. This mattress is especially great for anyone recovering from surgery or suffering from chronic pain, as well as couples who can’t agree on a single firmness bed. The coolness of the gel foam provides relief for anyone who sleeps hot. All of this is good news for anyone who can afford to invest in the m7.
How is it for sex?
While the Sleep Number smart beds are great for couples who want individual comfort levels, this could cause a slight problem when it comes to meeting in the middle, literally. Depending on how different your sleep number is from your partners, there could be a sagging issue in between the chambers, and an obvious seam between the two is said to be uncomfortable. The slow moving memory foam could make it difficult to move around.
All in all, if you’re a couple that likes to snuggle in the middle a lot, this might not be the right bed for you after all, and could require further compromise.
How is the cooling, really?
Since the mattress is mostly air chambers and cool memory foam, hot sleepers should be relatively satisfied with how cool the Sleep Number 360 m7 smart bed sleeps. Compared to beds that have a more solid structure, the Sleep Number smart beds in general are known for being more breathable than the average traditional mattress.
What’s The Catch?
The Sleep Number 360 m7 smart bed is particularly cushy, meaning it won’t be great for fans of firm beds like stomach sleepers. Those who are taller and heavier may feel like the mattress is collapsing under their weight, and should look into a different mattress entirely. Adjusting the firmness can be noisy and potentially disturb your sleeping partner. Drastically different sleep numbers tend to lead to a “trench effect” over time that drags one into the middle like a black hole.
If you have a heart condition, the EMFs of the sensor technology may elicit an unpleasant feeling, so keep this in mind for you or whoever you’re sharing the bed with. If the Wi-Fi connection isn’t steady enough, your sleep data could be incorrectly recorded. The added bells and whistles mean there are parts that can break down and require a replacement, like the hose or pump. This could mean shelling out extra money to replace them yourself, so be sure and read the details of the warranty before purchase to find out what’s covered and what isn’t.
Note: The Sleep Number 360 m7 smart bed is still listed as available on the Sleep Number website, but appears to be discontinued and replaced by the upgraded version: the i7. The m7 can still be found through third party retailers, which might change the warranty. Be sure and educate yourself on the terms and conditions if you manage to find a 360 m7 model.
The Best Sleep Number 360 m7 Smart Bed Reviews
Those who appreciate their Sleep Number 360 m7 smart bed say they’re enjoying a great night’s sleep, deeper and cooler than ever. Couples who prefer to sleep “separately together” will love having customizable sides. Thanks to the special patented SleepIQ technology, owners of the m7 (and any other Sleep Number model) can discover information such as heart rate or sleep movements and are provided with useful statistics that will help you understand whether or not you’re getting decent rest.
The Worst Sleep Number 360 m7 Smart Bed Reviews
Ultimately, those who don’t like the Sleep Number m7 claim it is an “overhyped, glorified air mattress wrapped in foam” Complaints include trouble with the app connection, improper or slow inflating, trenching in the middle, and extreme discomfort leading to daily pain. Long term owners may find themselves shelling out more money to replace faulty parts that aren’t covered under warranty, making returns difficult as well as expensive.
It’s All About The Base
It’s worth noting that several negative reviews of Sleep Number beds in general often reveal that the customer in question is using a box spring, which is the least recommended support base for the smart bed. Sleep Number beds do not belong on the floor, and don’t do well on a simple box spring base either.
This is why Sleep Number offers a number of adjustable smart bases that complement their mattresses and complete the set…if you can afford to, that is. If you’re not able to go all on a Sleep Number mattress and compatible base, be sure to do your research on the appropriate base to get the most out of your mattress.
Sleep Number Smart Bed Warranty
Sleep Number offers a 1 year full warranty followed by a 15 year limited warranty, and covers defects in material or craftsmanship despite normal use. Their current warranty extends to all Sleep Number smart beds and bases purchased after March 28, 2020. During the first year, Sleep Number offers to repair, replace or refund your warrantied product or part if there is a defect in materials or craftsmanship despite normal use and service at no cost. After that, any repair or replacement cost is prorated and only partially covered.
Be sure to go over all their terms and conditions before you make a purchase, and keep all receipts and records in a safe place you can easily access. Sleep Number’s warranty is very specific, so it’s important to know what you’re getting into.
What the Sleep Number Warranty Covers
Sleep Number advertises a 15 year limited warranty with their 100 night trial period, available in the United States exclusively. It is far easier to return within the trial period, but be sure Sleep Number authorizes it first. The warranty covers an ownership transfer within the 1 year period, but the SleepIQ technology doesn’t transfer, likely to discourage any handoffs at all.
The full warranty only applies to the original owner, and you’ll be asked for verification details upon making a claim. There is a law label attached to all Smart Beds that you should not remove, as this may void your warranty altogether.
What the Sleep Number Warranty Doesn’t Cover
If you’re planning on making a claim with Sleep Number, keep in mind they don’t cover return shipping/delivery fees, and must authorize the return to begin with. The warranty doesn’t cover physical abuse or damage caused by tampering or modification to any component, nor does it cover environmental damage. The smart bed remote control, if purchased, is covered by a separate warranty, and the warranty doesn’t apply to the app technology at all.
If you’ve purchased a Sleep Number bed for commercial use, only the 1 year warranty applies. If you’re caught using an inappropriate base or foundation, Sleep Number reserves the right to void your warranty completely.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Back Support, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Service.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICESleep Number started their company in 1987 under the Select Comfort Corporation, and the first Sleep Number bed was produced in 1988. They’ve come far since their original comfort settings that were only from 1-10. Sleep Number beds are made in the USA and can be found in their respective stores across the country. The company has been hit rather hard during the pandemic, furloughing nearly 2,000 workers in 2020, closing locations and discontinuing buybacks as well as deliveries in many cases.
Sleep Number’s customer service is relatively accessible. With a number to call or a virtual chat on their website, they’re typically easy to get a hold of. However, if you don’t know your trial and warranty terms, you might struggle with returns, exchanges, or replacements. They’re very friendly when making a sale but are known to slap on extra charges or fees. Be sure and equip yourself with knowledge of their terms prior to purchase.
Sleep Number 360 m7 Smart Bed Performance Score
Comfort: 4.8/5
Firmness: 4/5
Edge Support: 3.5/5
Affordability: 3/5
Cooling: 3.8/5
Trial & Warranty: 3/5
Customer Support: 3.8/5The Verdict: 3.7/5
The Sleep Number 360 m7 smart bed has so much to offer; cooling memory foam, superior pressure relief, with Dual Air and SleepIQ technology all at the touch of a button. At its best, this mattress promises to relieve pain, keep you cool and adjust accordingly. Great for older couples in particular who are able to invest, the bells and whistles are sure to impress friends and family at least.
However, the possibility of the bed breaking down a few years after purchase cannot be ignored, nor can the details of the warranty. Be sure you know what you’re getting into if you’re interested in purchasing the m7 (assuming you can still find it available at any retailer) and proceed with caution.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
AirPedic 800 & 850 Air Bed Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Airpedic 800 mattress and Airpedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Airpedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number bed alternative. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Beds
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. Read more…
-
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
At best, the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze mattress is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Read more…
-
Tempflow Air Bed Mattress Series
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Read more… -
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LuxeBreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want... Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 mattress model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don't sleep hot and you. Read more…
OUR BEST PICKS!
-
Comfort
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 Bed
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.8Summary
If you’re willing to make the investment, the Sleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed might be the best mattress for body pain, snoring, recovery and the great debate between couples of which bed to buy. It’s a bed that’s sure to impress your friends at the very least, with modern capabilities unlike any other mattress.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Sleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed Review
Have you ever wanted a bed that could intuitively sense your movements and adjust to them accordingly? What about a bed that could be soft on one side and firm on the other? If you’ve ever wanted a future forward bed that uses innovative technology, you might be in the right place. Couples who can’t agree on a mattress may want to read on to see if a Sleep Number i8 adjustable airbed is right for them.
Product Details
Material
Adjustable Air, FoamTrial Period
100 nightsShipping Method
FreeFirmness
Medium, CustomizableWarranty
15-yearsPrice Range
$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The Sleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed
Sleep Number took the bed market by storm by presenting a customizable smart bed with adjustable firmness that even the pickiest couples could agree on. With separate air chambers on both sides of larger models, arguments over the firmness of a mattress are virtually over. Sleepers of all kinds can enjoy a luxury airbed that uses technology to get to know you and support your sleep habits, evolving and changing with you as you need it to.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Couples
- Those suffering from pressure point pain
- Sleep nerds interested in tracking their habits
Not Recommended For:
- Solo sleepers or bed hogs
- Those with a heart condition
- Sleepers on a budget
A Closer Look at Sleep Number i8 Materials
This particular model in Sleep Number’s Innovative line of smart beds comes with a remote, hose, pump, and an app that tracks your sleep habits through your smartphone. The i8 Smart Bed itself is made up of a blend of polyester/polypropylene fabrics, so it’s soft and breathable. Sleep Number works with CertiPUR-US to ensure their foam is environmentally safe. As far as construction goes, it’s got a little bit of everything:
- Mattress Top: quilted plush, the stretchy cover is cool to the touch using outlast technology.
- Comfort Layer: 6” of proprietary gel infused foam to provide better temperature control.
- Air Chamber(s): all large models will have two air chambers that adjust independently using the sleep number function.
Firmness
One of the biggest appeals of the Sleep Number i8 model is the adjustable firmness. By default, the mattress arrives at a medium firmness, around a 6 on a scale of 10, 10 being the most firm. Sleep Number uses a comfort scale from 1-100, but the average Sleep Number owner ranges from 30-60 in firmness.
I would feel like absolute mush on the foam, while 100 would be like sleeping on a balloon rock. The higher the number, the more the air chambers fill, increasing the firmness of the bed. With the added comfort layer of gel infused foam, just about anyone can find their sleep number, and change it whenever they need to with the push of a button.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin Long 38" x 80" $3,349 Full 54” x 75” $3,624 Queen 60" x 80" $3,799 King 76" x 80" $4,499 Split King Two 38" x 80" pieces $5,299 FlexTop King 76" x 80" $5,299 California King 72" x 84" $4,499 Split California King Two 36" x 84" pieces $5,299 FlexTop California King 72" x 84" $5,299 Pros and Cons
Who is the Sleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed best for?
The Sleep Number mattress is ideal for older couples with different needs willing to invest in a luxury bed. Best with an adjustable frame, the i8 can sense snoring and take action to prevent it. Exhausted sleepers who have tried other options and still struggle with poor sleep may want to look into the smart bed i8 to track their habits and find the perfect variables for relief. Those in a long term physical recovery process would also benefit the most from an adjustable smart bed that will cradle their body to encourage healing.
How is it for sex?
Since there are likely to be two differing levels of firmness, couples may still have to choose a number to create a more intimacy friendly environment. Some reviews say that the seam between the two air chambers is a little too obvious and uncomfortable. If you’re a cuddly couple that likes to snuggle in the middle a lot, this might not be the right bed for you.
How is the motion isolation?
Since this isn’t 100% memory foam bed, the motion isolation has room for improvement. Flopping down on a sleep number i8 can often have a “water bed effect”, and so disturbances are more likely with the i8 than other mattress designed with motion isolation in mind.
What’s The Catch?
The Sleep Number i8 smart bed requires a good WIFI connection to work with the sensors in the bed and the app on your smartphone. Often times the technology is not 100% accurate, and may miss out on some of your movements.
If you have a heart condition, the EMF’s of the i8’s technology (magnetic sensors) may elicit an unpleasant feeling, so keep this in mind for you or whoever you’re sharing the mattress with.
The warranty and what it covers can be tricky, so be sure and read the fine print. Lastly, if you and your partner have drastically different sleep numbers, it may affect the middle of the mattress over time, creating a “trench effect” that pulls the sleeper into the middle.
The Best Sleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed Reviews
Those who are happy with the Sleep Number i8 smart bed adore the way it cradles them and adjusts to their needs. Like sleeping on a cloud, the innovative technology makes pain and snoring a thing of the past, adjusting to your movements and patterns to create the perfect conditions for deep rest. Happy owners of the i8 love tracking their SleepIQ (a number that tells you how well you slept) and pinpointing how to improve their sleep overall.
The Worst Sleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed Reviews
Complaints about the sleep number i8 smart bed include: poor motion isolation, poor temperature control, faulty firmware, molding in the hose, and trenching in the middle. This is a mattress with a ton of bells, whistles and add-ons that some say aren’t always worth the money. Long term owners may find themselves shelling out more money to replace faulty parts. At worst, this bed is described as “a glorified air mattress” that is both costly to buy and return, assuming the customer service didn’t give them the run around using their tricky warranty.
Sleep Number Mattress Warranty
Sleep Number offers a 1 year full warranty followed by a 15 year limited warranty, and covers defects in material or craftsmanship despite normal use. Their current warranty extends to all Sleep Number smart beds and bases purchased after March 28, 2020. During the first year, Sleep Number offers to repair, replace or refund your warrantied product or part if there is a defect in materials or craftsmanship despite normal use and service at no cost. After that, any repair or replacement cost is prorated and only partially covered. Be sure to go over all their terms and conditions before you make a purchase, and keep all receipts and records in a safe place you can easily access. Sleep Number’s warranty is very specific, so it’s important to know what you’re getting into.
What Sleep Number Warranty Covers
Sleep Number advertises a 15 year limited warranty with their 100 night trial period, available in the United States exclusively. It is far easier to return within the trial period, but be sure Sleep Number authorizes it first. The warranty covers an ownership transfer within the 1 year period, but the SleepIQ technology doesn’t transfer, likely to discourage any handoffs at all. The full warranty only applies to the original owner, and you’ll be asked for verification details upon making a claim. There is a law label attached to all Smart Beds that you should not remove, as this may void your warranty altogether.
What Sleep Number Warranty Doesn’t Cover
If you’re planning on making a claim with Sleep Number, keep in mind they don’t cover return shipping/delivery fees, and must authorize the return to begin with. The warranty doesn’t cover physical abuse or damage caused by tampering or modification to any component, nor does it cover environmental damage. The smart bed remote control, if purchased, is covered by a separate warranty, and the warranty doesn’t apply to the app technology at all. If you’ve purchased a Sleep Number bed for commercial use, only the 1 year warranty applies. If you’re caught using an inappropriate base or foundation, Sleep Number reserves the right to void your warranty completely.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial Period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICESleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed Summary Analysis
Started in 1987 under the Select Comfort Corporation, the first Sleep Number bed was produced in 1988. They’ve come far since their original comfort settings that were only from 1-10. Sleep Number beds are made in the USA and can be found in their respective stores across the country. The company has been hit rather hard during the pandemic, furloughing nearly 2,000 workers in 2020, closing locations and discontinuing buybacks as well as deliveries in many cases.
Sleep Number i8 Mattress Performance Score
Comfort: 4.8/5
Back Support: 4/5
Edge Support: 3.5/5
Affordability: 3/5
Cooling: 4.2/5
Trial & Warranty: 3/5
Customer Service: 3.8/5The Verdict: 3.8/5
If you’re willing to make the investment, the Sleep Number 360 i8 Smart Bed might be the best mattress for body pain, snoring, recovery and the great debate between couples of which bed to buy. It’s a bed that’s sure to impress your friends at the very least, with modern capabilities unlike any other mattress. However, based on the warning signs, this bed could be more trouble than it’s worth, so we recommend proceeding with caution.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
AirPedic 800 & 850 Air Bed Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Airpedic 800 mattress and Airpedic 850 mattress are thick, durable models perfect for heavier sleepers and combination sleepers alike. Airpedic adjustable air beds are a great choice for couples in search of a Sleep Number bed alternative. Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 i8 vs Air-Pedic 800 Beds
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Between the Sleep Number 360 i8 and the Air-Pedic 800, the clear winner is the Air-Pedic 800 Adjustable Air Bed. Certain aspects of Sleep Number’s score, when compared to the Air-Pedic, actually drag down the Select-a-Bed competitor. Read more…
-
Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
At best, the Tempur-Pedic PRObreeze mattress is a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to sleep a touch cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want less disturbances at night. At worst, this could be a disappointing and costly gamble. Read more…
-
Tempflow Air Bed Mattress Series
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Tempflow has an impressive reputation. With very little poor reviews, it seems Tempflow has held true to its word when it comes to customer satisfaction. As a division of Relief-Mart, Inc, Tempflow has become an industry leader in pain relief, comfort management, and memory foam products.
Read more… -
Tempur-Pedic LUXEbreeze Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The TEMPUR-Breeze models have a lot of potential for a wide range of sleepers. At best, the LuxeBreeze is a great investment for anyone looking to sleep cooler on a memory foam mattress, and for couples who want... Read more…
-
Sleep Number 360 p5 Smart Bed Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
Sleep Number’s 360 p5 mattress model has potential as one of their most popular crowd pleasing mattresses. It could be everything you’ve ever wanted, or an expensive nightmare you can’t wake up from. The 360 p5 is a fantastic choice if you don't sleep hot and you. Read more…
OUR BEST PICKS!
-
Comfort
-
Leesa Original Hybrid Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.5Leesa Original Hybrid Mattress
Overall, the Leesa Original Hybrid mattress has the potential to be a great fit for a lot of people. If you prefer a medium hybrid style mattress made in the USA, this mattress might be the bed for you. However, the 100-night trial period may not be long enough for some to decide, and those who don’t like the mattress have a lot to say.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Leesa Original Hybrid Memory Foam Mattress
If you’re in the market for a hybrid mattress, Leesa is quickly becoming a popular choice in the “bed in a box” industry. Their original memory foam model became so popular they expanded to four models and donated one mattress to a child in need for every ten mattresses sold. Their beds are designed and manufactured in the US, so as a company they’re certainly appealing at a glance. Read on if you’re considering making the Leesa Hybrid an addition to your home.
Product Details
Material
Hybrid, Memory Foam, CoilsTrial Period
100 nightsShipping Method
FreeFirmness
MediumWarranty
10-yearsPrice Range
$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The Leesa Hybrid Mattress
The Leesa mattress is a lovely choice for hybrid fans looking for something comfy, but not too firm – for pain relief. The contouring memory foam and coil layers are great for combination sleepers of all body types, but not recommended for stomach sleepers. With individually wrapped pocket coils that provide strong edge support, this hybrid sleeps relatively cool. Couples can enjoy easy mobility and low motion transfer on this mattress. For every ten sold, Leesa donates one mattress to a child in need, so you can feel good about your choice.
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Back and side sleepers
- Couples looking to compromise
- Sufferers of back pain
- Fans of average firm hybrids
Not Recommended For:
- Strict stomach sleepers
- Those on a budget
- Those looking for extra firm or extra soft
- Those who sleep too hot
A Closer Look at The Leesa Hybrid Materials
The Leesa Hybrid mattress is 11” thick with layers of poly foam and memory foam around a 6” layer of wrapped coils for added support, breathability and bounce. Its versatile construction is described as balanced and has potential to match a wide range of sleepers. Designed and manufactured in the US, the Leesa Hybrid is made with domestic and imported parts. This mattress is CertiPUR-US Certified, meaning it’s made without harmful materials. Off-gassing will still occur, and we always recommend airing out your new mattress for up to 48 hours before use.
- Mattress Cover and Poly Foam: A thin breathable cover over a ventilated layer of poly foam. This means that this mattress sleeps relatively cool for a hybrid.
- Comfort Layer: Slow-moving memory foam that hugs your body to relieve pressure, supported by another layer of thin but high-density poly foam.
- Support Layer: Over 2,000 innerspring coils provide durability and extra support all the way to the edge, with encouraged airflow that helps keep sleepers cool and dry.
- Base Layer: Another layer of high-density poly foam supports the mattress as a whole to provide structure and more durability.
Firmness
Like most hybrids, The Leesa’s hybrid model falls under a medium firmness, around 6.5 on a scale of 10. Depending on weight and body type, this might feel too firm or too soft for some. This means the firmness of this mattress could be perceived at anywhere from a 5 to a 7 on the firmness scale. The Leesa Hybrid may feel firm initially and soften up over time. Sagging may occur depending on usage and framing, so the company recommends against using bases such as coiled/wired box springs, metal wired platforms, or wooden/metal slats that are thin, arched, or spaced more than 3” apart, which could affect the feel of the mattress.
I would feel like absolute mush on the foam, while 100 would be like sleeping on a balloon rock. The higher the number, the more the air chambers fill, increasing the firmness of the bed. With the added comfort layer of gel infused foam, just about anyone can find their sleep number, and change it whenever they need to with the push of a button.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" X 75" $1,199 Twin XL 38" x 80" $1,299 Full 54" x 74" $1,599 Queen 60" x 80" $1,899 King 76" x 80" $2,099 California King 72" x 84" $2,099 Pros and Cons
Who is the Leesa Hybrid mattress best for?
The Leesa Hybrid is best for average weight side and back sleepers who enjoy a hybrid mattress. Those who struggle with back and body pain may find relief in the layers of body-hugging foam and pressure-relieving coils. Couples looking for a medium style mattress should be happy with the ease of mobility and edge support of the Leesa Hybrid.
How is the motion isolation?
The coils and high-density foams give the Leesa Hybrid mattress a significant bounce, so motion transfer performance could be better. Couples may still be disturbed by their partner’s movements in the night.
The memory foam layers will certainly absorb some movement, but the hybrid nature of this model means it might still be noticeable.
What’s The Catch?
Like many hybrid beds, the Leesa Hybrid will be on the heavier side, so set up in the room of choice is strongly recommended. Stomach sleepers will likely need something firmer, and it might not be ideal for sleepers over 250lbs. While it has more airflow than other hybrids, overly hot sleepers may still find the foam layers too insulating. Firmness may soften over time, and Leesa only has a ten-year warranty, so you may have to find a new bed once that time is up. Lastly, the price of this mattress may cause some shoppers to look elsewhere for a cheaper investment.
The Best Leesa Hybrid Mattress Reviews
Satisfied customers say expectations of pain relief and support are met and are often acknowledged by Leesa’s customer support. Fans of the Leesa Hybrid love that it sleeps cool and retains bounce despite its firmness. Happy sleepers say they’d purchase the mattress again and are sleeping better than ever.
The Worst Leesa Hybrid Mattress Reviews
Dissatisfied customers have taken the time to write some savage reviews. For some, the Leesa Hybrid was not the right firmness, and actually caused them further pain. Other complaints include a lingering “new bed” smell, the mattress itself being undersized according to the sizes advertised on Leesa’s website, and abysmal customer service. The company certainly seems to respond more to praise than anything else, if you get the drift.
Leesa Hybrid Mattress Warranty
Leesa Sleep, LLC covers their mattresses with a 10 year full replacement limited warranty, voided if the mattress leaves the US, Canada or UK. This means that for 10 years after purchase, if a defect covered by the warranty is confirmed, Leesa will replace or repair your mattress. Transportation or shipping costs associated with repairs or replacements are the responsibility of the purchaser. This warranty is valid exclusively for the original purchaser, and only applies to mattresses purchased from Leesa Sleep, LLC. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep all receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What the Leesa mattress warranty covers:
Visible indentations greater than 1 inch not associated with use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or bed base are covered by Leesa’s warranty. Any obvious physical flaw in the craftsmanship of the mattress that causes permanent damage like splitting or cracking despite proper set-up and normal use is covered. Manufacturing defects in the craftsmanship of the cover including seams and zipper assembly are also covered, and if the cover needs replacing Leesa offers the most current style available, which could be different than the cover originally provided.
What the Leesa mattress warranty doesn’t cover:
A normal increase in softness isn’t covered if Leesa determines it doesn’t affect the overall quality of the mattress. Leesa’s limited warranty doesn’t cover physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage, and the warranty won’t apply to any mattress that is considered used, previously owned or sold through unauthorized retailers.
Comfort preference isn’t covered either, meaning if you simply find the mattress uncomfortable and there aren’t any defects, the warranty won’t work in your favor. Be sure you’re using an appropriate frame, as Leesa won’t cover damage caused from improper set-up. Go over the warranty before contacting customer service, so you know whether or not you’d be wasting your time by making a claim.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICELeesa Hybrid Mattress Performance Score
Comfortability is subjective, so not everyone will experience a mattress the same way, but it’s no surprise why this company is popular. Leesa launched their business in 2014 and have since come up with several new models to offer. While some of the negative reviews are a bit concerning, Leesa is a Certified B Corporation, and have donated over 37,000 mattresses to children in need according to their website.
Leesa Hybrid Mattress Performance Score
Comfort: 4/5
Back Support: 3.8/5
Edge Support: 3/5
Affordability: 4.5/5
Cooling: 3/5
Trial & Warranty: 3.5/5
Customer Service: 3/5The Verdict: 3.5/5
Overall, the Leesa Hybrid has the potential to be a great fit for a lot of people. If you prefer a medium hybrid style mattress made in the USA, this could be the bed for you. However, the 100-night trial period may not be long enough for some to decide, and those who don’t like the Leesa Hybrid have a lot to say, so we’ve given it a 3.1/5.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Comfort
-
Casper Original Mattress
-
Comfort
-
Back Support
-
Edge Support
-
Affordability
-
Cooling
-
Trial & Warranty
-
Customer Service
3.3Summary
The popularity of the Casper Original Mattress should be taken with a grain of salt. While on the surface Casper comes across as the perfect memory foam mattress, those in the market should consider finding a place to try before buying to make sure they’re making the right decision.
We are completely independent and do an in-depth mattress analysis that includes utilizing ratings from many other sites with each review. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more
Casper Original Mattress Review
If you’re reading this, you might be curious about the mattress that has taken the bed-in-a-box market by storm: the Casper. Launched in 2014, Casper now offers a wide variety of sleep related products, including beds for your pets! Casper’s popularity comes largely from celebrity backing from figures like Ashton Kutcher and Kylie Jenner, as well as other influencers on Instagram and YouTube posting unboxing videos once their bed in a box mattress arrived.
Wanna understand the hype, but don’t wanna do the digging? Read on to find out if the Original Casper Mattress is right for you.
Product Details
Material
Soft FoamTrial Period
100 nightsShipping Method
FreeFirmness
MediumWarranty
10 yearsPrice Range
$$$-$$$$Our Recommendation
Reviewer Rating Highlights For The Casper Original Mattress
The Original Casper mattress is ideal for light to average weight combination sleepers looking for pain relief from a memory foam mattress. The zoned layer offers specific support and comfort throughout the hips, shoulders and spine to promote healthy alignment. Couples looking for something to reduce disturbance in the night may enjoy the minimal motion transfer of the Original Casper
Recommended for the following sleeper types:
Best Mattress For:
- Stomach and back sleepers
- Memory foam fans
- Couples looking for motion isolation
Not Best For:
- Heavyweight sleepers
- Sleepers who overheat regularly
- Sleepers on a budget
A Closer Look At The Casper Original Materials
All of Casper’s foams are CertiPUR-US® certified, meaning they’re made without ozone-depleting chemicals and phthalates regulated by the Consumer Product Safety Commission. The average Casper mattress weighs about 100 pounds, so be sure to set up where you need it with an extra pair of hands. Off gassing is likely, so we always recommend you air out your mattress for a day or two before use.
- Knitted Cover and Top layer: breathable polyurethane foam ensures this mattress won’t sleep too hot and humidity has somewhere to go, counteracts potential heat trap of second layer.
- Comfort Layer: zoned memory foam provides targeted support with extra firmness in the middle for spinal alignment and hip support, but can trap heat.
- Base Layer: thick durable polyurethane foam for overall structure support.
Firmness
The Casper Original mattress is often described as “the perfect medium.” On a scale of 1-10, the Casper’s firmness falls between 5.5 and 7, so we give it a 6. This can be a very accommodating compromise for a lot of people, but others might find it too firm or too soft. Some customers suggest an adjustable frame, which can often play a factor into how the firmness is perceived. Always remember that body type plays heavily into firmness experience.
Mattress Sizes and Prices
(price doesn’t include discount or sale items)
Size Dimensions Regular Price Twin 38" x 75" $995 Twin XL 38” x 80” 1,145 Full 53" x 75" $1,445 Queen 60" x 80" $1,495 King 76" x 80" $1,945 California King 72" x 84" $1,945 Pros and Cons
Who Is The Casper Original Mattress Is Best For?
Memory foam fans who enjoy the contouring hug of memory foam layers will probably like the Casper, but shouldn’t expect too much of that “sink in” feeling, as it’s on the firmer side for a memory foam mattress. This means that it’s great for back and even stomach sleepers, but maybe not for all side sleepers. Couples should find it easy to move around on the Casper, and therefore enjoy it for sex. Lastly, if you’re looking for less disturbance than a typical spring mattress, the Casper reduces motion transfer to a minimum so you’re less likely to notice your partner moving in the night.
Is There Overheating?
While Casper boasts what they call an “AirScape™” layer of hole punched polyurethane for extra breathability, all memory foam mattresses are known for insulating warmth. Keep this in mind if you’re the type of sleeper that struggles with overheating and night sweats, because this might not be enough for you.
What’s The Catch?
There are a few downsides to the Casper mattress for the average buyer. Some might find it a bit out of their price range, but its still relatively affordable for a memory foam mattress. Sleepers over 200 pounds may want to try out the mattress for themselves in one of Casper’s stores to be sure they’re getting enough support, or invest in the hybrid model. Customer service is sometimes lacking-to-abysmal according to some reviewers around the web, and their warranty often prevents returns on technicalities. The Original Casper isn’t going to feel the same for everyone. Some side sleepers might find the support lacking or uncomfortable in their hips and shoulders. It could even feel too firm for some altogether.
The Best Casper Original Mattress Reviews
Satisfied customers say the Casper Original is like sleeping in a luxury hotel every night. For many it is the perfect medium firmness, relieves pain, and provides in all the right places for a good night’s sleep. Even if it wasn’t the right mattress, customer service came through and assisted with return.
The Worst Casper Original Mattress Reviews
Those who weren’t happy with Casper weren’t afraid to say it. One look at their websites lowest rated reviews and it’s obvious the company doesn’t always come through. Some customers wrote a review just to say they’d ordered over a month ago and still hadn’t received their mattress, so they couldn’t leave a proper review at all. Some customers really struggled to return their mattress, or were completely denied return. The quality and firmness of the Casper can depreciate over time. We strongly suggest reading through Casper’s warranty to find out what is and isn’t covered before purchasing.
The Casper Mattress Warranty
Casper offers a 10 year limited warranty to the original purchaser of the mattress in the United States or Canada. This warranty extends exclusively to mattresses manufactured by Casper Sleep, purchased directly from their company or Casper’s authorized retailers. It does not extend to clearance mattresses. Be sure to read the terms and conditions before the purchase of any mattress, and keep all receipts and records of purchase in a safe place at home.
What The Casper Warranty Covers
Visible indentations greater than 1 inch not associated with use of an improper or unsupportive foundation or bed base are covered by Casper’s warranty. Physical flaws in the mattress that cause splitting or cracking in the foam material despite normal use and proper handling are also covered, as well as any manufacturing defect in the zipper assembly of the mattress cover. Be aware that if you’re a Trade Customer, the limited warranty period is only 3 years.
What The Casper Warranty Doesn’t Cover
Physical abuse or damage such as burns, cuts, stains, tears or liquid damage isn’t covered by Casper, and the warranty won’t apply to any mattress that is considered used, previously owned or sold through unauthorized retailers. A normal increase in softness isn’t covered if Casper decides it doesn’t affect the overall quality of the mattress. Comfort preference isn’t covered either, meaning if you simply find the mattress uncomfortable and there aren’t any defects, the warranty won’t work in your favor. Go over your warranty before contacting customer service, as the rights it gives you may vary from state to state according to their website.
Sleep Examiner’s Review Process
Here at Sleep Examiner, we consider ourselves expert reviewers of all things sleep. However, we believe that ten opinions are better than one, so we take on the task of opening twenty different browser tabs and digging deep so you don’t have to. We painstakingly comb through reviews on multiple sites for every mattress, pillow, and sleep accessory we can find – so you don’t get fooled by fake, biased, or limited points of view.
Using a combination of verified customer reviews, we put together in-depth research on the exact composition and materials used, as well as comparisons and ratings from expert sites. Once our research is concluded, our system automatically generates an overall performance score for each mattress based on the collected data in the following categories: Comfort, Firmness, Edge Support, Affordability, Cooling, Trial period, Warranty and Customer Support.
Our Analysis
CHECK PRICECasper Original Mattress Summary Analysis
Casper is a solid and well awarded company overall, but has had some controversies with other websites and warranty issues. If you’re not satisfied with their original model, you might consider some of their other options offered as long as the company will work with you. Casper has donated over 70,000 sleep products to people and animals through partners like the International Rescue Committee, Badass Brooklyn and A Sense of Home. They recycle or donate their products when appropriate, and now have store locations so you can try out their products in person.
Casper Original Mattress Performance Score
- Comfort: 4.2/5
- Back Support: 3.7/5
- Edge Support: 2.8/5
- Affordability: 4/5
- Cooling: 2.7/5
- Trial / Warranty: 3/5
- Customer Service: 3/5
The Verdict:3.3/5
The Casper Original mattress should be taken with a grain of salt. While on the surface it comes across as the perfect memory foam mattress, those in the market should consider finding a place to try before buying to make sure they’re making the right decision. The company offers incentives for positive reviews, making them a little harder to trust until you go off site. If you have the right body type, don’t overheat much, and want a memory foam mattress, the Casper Original Mattress could be your perfect match, or make a great guest bed addition.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
-
Silk and Snow Original Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Silk and Snow Original Mattress offers a marshmallow-soft sleep experience for lightweight back sleepers on a budget. With a plush, pressure-relieving top layer and a 365-night trial, it’s a standout in value, but may not without trade-offs. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour Medium Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The Tempflow Elite Contour medium is a medium-firm and supportive mattress that has solved the main downsides found in memory foam mattresses: smell, price, and cooling. Tempflow’s use of safer materials means they’re great for those with sensitivities. Read more…
-
Tempflow Elite Contour vs Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt Mattress
Sleep Examiner Rating:
When compared side by side, the Tempur-Pedic ProAdapt mattress score drags down compared to the higher score of the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress. Tempur-Pedic truly has met its match. While these mattresses seem quite similar on the surface, the Tempflow Elite Contour mattress is the obvious choice for many. Read more…
-
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Tuft & Needle classic mattress model seems like a definite crowd pleaser, it's not for everyone. If you overheat and need a very supportive structure in a mattress, this mattress might not work for you. Additionally, some buyers notice... Read more…
-
DreamCloud Premier Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
The DreamCloud Premier mattress isn’t right for everyone. The inconsistent customer service noted by reviewers is off-putting. We recommend getting this mattress only if you’re relatively sure you’re going to keep it, but at least there’s a long trial period if you change your mind!
Read more… -
Nectar Memory Foam Mattress Review
Sleep Examiner Rating:
While the Nectar mattress has the potential to be the perfect fit for memory foam fans with the right body and sleep type, the warnings and controversies shouldn’t be ignored. If you can find this bed in a store, definitely try it out before you purchase, and make sure you know... Read more…
-
Comfort